Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 08:55:28am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Location/Venue 
 
 
Session Overview
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
Date: Wednesday, 23/Aug/2023
12:00pm - 1:30pm90 SES 5.5: EERA Associatons Meet & Greets
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
 
90. Additional events
Meetings/ Events

EERA Associatons Meet & Greets - SSRE (SGBF)

Pierre Tulowitzki

FHNW University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland

The Swiss Society for Research in Education SSRE was founded in 1975. As a Society, it belongs to the Swiss Academy of Humanities and Social Sciences (SAHS) and the European Educational Research Association (EERA).

It has around 550 members from all the scientific disciplines of relevance for educational research. The Society aims to strengthen educational research in a national and international scientific context and promote young scientific researchers. It holds an Annual Conference every year.

The members of the Society organize themselves in subject-based working groups, which make a significant contribution to the specialist discourse in science and society. They also serve to network education researchers, research institutes and regions. The working groups hold conferences with a national and international reach.

Theoretical and empirical educational research findings are published in German, French, Italian and English in the peer-reviewed, fully open access Swiss Journal for Educational Sciences (SJER). The SJER does not charge any Article Processing Charges (APCs) or Article Submission Charges (ASCs) and does allow the author(s) to hold the copyright without restrictions.

Date and Time:

https://www.sgbf.ch/en/sgbf/



90. Additional events
Meetings/ Events

EERA Associatons Meet & Greets - SERA

Julie McAdam

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

SERA – Improving Education Through Research

For almost 50 years, the Scottish Educational Research Association (SERA) has championed the need for high-quality educational research in Scotland. From its early days in the mid-1970s, the fundamental tenets of SERA were to "(i)…disseminate research findings on as wide a basis as possible and (ii) to improve communication among those working in different areas of the research field" (Nisbet, 1984). 50 years on, we are proud that these tenets and the ways we have revised them for the current age. We would like to invite delegates to join us during the meet and greet and via our exhibition space to discuss our overall purpose of: ‘Working for the improvement of education through promoting and sustaining high-quality educational research’.

The SERA 2024 annual conference will be held in Scotland from the 20-22nd November. Please join us there to continue conversations begun at ECER.

 
12:15pm - 1:15pm01 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Mentor’s Understanding of Their Mentor Role Before and After a Mentor Course

Elisabeth Halse, Lisbeth Frederiksen

VIA University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Halse, Elisabeth; Frederiksen, Lisbeth

International, as well as Danish, research, show that many newly qualified teachers is in risk of leaving the profession within the first 5 years of practice (Christensen, 2019; Ingersoll & Strong, 2011). This is a problem, as the lack of teachers has a huge impact on the quality of teaching in schools. It may also be a problem for the newly qualified teacher if they resign as a result of having lost faith in their own abilities. It is paramount that this problem is addressed on many levels, including research.

To assign the newly qualified teacher a mentor, could be a way to support them. But since mentoring is often a poorly defined practice, there are many different and arbitrary ways of doing mentoring, and there tends to be a general understanding, that if you are a good teacher you are also a good mentor (Frederiksen et al., 2017; Olsen et al., 2020). This results in mentoring of variable quality, often with sole focus on socialization and teaching tips, and with the risk of conservatism and judgementoring (European Commission, 2010; A. Hobson & Malderez, 2013). Both international and Danish research finds, that when the mentor is properly trained and their role is well described, the quality of the mentoring increases (Frederiksen et al., 2017; A. J. Hobson et al., 2009; Howe, 2006; Lejonberg & Føinum, 2018; Wang et al., 2008). Still, there is little research on training programs for mentors for newly qualified teachers (Aspfors & Fransson, 2015; Frederiksen & Halse, 2022).

Good quality mentoring should provide opportunities for the newly qualified teachers’ professional development through systematic reflection of their challenges in practice and develop new ways of action (Helleve, 2017). It is central to focus on the newly qualified teachers own understanding of what kind of a teacher they are aiming for, and support their ability to qualify their own professional judgement (Grimen & Molander, 2008; Smith & Ulvik, 2018). But still, there are few countries that offer systematic mentor education programs (Aspfors & Fransson, 2015).

In Denmark there is no formal education program focusing on mentoring newly qualified teachers. The only mentor program there is within teacher education and schools is a mentoring program for mentoring student teachers, and this is not a highly sought program. As such, there are few formally educated mentors at all in the Danish schools (Frederiksen & Bonde, 2020).

This small pilot study takes offset in the argument that mentors for newly qualified teachers needs training to be able to mentor with professional development in mind. The study seeks to show how the mentors understand their mentor role and their mentoring before and after attending a mentor education course. The findings on mentor’s understanding of their role and responsibilities are relevant when developing mentor courses, both in a Danish and international context, especially since there is a general lack of research on this topic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research question:
How do teachers understand their role as mentor for newly qualified teachers before and after the mentor course? If their understanding changes, how does this manifest itself? What findings can be derived from their potential change in understanding, that could be relevant to consider in developing mentor courses in the future?
This is a qualitative empirical study with data from a mentor training course held in 2021 with 12 participants and in 2022 with 19 participants.
The course is developed on the basis of current international research on mentor education for newly qualified teachers, along with our own literature study (Frederiksen & Halse, 2022). It lasted 2x2 days, approximately 6 weeks apart, during which the participants were given a mentoring assignment.  
The participants filled out two qualitative surveys each – one prior to and one at the end of the course. The survey questions were open ended, with indefinite room to write the answers. The surveys mainly inquired into the participants own understanding of their role and function as a mentor, thus the surveys were not used for assessment of the course, but rather a possibility for the participants to express what they deemed as relevant, interesting, dilemmatic, difficult, or not applicable, and why. There were 29 full sets of before and after surveys.
The analysis is empirical-driven, with a inductive, horizontal open coding as the first step of the analysis, moving towards a thematic oriented coding (Braun & Clarke, 2013).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings show that all participants had found it relevant to reflect upon and develop their understanding of the mentor role, the mentor’s responsibilities and the possibilities for conducting good mentoring at their local school, but also that there were several dilemmas and perspectives to consider.

The preliminary themes are
1. mentor role vs. other roles
2. mentor competences (professional development, inquiry-based approach)
3. From a deficit to a resource understanding of the newly qualified teacher
4. Defining the mentor role at the local school
5. Findings pertaining to further development of mentor courses

References
Aspfors, J., & Fransson, G. (2015). Research on mentor education for mentors of newly qualified teachers: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 75–86.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful Qualitative Research: A Practical Guide for Beginners. SAGE.
Christensen, P. B. (2019). Lærerkommissionens rapport. https://www.dlf.org/media/12970722/laererkommisionsrapporten.pdf
European Commission. (2010). Developing coherent and system-wide induction programmes for beginning teachers - a handbook for policy makers. European Commission.
Frederiksen, L. L., & Bonde, Å. (2020). The Lack of Induction Programs in Denmark. New Teachers in Nordic Countries - Ecologies of Mentoring and Induction, 2020, 71–85.
Frederiksen, L. L., & Halse, E. (2022). Uddannelse til kompetente mentorer for nyuddannede lærere. Studier i Læreruddannelse Og -Profession, 7(2), 24.
Frederiksen, L. L., Krøjgaard, F., & Paaske, K. A. (2017). Lærerstart og fodfæste i et livslangt karriereforløb. VIA University College. https://www.ucviden.dk/da/publications/lærerstart-og-fodfæste-i-et-livs-langt-karriereforløb
Grimen, H., & Molander, A. (2008). Profesjon og skjønn. In A. Molander & L. I. Terum (Eds.), Profesjonsstudier (pp. 179–197). Universitetsforlaget.
Helleve, I. (2017). Formally educated mentors in Norway. Nordisk Tidsskrift i Veiledningspedagogikk, 2(1), 30–44.
Hobson, A. J., Ashby, P., Malderez, A., & Tomlinson, P. D. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers: What we know and what we don’t. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1), 207–216.
Hobson, A., & Malderez, A. (2013). Judgementoring and other threats to realizing the potential of school‐based mentoring in teacher education. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 2, 89–108.
Howe, E. R. (2006). Exemplary Teacher Induction: An international review. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 38(3), 287–297.
Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2011). The Impact of Induction and Mentoring Programs for Beginning Teachers: A Critical Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 201–233.
Lejonberg, E., & Føinum, M. (2018). Hva er god veiledning? : en forskningsbasert innføringsbok om veiledning av nye lærere (1. udgave). Fagbokforlaget.
Olsen, K.-R., Bjerkholt, E. M., & Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2020). Introduction: Mentoring and Induction in the Nordic Countries. In K.-R. Olsen, E. M. Bjerkholt, & H. L. T. Heikkinen (Eds.), New Teachers in Nordic Countries – Ecologies of Mentoring and Induction (pp. 11–27).
Smith, K., & Ulvik, M. (2018). Veiledning av nye lærere: nasjonale og internasjonale perspektiver (2. utg.). Universitetsforlaget.
Wang, J., Odell, S. J., & Schwille, S. A. (2008). Effects of Teacher Induction on Beginning Teachers’ Teaching: A Critical Review of the Literature. Journal of Teacher Education, 59(2), 132–152.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Poster

The Primary School as an Educational Arena for Pre-service Teachers during Practicum

Astrid Dybbro

VIA University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Dybbro, Astrid

When practice teachers set out to teach in the primary school as a part of their educational training, they are confronted with collaborating schools that manage and perform the practicum period very differently. The schools have different approaches as to how their obligations regarding being an educational arena for practice teachers are met. The fact that teacher education takes place in multiple arenas with multiple cultures, can challenge the sense of educational coherence (Elstad, 2010; Hart, 2020; Valencia et al., 2009 in Ulvik, Eide, Helleve og Kvam, 2021). This variation and the fact that mentoring in many cases is taken care of by individual mentors (mentors are primary school in-service teachers, who undertake the responsibility of mentoring the pre-service teachers during practicum) may have an effect on the degree to which the pre-service teachers profit from the practicum (Hvalby & Thortveit, 2022). Other studies have shown that holistic and structured approaches are important factors when it comes to professional development in mentoring pre-service teachers during their practicum (Nesje, K. & Lejonberg, 2022).

The responsibility for educating new teachers is divided between the teacher education and the primary schools. Both institutions have the professional development of the pre-service teachers as a primary responsibility. During practicum the obligation of the schools is creating and facilitating a link between theory and practice. In a Danish context, the importance of connecting theory and practice is stated in a regulation from the Danish Ministry of Education, underpinning that the pre-service teacher must acquire theoretically founded practical skills in preparing, generating, performing and evaluating their lesson plans during their practicum (Bekendtgørelse om uddannelsen til professionsbachelor som lærer i folkeskolen, 2015).

This study aims to gain insights into the approaches to practicum of primary school management and thereby enable a specific understanding of:

  • the distribution of responsibility at between the informants
  • the specific tasks regarding the practicum
  • the process of recruiting qualified coordinators and mentors
  • the view on relations between theory and practice
  • the view on mentoring skills
  • how these factors may (or may not) affect the quality of the practicum.

In a Danish context, a study like this has not previously been undertaken.

The research question is as follows:
How does the school management and the coordinator of the practicum period interpret the obligation of being an educational arena for pre-service teachers?

I expect that the analysis will lead to an increased understanding of the opportunities in a strengthened collaboration between primary schools and teacher education. In 2020, The Danish center for social science research published a large literary review concerning teacher education in an international perspective. One of the finds stresses the need for a longer and better practicum period that is closely integrated with the activities of the teacher education (Foged, Nøhr & Slottved, 2020). The intent of creating a stronger link between the two parts is a main element of a recent political agreement concerning a new Danish teacher education. This agreement emphasizes strengthening the partnership and collaboration between the teacher education, the municipalities and the school principals (Ministry of higher Education and Science, 2022). A Norwegian study (Heggen and Thorsen, 2015) also points to the importance of school engagement in mentoring tasks. They ask to see a more legible culture and a commitment towards being a “practicum school” as an integrated and legitimizing part of the schools’ professional and developmental profile.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is a qualitative study consisting of data from 12 semi-structured interviews conducted in 6 different primary schools in Denmark. Each interview was recorded and has a duration of approximately 45-60 minutes. The respondents are the school principal and the coordinator of the practicum in each school.

In the early phase of the project, six primary schools were chosen in collaboration with staff from the teacher education. The ambition was to select different schools focusing on the size of the school (small, medium, large) and in urban or rural areas. This selection was made by the manager of the practicum at the teacher education, who is not a part of this study.  

The qualitative interview (Brinkmann & Tanggaard, 2015) was structured so that the main part of the questions was given to both informants. This would allow a comparative approach to the analysis, which is executed in both a vertical and horizontal scope.  

The strategy regarding the analysis is a combination of inductive and deductive methods across all empirics (Braun & Clarke, 2006; Patton, 1990). With the themes in the back of mind and based on theory and inductive open coding with subsequent thematization.

In the thematic part of the analysis a definition of professional development has been included (Rønnestad, 2008) as well as an understanding of the term reflection (Korthagen & Wubbels, 1995)

The approach to the respondents is anti-essentialist and focusses on language and social interaction as constituting for social practice. Inspired by the theory of practice architecture, a part of the interview questions was focused strictly on the actual context. E.g. “Which specific tasks do you have on the day where the school receives pre-service teachers for their practicum period?”. This would allow an insight into the dynamic relations between the sayings concerning individual practices and the cultural-discoursive arrangements in their specific context (Kemmis, S. et al., 2014).

This field has great awareness in Denmark at the moment and the long-term ambition is to expand this research and include data from in-service teachers, staff from the teacher education – and of course the pre-service teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The pre-analysis has shown a wide range of interpretations regarding the distribution of responsibility concerning the practicum. Hence, one large theme is the arbitrariness that characterizes the collaboration between the school principal and the practicum coordinator. Furthermore, the analysis shows a deficiency of educated mentors. Especially, the coordinators articulate the need of professional learning and development for their colleagues. More specifically, the coordinators request easier access to ensure an ongoing development within the field of mentoring and supervising the pre-service teachers during their practicum.
  
The data points in two directions regarding the teacher’s ability to sufficiently provide mentoring. While simultaneously being the primary teacher of the students in the practicum class, the teacher is also mentoring. The double role is demanding and requires great overview – an overview that some respondents are confident that their colleagues master. Others state an obvious need for education so that the teachers/mentors are able to meet the complexity of mentoring and supporting the growth and professional learning for the pre-service teachers.

Multiple reviews emphasize the importance of mentors being educated in order to provide qualified supervision to the mentees. (Böwadt, 2021, Hobson et al., 2009; Ingersoll & Strong, 2011 Shockley et al., 2013; Wang et al., 2008)

Considering the Danish political agreement concerning a new teacher education (Ministry of higher Education and Science, 2022), the ambition to focus greatly on the link between theory and practice – and between practicum and education – a conclusion might point towards prioritizing 2nd order (ongoing) professional learning for in-service teachers in primary schools, so that teachers will be more qualified to undertake the mentoring and thereby improving the professional learning of the pre-service teachers. This especially involves the mentor’s ability to create sustainable links between theory and practice.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.
Böwadt, Pia Rose (2021): En mere praksisnær læreruddannelse? Udkast til en forskningsoversigt.
Foged, S. K., Nøhr, K., Slottved, M. (2020) Læreruddannelsen i et internationalt perspektiv – En litteraturkortlægning. VIVE – Det nationale forsknings- og analysecenter for velfærd.  
Heggen, K. & Thorsen, K. E. (2015). Praksisopplæring - et felles projekt mellom høgskole og praksisskole? Nordisk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift
Hobson, A. J., Ashby, P., Malderez, A., & Tomlinson, P. D. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers: What we know and what we don’t. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1).
Hvalby, M. & Thorveit, J. (2022) “Det er en fremmed tanke å skulle ha studentene for seg selv” - om veilederteam i lærerutdanningenes praksisstudium. Nordisk tidsskrift i vejledningspædagogik.
Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2011). The Impact of Induction and Mentoring Programs for Beginning Teachers: A Critical Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research, 81(2).
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer.
Korthagen, F. A. J., & Wubbels, T. (1995). Characteristics of Reflective Practitioners: towards an operationalization of the concept of reflection. Teachers and Teaching
Nesje, K. & Lejonberg, E. Tools for the school-based mentoring of pre-service teachers: A scoping review in Teaching and Teacher Education 111 (2022). Elsevier.
Patton, M. Q. (1990). Qualitative evaluation and research methods (2.ed.). Sage.
Rønnestad, M. H. (2008). Profesjonell utvikling. In A. Molander & L. I. Terum (Eds.), Profesjonsstudier (pp. 279–292). Universitetforlaget.
Shockley, R., Watlington, E., & Felsher, R. (2013). Out on a Limb: The Efficacy of Teacher Induction in Secondary Schools. NASSP Bulletin, 97(4).
Brinkmann, S. & Tanggaard, L. (Eds.)(2015), Kvalitative metoder: en grundbog (2nd ed.). Hans Reitzel.
Ulvik, M., Eide, L., Helleve, I. & Kvam, EK. (2021): Praksisopplæringens oppfattede og erfarte formål sett fra ulike aktørperspektiv. Nordisk tidsskrift for utdanning og praksis, Vol. 15, No. 3.  
Wang, J., Odell, S. J., & Schwille, S. A. (2008). Effects of Teacher Induction on Beginning Teachers’ Teaching: A Critical Review of the Literature. Journal of Teacher Education.
Web:
Bekendtgørelse om uddannelsen til professionsbachelor som lærer i folkeskolen (2015): https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2015/1068
Ministry of higher Education and Science:
https://ufm.dk/lovstof/politiske-aftaler/aftale-om-reform-af-laereruddannelsen-13-september-2022.pdf


01.Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Brief Review of Team Teaching in Education

Hamza Bin Tariq, Ainur Baktiyarova, Aigerim Tanirbergen, Nadeem Jafri, Nurtas Adaikhan

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Adaikhan, Nurtas

Although teachers reported participating in professional development experiences, most reported them to be unsatisfactory (Wei et al., 2009). While teachers tend to be dissatisfied with their professional development experiences, there is numerous research indicating criteria for effective teacher development. These features include teacher empowerment via self-improvement, advocating reflective practice, extending learning experiences, and participation in hands-on learning (Butler et al., 2004). There are also other models designed to enhance the professional learning model, such as those inspired by collaborative learning - team teaching learning.

The socio-constructivist theory of learning can conceptually outline the foundations of team teaching. This viewpoint holds that learners actively generate knowledge and that social interactions with others contribute to the development process (Loyens et al., 2007). Teachers learn in team teaching by participating in and engaging in a shared activity. They negotiate to mean and benefit from each other's knowledge and abilities by exchanging ideas, presenting alternative viewpoints, and accepting guidance. Therefore, they accomplish more than if they worked independently (Gardiner, 2010). Furthermore, during a team teaching activity, instructors function in what Vygotsky refers to as each other's zone of proximal growth. Teachers can achieve greater levels of performance by interacting with their peers or getting peer assistance (Walsh & Elmslie, 2005). What they do with assistance first, they will be able to accomplish alone later (Gardiner & Robinson, 2010).

Smith et al. (2020) reported that a range of professional learning objectives can be met through team teaching. This can help teachers learn and apply co-teaching practises, cooperate in a Professional Learning Community, jointly teach content-based material, teach across the curriculum, conduct a Lesson Study, and so on. Team teaching can also be applied to support teachers in integrating new curriculum, accomplishing school or district goals, becoming acquainted with new testing rules, or enriching work with Special Education or English Language Learner teachers. Also, team teaching could be employed as an onboarding approach for new instructors while engaging experienced teachers. Team teaching draws on various other excellent, largely improved professional development approaches, such as Lesson Study, learning laboratories, co-teaching, and contextual professional development. Professional cooperation and meaningful learning experiences are at the heart of reform teacher professional learning.

Despite team teaching is not an old concept and was promoted in the late 1950s and 1960s (Joyce, 2004), solo teaching persists as a method of instruction in schools today. It has only been employed in the special education domain (Bacharach et al., 2010). The aim of this review is to offer an overview of research on the subject of team teaching. This review is centred on the research question of different team-teaching models in the literature.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A literature search was carried out in order to address the study questions. The search includes ERIC and Elsevier electronic databases. Keywords searched were "Team teaching," "co-teaching," and "collaborative teaching". Relevant manuscripts were found by reviewing the content of the retrieved manuscripts. Furthermore, the reference lists of these texts were searched for additional related manuscripts.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Different types of team teaching models are reported in the literature. The following is the list of models:
1. The observational model (Goker, 2006): Known as the 'participant observer' model. The observer gathers information on successful teaching behaviour, engagement with learners, etc.
2. The coaching model (Al-Saaideh, 2010): The observer is given additional responsibility in this method. In addition to monitoring, the coach is supposed to offer recommendations, advice, and support.
3. The assistant teaching model (Badiali & Titus, 2010): In the assistant teaching approach, one teacher remains in charge, while the other becomes an assistant.
4. The equal status model (Baeten & Simons, 2014): Instead of a hierarchical approach with a leading and supporting teacher, this model refers to team teaching with equal status for both teachers.
5. The teaming model (Nevin et al., 2009): In this model teachers distribute responsibilities evenly and cooperatively. They're both in front of the entire class and have a lot of interaction and discourse.
The teaming method has been termed the most collaborative type of team teaching since it necessitates the most collective responsibility (Nevin et al., 2009). Not only do the teachers have equal status but the responsibility of planning, implementation and evaluation is also shared among them (Badiali & Titus, 2010).
Based on the brief overview of the models, it can be seen that they have their characteristics and application. These are extensively discussed by Baeten & Simons (2014). Team teaching can indeed aid in the professional development of teachers and also the students experience, but it has to be implemented with proper measures. Our school Nazarbayev Intellectual School also practices team teaching (the teaming model) and we have seen great benefits. A few examples of such benefits are local teachers managed to improve their English language skills and teaching strategies.

References
Al-Saaideh, M. (2010). A rationale to adopt team teaching in prevocational education in Jordan. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 37(4), 269-285.
Badiali, B., & Titus, N. (2010). Co-teaching: enhancing students learning through mentor intern partnerships. School University Partnerships, 4(2), 74-80.
Baeten, M., & Simons, M. (2014). Student teachers’ team teaching: Models, effects, and conditions for implementation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 41, 92-110.
Butler, D. L., Lauscher, H. N., Jarvis-Selinger, S., & Beckingham, B. (2004). Collaboration and self-regulation in teachers’ professional development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(5), 435-455.
Gardiner, W. (2010). Mentoring two student teachers: mentors’ perceptions of peer placements. Teaching Education, 21(3), 233-246. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/ 10476210903342102.
Gardiner, W., & Robinson, K. (2010). Partnered field placements: collaboration in the “real world”. The Teacher Educator, 45(3), 202-215.
Goker, S. (2006). Impact of peer coaching on self-efficacy and instructional skills in TEFL teacher education. System, 34, 239-254.
Loyens, S., Rikers, R., & Schmidt, H. (2007). The impact of students’ conceptions of constructivist assumptions on academic achievement and drop-out. Studies in Higher Education, 32(5), 581-602. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/ 03075070701573765.
Nevin, A., Thousand, J., & Villa, R. (2009). Collaborative teaching for teacher educators e what does the research say? Teaching and Teacher Education, 25, 569-574.
Smith, R., Ralston, N., Naegele, Z., & Waggoner, J. (2020). Team Teaching and Learning: A Model of Effective Professional Development for Teachers.  The Professional Educator, 43(1), 80-90.
Walsh, K., & Elmslie, L. (2005). Practicum pairs: an alternative for first field experience in early childhood teacher education. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 33(1), 5-21.
Wei, R. C., Darling-Hammond, L., Andree, A., Richardson, N., & Orphanos, S. (2009). Professional learning in the learning profession: A status report on teacher development in the United States and abroad. Dallas, TX. National Staff Development Council.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm02 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
12:15pm - 1:15pm03 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

Competence-Oriented Curricula and the Promotion of Bildung: The Case of Philosophy Teaching in Norway

Pedro Vincent Dias Bergheim

University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Bergheim, Pedro Vincent Dias

Research questions, objectives and theoretical framework

The transnational turn from content-oriented to competence-oriented curriculum making may have altered understandings of how to facilitate Bildung in public education (Hilt & Riese, 2021). In 2020, a comprehensive reform of the National Curriculum for Norway (Læreplanverket) was carried out intending to clarify, among other things, the connection between the Bildung-promoting task (danningsoppdrag) of public education and classroom teaching (Meld. St. 28 (2015-2016)). In the meantime, policymakers in Norway have argued for an increased presence of philosophy teaching in the national curriculum based on the idea that it facilitates Bildung (danning) (St.meld. nr. 30 (2003-2004); Meld.St. nr. 25 (2016-2017)).

This poster presentation is about the description of philosophy teaching and Bildung in the National Curriculum for Norway. How is the concept of Bildung and the teaching of philosophy discursively represented in the National Curriculum for Norway and what are their points of convergence?

Philosophy teaching can be placed on a continuum between two extremes, where one side stands for a ‘content-based’ and the other for a ‘method-based’ definition of philosophy (Bialystok, 2017). The content-based definition corresponds to what Godlovitch (2000) labels the “Proper Content view”. According to this view, philosophy is a field of knowledge with its own historical and thematic content (ontology, epistemology, antiquity, etc.). Meanwhile, the method-based definition corresponds to the “No Content view”, where philosophy is interpreted as a transdisciplinary modus operandi, useful for potentially any type of inquiry. Because these extremes either depict the content or the method as that which characterises philosophy as such, to favour the content-based definition (e.g., Bialystok, 2017; Biesta, 2011; Murris, 2016) or the method-based definition (e.g., Vansieleghem, 2013; Kienstra, Karskens & Imants, 2014) also means to favour different ways of incorporating philosophy in classroom teaching (Bialystok, 2017). Prior to the 2020 reform, both the Proper and No Content view of philosophy were present in pre-college teaching in the National Curriculum for Norway (see e.g., the national subject curriculum of ‘History and Philosophy’, ‘Religion and Ethics’ and ‘Knowledge of Christianity, Religion, Philosophies of life and Ethics’). Parts of the curriculum encouraged the use of philosophical questions, conversations, and ‘way of thinking’ in the teaching of school subjects, thus advocating philosophy teaching as a transdisciplinary method of inquiry. Other parts, however, also mentioned philosophers, philosophical traditions and texts, thus suggesting that philosophy has a content of its own to be taught. In other words, the role of the didactics of philosophy in Norway was multifaceted and prone to change.

The objective of analysing the relation between the teaching of philosophy and Bildung in the current National Curriculum for Norway is therefore threefold: to clarify what the representation of Bildung-promoting teaching in competence-oriented curriculum making is, what the National Curriculum for Norway is directing the didactics of philosophy towards and whether it reflects or stands as an alternative to transnational trends in education.

The study’s theoretical framework is based on a poststructural perspective on policy analysis known as “What’s the Problem Represented to be?” (WPR) (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). It presumes that unquestioned knowledge(s) (included about the nature of things, beings and the human subject) are generated in repeated heterogenous social practices and relations (Bacchi, 2016, p.109). ‘Knowledge’ is not truth, but that which is accepted as truth, thus being indissociable from ‘discourses’ understood as socially produced forms of knowledge that set limits to how we may understand the world (Bacchi, 2016, p.35). Policies can therefore be said to rely on unexamined assumptions to produce and represent the “problems” that they propose to solve.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this paper, I will combine Bacchi and Goodwin’s (2016) WPR-approach to policy analysis with a deductive oriented thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022).
First, I will employ WPR to analyse the concept of Bildung in Norwegian education policy. To clarify how Bildung is represented in the Norwegian National Curriculum, I will start by elucidating the “problem” to be solved by education policy and policy proposals reinforcing the 2020 curriculum reform in Norway. Then, I will investigate how Bildung is constituted as a part of the proposed solution to the “problem”. Considered that representations of Bildung presume a link between the inner cultivation of the individual and the development of better societies (Horlacher, 2017), I will analyse the concept of Bildung in Norwegian education policy through the lens of Bacchi and Goodwin's (2016) discursive categories ‘subject’ and ‘place’. While WPR is not concerned with the analysis of patterns of speech, rhetoric and communication, policy texts may be used as levers “to open up reflections on the forms of governing instituted through a particular way of constituting a “problem”” (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016, p.18). For this article, I will use the white papers St. Meld. 30 (2003-2004), Meld. St. 28 (2015-2016) and the core curriculum of the National Curriculum for Norway as a starting point for the analysis. Meld. St. 28 (2015-2016) presents the rationale behind the 2020 national curriculum reform in Norway, which is described in the same document both as a development and renewal of the 2006 reform. The latter was introduced by the white paper St. Meld. 30 (2003-2004) and marked the shift from a content-oriented to a competence-oriented approach to curriculum making (Hilt & Riese, 2021). The two white papers are therefore important to identify the “problem” that a competence-oriented comprehension of Bildung addresses and, subsequently, what makes the given comprehension unique. Finally, the national core curriculum describes the values and principles for primary and secondary education in Norway, included what Bildung comprises and its place in schooling.  
Based on the discursive representation of Bildung revealed by the WPR-approach, I will then conduct a deductive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) of the national school subject curriculum of ‘History and Philosophy’, ‘Religion and Ethics’ and ‘Knowledge of Christianity, Religion, Philosophies of life and Ethics’. The analysis will focus on the points of convergence between descriptions of Bildung and the teaching of philosophy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While the study is in its preliminary stages, the dataset suggests that the National Curriculum for Norway favours a representation of Bildung as a capacity for problem-solving. This is connected to the description of a society in permanent change that must adapt to the challenges of today as much as to the unpredictable challenges of the future. A consequence appears to be that education must prioritise the development of long-lasting skills and adapt the content of teaching to it. Accordingly, it would seem like representations Bildung-promoting teaching in philosophy tends towards an understanding of philosophy as a transdisciplinary method of inquiry and less so on philosophy as a field of knowledge. If so, the written curriculum’s use of the concept of Bildung may be too narrow, as it does not grant teachers sufficient autonomy to evaluate how Bildung can be put into practice in classroom teaching (Bergheim, 2023).
References
1.Bacchi, C. L., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: A guide to practice. Palgrave Macmillan.

2.Bergheim, P. (2023). Bildung as an Empty and Floating Signifier in Curriculum Work for Democracy [Manuscript in preparation]. Department of Education, University of Bergen.

3.Bialystok, L. (2017). Philosophy across the Curriculum and the Question of Teacher Capacity; Or, What Is Philosophy and Who Can Teach It?: What Is Philosophy and Who Can Teach It? Journal of Philosophy of Education, 51(4), 817–836. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12258

4.Biesta, G. (2011). Philosophy, Exposure, and Children: How to Resist the
Instrumentalisation of Philosophy in Education: Philosophy, Exposure, and Children.
Journal of Philosophy of Education, 45(2), 305–319. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-
9752.2011.00792.x

5.Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE.

6.Godlovitch, S. (2000). What Philosophy Might be About: Some Socio-philosophical Speculations. Inquiry, 43(1), 3–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/002017400321343

7.Hilt, L., & Riese, H. (2021). Hybrid forms of education in Norway: A systems theoretical approach to understanding curriculum change. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2021.1956596

8.Kienstra, N., Karskens, M., & Imants, J. (2014). Three Approaches to Doing Philosophy: A Proposal for Grouping Philosophical Exercises in Classroom Teaching: Three Approaches to Doing Philosophy. Metaphilosophy, 45(2), 288–318. https://doi.org/10.1111/meta.12085

9.Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2003). St.meld. Nr. 30 (2003–2004): Kultur for læring [Stortingsmelding].

10.Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2015). Meld. St. 28 (2015–2016): Fag – Fordypning – Forståelse En fornyelse av Kunnskapsløftet [Stortingsmelding].

11.Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2016). Meld. St. 25 (2016–2017) — Humaniora i Norge [Stortingsmelding].

12.Murris, K. (2016). The Philosophy for Children Curriculum: Resisting ‘Teacher Proof’
Texts and the Formation of the Ideal Philosopher Child. Studies in Philosophy and
Education, 35(1), 63–78. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-015-9466-3

13.UDIR. (2006). Læreplan i religion og etikk – fellesfag I studieforberedende utdanningsprogram (REL1-01). https://data.udir.no/kl06/REL1-01.pdf

14.UDIR. (2015) Læreplan i kristendom, religion, livssyn og etikk (KRLE). https://data.udir.no/kl06/rle1-02.pdf

15.UDIR. (2016). Læreplan i historie og filosofi – programfag (HIF1-02).
http://data.udir.no/kl06/HIF1-02.pdf

16.Vansieleghem, N. (2013). This is (Not) a Philosopher: On Educational Philosophy in an Age of Psychologisation. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32(6), 601–612.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-012-9341-4


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

How Do the Curricula of Pedagogy and Telecommunications Include Learning to Learn in Spain

Evelyn Eunise Moctezuma Ramírez1,2, Fran J. Garcia-Garcia1, Inmaculada López-Francés1, Vicent Gozálvez1, Cruz Pérez-Pérez1

1University of Valencia, Spain; 2Autonomus University of the State of Morelos, Mexico

Presenting Author: Moctezuma Ramírez, Evelyn Eunise; Garcia-Garcia, Fran J.

Today's social and labor demands require demonstrating specific knowledge and skills in Higher Education prior to graduation. In VUCA societies, it is no longer sufficient to accredit certain training hours. Therefore, over the last decade, universities worldwide have attempted to replace time-based curriculum (Kelly & Columbus, 2016) with the competence-based curriculum (Echols et al., 2018; Gargallo López, 2017). In fact, since the late 1990s, the importance of mastering some knowledge, skills, and competences to remain in the labor market has grown. At that time, the OECD launched its DeSeCo project to define and select these key competences. A few years later, the European Commission adopted the OECD’s idea for member states, defining eight key competences and including "learning to learn" (LtL). Despite several years of attempting to incorporate LtL into the curriculum of educational systems, the EU continues to stress its importance (European Commission, 2018; Sala et al., 2020). This leads us to believe that the curriculum design of LtL is still a problem, and we wondered how study plans are being designed to incorporate this competence. We are particularly concerned about European universities, where an attempt has been made to adopt a competence-based curriculum since the Bologna process, sometimes with limited success (e.g., Chies et al., 2019).

Teaching to learn is a difficult task. To begin with, the academic community has encountered difficulties even in reaching an agreement on what this entails (Deakin Crick et al., 2014), although a recent study validated the content of a theoretical model on LtL (Garcia-Garcia et al., 2022; Gargallo López et al., 2020). Perhaps this is why our country, Spain, has lacked a firm commitment to transversal competences from the outset. Sánchez‐Elvira et al. (2011) analyzed the competences in the curriculum of Spanish universities after the Bologna reform and found that only some universities had a formal and shared set of transversal competences, such as LtL, which did not reach 20% of the training offer. Nearly 25% of the institutions did not even mention these competences, neither in the degrees nor in the subjects. Nevertheless, it is necessary to incorporate LtL in the curriculum so that teachers have a framework that facilitates teaching to learn in the classroom. Otherwise, it will not be credible to include LtL in the graduate profiles and, thus, to ensure that students know how to learn on their own after graduation to face the VUCA societies’ demands.

To date, few studies have analyzed the curriculum of Spanish universities using teaching programs (e.g., García-García et al., 2020; San Martín Gutiérrez et al., 2016), even though this is where the competences originate. For this reason, we have conducted a descriptive study using the teaching programs of two degrees (i.e., Pedagogy and Telecommunications), considering the LtL contents of the theoretical model of Gargallo López et al. (2020). The study addresses the following research questions (RQs).

RQ1. How frequently do LtL components appear in the Pedagogy and Telecommunication curriculum?

RQ2. Do LtL contents appear with the same frequency in the Pedagogy and Telecommunication curriculum?

RQ3. Are LtL contents more associated with transversal competences or those applied to a specific discipline?

The answer to these research questions helps us understand how Spanish curriculum designers have incorporated LtL in both degrees and its implications for curriculum design and educational practice in Higher Education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample and material

We analyzed 23 Pedagogy curricula (i.e., 1,032 teaching programs) and 14 Telecommunications curricula (i.e., 864 teaching programs). We reached 98.33% of the curricula of both degrees. Therefore, the findings are representative. We reviewed 20,321 competences programmed to develop over 228,000 hours of training (i.e., 9,120 ECTS credits). We used the theoretical model of Gargallo Lopez et al. (2020) to detect the presence of LtL components; and analyzed their correlation with disciplinary competences (e.g., evaluating educational programs, analyzing guided communication systems) and transversal competences (e.g., decision-making, problem-solving). The dataset had 12,426 disciplinary and 7,895 transversal competences. Contrasting two different degrees provided external validity to the results (Esterling et al., 2021).

Data management and analysis

We identified the universities that offered degrees in Pedagogy and Telecommunications in the register of centers and titles (RUCT) of the Ministry of Universities of Spain. After the search, we accessed their official websites, downloaded the teaching programs of the subjects, and extracted data on the competences. When the competences had an imprecise definition, were equivocal, or consisted of activities but did not include a learning outcome, we excluded them from the analysis.
We calculated the presence of LtL components in the competences of each teaching program. We recorded 1 when the component appeared and 0 when it did not appear. In this way, we obtained a matrix with binary code to express a dichotomous ordinal variable, but the data was still insufficient. The matrix did not reflect the presence of a certain component to the number of training hours of each subject. Therefore, we multiplied the (0,1) matrix by the number of credits for the subject where each competence was located. We divided the result by the total credits of the curriculum to obtain a score relative to the offer of the degree. In this way, we obtained the maximum presence (MP) of the LtL components since it is impossible to determine how much time a teacher dedicates to work on each competence.
It was necessary to correct MP due to the offer of elective subjects. To do this, we multiplied MP in elective subjects * (total elective credits offered / elective credits taken by students). We then added the result to MP in mandatory subjects to obtain a corrected MP score.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Answer to RQ1 & RQ2

Critical thinking and communication skills appeared more than other LtL components in Pedagogy and Telecommunications. In both cases, there was a similar distribution in the corrected MP, although information management was more predominant in Pedagogy and problem-solving in Telecommunications.
Competences related to attributing learning to self-effort and maintaining physical and emotional well-being did not appear in any teaching program. In Pedagogy, there were competences related to non-verbal communication, self-concept, self-esteem, self-efficacy, emotional self-regulation, and anxiety control. However, we did not find any of them in Telecommunications.

Answer to RQ3

The competences with LtL components positively correlated with both the transversal competences (rho = .803, p = .000) and the disciplinary competences (rho = .703, p = .000). Therefore, the results revealed an intention to teach for learning within a specific discipline (i.e., pedagogy, telecommunications), rather than just in a transversal manner, as proposed by the EU (European Commission, 2018; Sala et al., 2020).

Conclusion and implications for practice

The curriculum designers focused more on information processing than on collaborative learning and on student strategies to maintain motivation. The individual learning components of LtL had a higher corrected MP than the social learning components. Although most of the curricula contemplated teamwork in a general sense, they did not incorporate the latest research developments, such as co-regulation of learning (Hadwin et al., 2019).
The curriculum does include LtL components, at least in the two degrees we have analyzed, but it needs restructuring to incorporate research developments.

References
Chies, L., Graziosi, G., & Pauli, F. (2019). The Impact of the Bologna Process on Graduation: New Evidence from Italy. Research in Higher Education, 60(2), 203–218. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11162-018-9512-4/FIGURES/2
Deakin Crick, R., Stringher, C., & Ren, K. (2014). Learning to Learn. International perspectives from theory and practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203078044
Echols, D. G., Neely, P. W., & Dusick, D. (2018). Understanding faculty training in competency-based curriculum development. The Journal of Competency-Based Education, 3(2). https://doi.org/10.1002/cbe2.1162
Esterling, K. M., Brady, D., & Schwitzgebel, E. (2021). The Necessity of Construct and External Validity for Generalized Causal Claims. OSF Preprints. https://doi.org/10.31219/OSF.IO/2S8W5
European Commission. (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. https://bit.ly/2DwOEin
Garcia-Garcia, F. J., López-Francés, I., Gargallo-López, B., & Pérez-Pérez, C. (2022). Validación de contenido de la competencia “aprender a aprender” en los grados universitarios. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 40(2), 513–530. https://doi.org/10.6018/RIE.466271
García-García, F. J., López-Torrijo, M., & Santana-Hernández, R. (2020). Educación inclusiva en la formación del profesorado de educación secundaria : los programas españoles. Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación de Profesorado, 2(2), 270–293. https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v24i2.14085
Gargallo López, B. (2017). Enseñanza centrada en el aprendizaje y diseño por competencias en la Universidad. Fundamentación, procedimientos y evidencias de aplicación e investigación. Tirant Humanidades.
Gargallo López, B., Pérez-Pérez, C., Garcia-Garcia, F. J., Giménez Beut, J. A., & Portillo Poblador, N. (2020). La competencia aprender a aprender en la universidad: propuesta de modelo teórico. Educacion XX1, 23(1), 19–44. https://doi.org/10.5944/educxx1.23367
Hadwin, A., Järvelä, S., & Miller, M. (2019). Self-Regulation, Co-Regulation, and Shared Regulation in Collaborative Learning Environments. In D. H. Schunk & J. A. Greene (Eds.), Educational psychology handbook series. Handbook of self-regulation of learning and performance (pp. 83–106). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315697048-6
Kelly, A. P., & Columbus, R. (2016). Innovate and evaluate. Expanding the researh base for competency-based education. American Enterprise Institute.
Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V., & Cabrera, M. (2020). LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence. EUR 30246 EN, Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/922681
San Martín Gutiérrez, S., Jiménez Torres, N., & Jerónimo Sánchez-Beato, E. (2016). La evaluación del alumnado universitario en el Espacio Europeo de Educación Superior. Aula Abierta, 44(1), 7–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aula.2015.03.003
Sánchez‐Elvira, Á., López‐González, M. Á., & Fernández‐Sánchez, M. V. (2011). Análisis de las competencias genéricas en los nuevos títulos de grado del EEES en las universidades españolas. REDU. Revista de Docencia Universitaria, 8(1), 35. https://doi.org/10.4995/redu.2010.6217


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

International STEM Education Research Hotspots and Development Frontiers --Citespace-based bibliometric analysis

Zhen Li, Xiaohong Li

Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Li, Zhen

STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics) education emphasizes interdisciplinary integrated learning oriented to real-world problem solving, which helps to cultivate students' inquiry ability, innovation ability, critical thinking and other core literacies required by future society, and is widely considered by the international community as the next generation of innovative education paradigm. The development of STEM education and the cultivation of STEM professionals are crucial for improving national core competitiveness, and countries such as the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, and Finland have launched national-level education policies and plans to increase investment in the construction of the STEM education field. Since 2016, when the Ministry of Education included the exploration of STEM education in the 13th Five-Year Plan of Education Informatization, STEM education has been flourishing in China.In recent years, STEM education research has been booming, and tracking and critiquing the latest international research results can help clarify the dynamic hotspots and future development directions of STEM education research. This study uses Citespace bibliometric software to examine the English-language STEM education literature from 2002 to 2022, and to sort out the current development of international STEM education research in order to better grasp the research hotspots and development directions of STEM education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Citespace is a visual bibliometric software written in Java language, developed by Mei-Chao Chen of Drexel University and Dalian University of Technology, which integrates co-occurrence analysis, co-citation analysis, cluster analysis, cooperative network analysis, etc. It can visualize the intrinsic complex relationships among knowledge units and reveal the development trend and frontier hotspots of a certain field.This study uses Citespace to quantitatively analyze the key words, countries/regions, and cited literature of the literature, and conducts content analysis in conjunction with the text of literature titles and abstracts to provide an in-depth description of the research lineage, research hotspots, and dynamic trends of international STEM education.
International literature from WOS core collection: TS indicates topic, (TS="STEM education" OR TS="STEAM education" OR TS="integrated STEM education" OR TS="STEM integration"), 3583 documents were retrieved, refinement basis: time 2002-2022, document type: thesis OR online publication OR review paper, 2220 remaining after refinement, 1944 remaining after data cleaning and weight reduction, finally, 1939 documents are available for visualization research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
1. Current status of STEM education research development
① Analysis of the number of articles issued
this study counted the number of papers published year by year based on the number of literature from 2002 to 2022, and the number of literature showed an increasing trend year by year, indicating that the researchers' attention to this field increased year by year.
②Author collaboration network analysis
From the author collaboration network diagram, 11 major collaboration networks were analyzed in the included literature. Among them, the most influential group is Gillian Roehrig's team from the University of Minnesota-Twin Cities, USA, with 17 annual publications.
2. Analysis of Hot spots of STEM education research
The current major research hotspots can be divided into the following seven categories: literature on the integrative understanding of STEM education. research on the concept of STEAM education and the integration of STEM in art education. research on STEM teachers' conceptions and professional competence development. issues on the influencing factors of STEM education and its mechanisms. issues on STEM education evaluation/curriculum evaluation. Topics related to female participation in STEM careers/equity in STEM education. Theoretical research on the challenges and challenges encountered in STEM education.
3. Analysis of Frontiers of STEM Education Research
it was found that international STEM education development frontiers include STEM teacher professional development and training, students' STEM learning expectations and interests, STEM education participation of disadvantaged groups, new technologies empowering STEM education practices, approaches and methods of STEM education teaching, STEM education research The seven aspects of STEM education development include professional development of STEM teachers, students' expectations and interests in STEM learning, participation of disadvantaged groups in STEM education, new technology-enabled STEM education practices, STEM education teaching methods and approaches, STEM education research methods empirical, evaluation and assessment of STEM education effects.

References
Chen Yue, Chen Chaomei, Liu Zelin, Hu Zhigang, Wang Xianwen Citespace.Methodological functions of knowledge graphs[J]. Scientology Research, 2015, 33 (02) : 242-253.
Wolf, V., Hsiao, V., Rodriguez, B., Min, A., Mayorga, J., & Ashcroft, J. (2020). Utilization of Remote Access Electron Microscopes to Enhance Technology Education and Foster STEM Interest in Preteen Students. Research in Science Education, 1-18.
Kelley, T. R., & Knowles, J. G. (2016). A conceptual framework for integrated STEM education. International Journal of STEM education, 3(1), 1-11.
Perignat, E., & Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2019). STEAM in practice and research: An integrative literature review. Thinking skills and creativity, 31, 31-43.
Estapa, Anne (2017) Supporting integrated stem in the elementary classroom: a professional development approach centered on an engineering design challenge. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF STEM EDUCATION DOI 10.1186/s40594-017-0058-3.
Roehrig, G.H., Dare, E.A., Ring-Whalen, E. et al. Understanding coherence and integration in integrated STEM curriculum.IJ STEM Ed 8, 2 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-020-00259-8.
Rodger W.Bybee. The BSCS 5E Instructional Model Origins and Effectiveness [EB/OL](2006-06-12)[2022-04-16]. https://bscs.org/sites/default/ files/_media/ about/downloads/ BSCS_5E_Full_Report.pdf
National Research Council. (2011). Successful K-12 STEM education. Identifying efective approaches in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. TheNational Academies Press.
Bybee, R. (2013). The case of STEM education: Challenges and opportunities.Arlington: NSTA Press.
English, L. D., King, D., & Smeed, J. (2017). Advancing integrated STEM learning through engineering design: Sixth-grade students’ design and construction of earthquake resistant buildings. Journal of Educational Research, 110(3), 255–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2016.1264053.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm04 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Psychometric Analysis of the AIS, ITICS and TEIP Questionnaires among Teachers in Czech Primary Schools

Jakub Pivarč

J. E. Purkyně University in Ústí/n Labem, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Pivarč, Jakub

Similar to other post-communist countries, the education system of the Czech Republic is moving away from the concept of segregation towards inclusive education (IE). In 2016 the Amendment to the Education Act came into force (Education Act No. 561/2004), which significantly transformed the organizational, financial and content aspects of IE provided in Czech primary schools. While the rights of pupils with special educational needs to IE in common primary schools were significantly strengthened, a number of substantial changes in education were implemented, with teachers taking on most of the burden.

The attitudes of teachers towards IE along with teacher beliefs regarding their own efficacy to implement inclusive practices in the education of diverse students greatly influence the success of IE (Jordan, 2018). In the international context, a number of studies have shown these two constructs as very closely related (Saloviita, 2020). The professional literature points to the importance of validity and reliability in identifying these constructs, for which validated tools have been designed and implemented (Li & Cheung, 2021). In the Czech research context, various questionnaires as well as self-constructed scales have been used without strict specifications with regard to their theoretical foundations and psychometric properties. It may be said that the results from these Czech instruments do not fully reflect the range of issues related to teacher attitudes and self-efficacy in relation to IE. In the international context, standardized validated instruments have been regularly used to measure teacher attitudes and self-efficacy in relation to IE: in the measurement of attitudes the instruments “Attitudes Towards Inclusion” (AIS) as well as “Intention to Teach in Inclusive Classroom” (ITICS) (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016) are typically used, with the tool “Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practices” (TEIP) (Sharma et al., 2012) commonly used to determine self-efficacy.

From an epistemological point of view, these three instruments reflect IE in a more holistic way, with an emphasis on socio-cultural perspectives regarding diversity as opposed to, for example, the approach of scales (e.g. Teachers’ Sense of Efficacy Scale) that reflect IE through an emphasis on a medical paradigm (Oliver, 1990). The items of the three instruments under study in the present analysis are formulated in the form of statements. From a psychometric point of view, the original English version of the 8-item AIS questionnaire aims to identify attitudes reflecting beliefs (BI) and feelings (FI) regarding IE. In contrast, the 7-item ITICS questionnaire is aimed at identifying the teacher’s intention to implement inclusive measures, i.e. the tool determines attitudes towards curriculum change strengthening IE (Cch) and the intention to cooperate with experts (Cons). The 18-item TEIP questionnaire focuses on the assessment of the teacher’s own efficacy in relation to the implementation of procedures associated with IE, specifically in the area of: cooperation with experts (EC), management of disruptive student behavior (EMB), and implementation of IE (EII).

The three instruments, especially the TEIP, have been translated into several languages. The psychometric properties of the questionnaires have also been analyzed in a number of validation studies across individual countries and regions. Most of these studies have provided empirical evidence of the validity and reliability of questionnaires, demonstrating that the instruments work well in different socio-cultural contexts. The psychometric properties of the Czech version of the AIS, ITICS and TEIP, however, remain unknown.

In order to dependably and precisely apply in the Czech environment the above-mentioned scales in the identification of the attitudes and self-efficacy of primary school teachers in relation to IE, the aim of this study is to present information on (1) construct validity (factor structure), (2) reliability, and (3) measurement invariance of the Czech versions of the instruments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In total, 1434 teachers from 140 Czech common primary schools participated in this quantitative research study (88% women; about ¼ of teachers aged 41–50). A two-step quota sampling was chosen which may be considered a quasi-representative sample, i.e. the statistical compliance not ensured between the base and the sample selected. Out of 14 regions, a respective number of primary schools was proportionally selected from each region in the Czech Republic. The research sample included only common primary schools (not including special schools) with different socio-demographic characteristics. Each primary school had a set number of teachers selected (always 5 teachers from a lower primary and 5 teachers from an upper primary school).
The translation of the questionnaires from English to Czech and their use in this research was subject to the consent of the main author of the questionnaires (U. Sharma). The authors of the original version of the AIS declared a two-factor structure of the questionnaire. The BI factor consists of four items, as does the FI factor; a high reliability α>0.8 was identified for both scales. According to the authors, ITICS is also made up of two factors (Chc with four items, Cons with three); both scales reached α<0.8. In contrast, the original version of the TEIP consists of 3 factors, each with 6 items (EII, EMB and EC reached values of α>0.8). The authors of the original versions of the questionnaires do not provide information regarding the measurement invariance of the instruments.
The tested versions of the instruments in our own research were identical to the original versions, featuring the same number of items, including their relations to individual factors, the response format, and an identical calculation of the raw score, all of which were maintained.
The factor structure of the Czech versions of the questionnaires was verified using confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) through the maximum likelihood method as well as reliability through McDonald's omega (ω). Measurement invariance testing was performed using a multi-group confirmatory factor analysis (MGCFA) method to compare the model among the sample of teachers in terms of their age.
The data analysis was conducted using SPSS Amos (ver. 28). The questionnaires were administered to the primary school participants in person by trained interviewers. This quantitative research study was conducted in 2022. All ethical aspects of the research were in compliance with the standards of the American Psychological Association.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The tested factor structure of the Czech AIS corresponds to the original two-factor solution. Values of indices/criteria for the accepted model: CFI=0.987; TLI=0.978; RMSEA=0.059; SRMR=0.021. The standardized factor loadings of the items for the respective factors were acceptably high. The reliability of the partial factors was satisfactory, and the questionnaire as a whole also showed acceptable values: ωAIS=0.90 (ωBI=0.89; ωFI=0.81).
For the ITICS, the two-factor model fit the data worse (CFI=0.961; TLI=0.932; RMSEA=0.066; SRMR=0.032; AIC=119; BIC=204) than the subsequently tested model with one general factor “ITICS” (CFI=0.962; TLI=0.938; RMSEA=0.063; SRMR=0.032; AIC=117; BIC=197). For the model with a two-factor solution, a relatively low reliability of the scales was also found (ωChc=0.63 and ωCons=0.61). Therefore, a more efficient one-factor model with one general factor consisting of 7 items was adopted to express the overall intentions of teachers with regard to teaching in an inclusive class (ωITICS=0.75).
The factor structure of the Czech TEIP questionnaire corresponds to the original version: values of indices/criteria for the final model were CFI=0.954; TLI=0.945; RMSEA=0.054; SRMR=0.038; BIC=0.965). Reliability of partial factors: ωEII=0.80; ωEC=0.84; ωEMB=0.87. Due to the high correlation of the factors (r>0.70), the second-order model was tested (CFI=0.954; TLI=0.946; RMSEA=0.053; SRMR=0.037; BIC=0.958), which was better to the first-order model. The analyzes thus captured the hierarchical factor structure of the Czech TEIP, i.e. three specific factors representing one general higher-order factor (ωTEIP=0.92).
The results of MGCFA invariance tests for the final accepted models from CFA were satisfactory. For the AIS and TEIP, full strict measurement invariance was achieved for the compared groups of teachers in terms of age. A partially scalar invariant model was confirmed for ITICS.
The analyzes show that the Czech versions of AIS, ITICS and TEIP are valid and reliable questionnaires that can be recommended for further use in research and diagnostic practice.

References
Czech Republic. Act No. 561/2004 Collection of Law, on Pre-school, Basic, Secondary, Tertiary Professional and Other Education (the Education Act). Available from: http://www.msmt.cz/vzdelavani/skolstvi-v-cr/act-no-561-2004-coll-of-24-september-2004-on-pre-school
Jordan, A. (2018). The Supporting Effective Teaching Project: 1. Factors influencing student success in inclusive elementary classrooms. Exceptionality Education International, 28(3), 10–27.
Li, K., & Cheung, R. (2021). Pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy in implementing inclusive education in Hong Kong: The roles of attitudes, sentiments, and concerns. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 68(2), 259–269.
Oliver, M. (1990). The Politics of Disablement: A Sociological Approach. Basingstoke, Hampshire: Macmillan.
Saloviita, T. (2020). Attitudes of Teachers Towards Inclusive Education in Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(2), 270–282.
Sharma, U., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators’ intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55(3), 13–23.
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, Ch. (2012). Measuring Teacher Efficacy to Implement Inclusive Practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21.


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Between Reasonable Accommodation and Institutional Discrimination. The Example of Special Educational Needs Assessment Procedures

Anna Kistner1, Julia Kadel2, Katja Adl-Amini2, Julia Gasterstädt1, Florian Cristóbal Klenk2

1Universität Kassel, Germany; 2TU Darmstadt, Germany

Presenting Author: Kistner, Anna; Klenk, Florian Cristóbal

In order to guarantee the human right to education in the sense of non-discriminatory and equal participation of all people in an inclusive education system, the assessment of effective individualised support measures is necessary (Art. 24 UNCRPD). Although European states have committed to developing an inclusive school system, they often maintain a well-established special education system based on labelling individual students as having special educational needs (SEN). In these situations, a tension can be observed between the provision of individual support and the potentially stigmatising and discriminatory effects of labelling students as having SEN. For example, the identification of SEN is still associated with a higher risk of exclusion from regular education (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2020). Studies also point to classist, racist and ableist influences as a factor on the categorisation of SEN (e.g. Zhang & Katsiyannis, 2020, Berhanu 2008, Dyson 2008, Werning et al. 2008). Similarly, educational statistics surveys suggest that the identification of SEN is characterised by high contingency (Desforges & Lindsay, 2010; Klemm, 2018). For example, comparing school laws and regulations in the 16 German states, we counted at least 24 different assessment procedures (Gasterstädt, Kistner & Adl-Amini, 2020). Accordingly, identification and segregation rates, as well as rules governing SEN assessment procedures, vary widely at the state level. Although the SEN assessment procedure can be seen as a central fulcrum for the tension between the provision of individual support und potential discrimination, research in this area is scarce.
The poster will present the research project "InDiVers", which addresses SEN assessment procedures in Germany. The qualitative multilevel research design is based on Grounded Theory (Strauss & Corbin 1990) and Situational Analysis (Clarke, Friese & Washburn, 2018) (see methods section).

The project is informed by the assumption, that in order to change policy and practice towards inclusion and diversity, it is first necessary to understand the mechanisms of exclusion and the labelling processes that underpin them. Therefore, analysing the case of the assessment procedures in the German school system might also lead to a better understanding of exclusionary practices in school systems in other countries with established segregated special education systems. Thus, from a power-critical and anti-discriminatory perspective on diversity, our aim is to question the categorisation of SEN and the exclusions that go along with it, in order to be able to give impulses to address and include diversity in all aspects in the German school system in the next step.

The central questions of InDiVers are how the decision about, and legitimation of inclusion/exclusion are negotiated between different actors and how the underlying order of difference is (re)produced. The project also asks how the need for support for individual students is determined, which diagnostic procedures are used and how pedagogical “others” are constructed in these processes. While these questions are mainly addressed with a focus on individual cases, we also take into account the broader situation of assessment procedures at the level of the local education landscape in which these procedures are embedded. From this angle, we ask how regionally differentiated constellations of actors, e.g. professionals or guardians, cooperate and which positions appear to be particularly powerful. Drawing on the theoretical perspectives of institutional discrimination (Gomolla & Radtke, 2009) and intersectionality (Riegel 2016), the project focuses on power and inequality relations in the structures of the institutions and organisations involved and the professionals working within them.

The poster will present our research design, give an insight into the initial findings, and take a closer look at our strategies for transferring our findings into practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is located in interpretative/reconstructive social research. Following the logic of maximum and minimum contrasts, four German federal states were selected according to the development of identification and segregation rates (high/ low; decreasing/increasing), the role of legal guardians in assessment procedures (e.g. co-decision on diagnosis), the regulations for reviewing the assessment, the definition of SEN and the requirements for diagnostics: Hesse, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland and Saxony-Anhalt. The project is based on a multi-level approach (Helsper, Hummrich & Kramer, 2013), which combines a qualitative longitudinal study of procedures in individual cases at the level of the individual school with an examination of the local education landscape these procedures are embedded. Accordingly, the research design is structured into two closely linked sub-projects.
The sub-project "Regional Constellations" (SP1) at the University of Kassel focuses on regional actor constellations, rules, routines and logics of action within the assessment procedures. To this end, 8-12 expert interviews will be conducted per region with stakeholders in the local education landscape. The experts addressed include actors from the school administration at the state and regional level, the school authorities, the youth welfare services, actors from the special and regular schools as well as self-advocacy groups (e.g. parents' associations). In addition, there will be a reconstructive analysis and triangulation of relevant documents (such as legal regulations) and statistical data on the assessment of SEN. In the same regions, the sub-project "Case-related constellations" (SP2) at the TU Darmstadt is pursuing a longitudinal design to accompany SEN assessment procedures in at least eight cases. For this purpose, protocols of observation, audio recordings and interviews (e.g. with parents, involved teachers or school administrators) are collected in central situations of the assessment procedure and are supplemented by the analysis of relevant documents (e.g. expert reports).
The research project uses the methods of Grounded Theory Methodology (GTM) (Strauss & Corbin 1990) and situation analysis (Clarke, Friese & Washburn, 2018) to combine the different levels and data.
Two transfer modules accompany the research in the two sub-projects by providing impulses for the advancement of the procedures in the survey regions (TransRe) and by developing concepts for the professionalisation of teachers and the use in teacher training (TransPro).
Data collection has been completed in Hesse and Rhineland-Palatinate. We are currently in the recruitment phase in Saxony-Anhalt and Saarland.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We would like to present some initial observations along the questions of how SEN is defined, why it is assessed and how the assessment procedures can be understood.
Our analysis confirms the observation, that the teacher's attribution of pupils as not meeting the school expectations is central. These expectations are shaped not only by academic achievement but also by implicit notions of what it means to be an 'able' student. However, which expectations of ability are made relevant is biased by racist and classist attributions.
Focusing on the individual assessment procedures, we observe a constant narrative in which no alternatives for the student’s educational options other than SEN emerge. Therefore, at different stages of the assessment procedures, different professionals construct a broad understanding of the student’s situation at school and at home. However, this understanding is not used to support the student or to reflect on the student’s barriers to learning, but to develop a consensus between experts and parents about the need to label the student as having SEN. In this mode, the assessment instruments used, such as individual education plans, focus mainly on the student’s failure. The complex issues behind the perceived failure of pupils are therefore clearly directed towards an individualisation of failure and need. Furthermore, we observe that the identification of SEN is constructed in various ways as 'relieving' or 'unburdening', while the possible burdens associated with the label of SEN are not addressed. Thus, only one side of the tension between individual support and potential discrimination is addressed.
In addition to presenting these initial findings, we would also like to discuss the multi-level approach of the research project in terms of the challenges it poses as well as the possibilities it opens up for understanding SEN assessment procedures.

References
Berhanu, G. (2008). Ethnic minority pupils in Swedish schools: Some trends in overrepresentation of minority pupils in special educational programs. International Journal of Special Education, 23(3), 17–29.
Dyson, A., & Gallannaugh, F. (2008). Disproportionality in special needs education in England. The Journal of Special Education, 42(1), 36–46.
Clarke, A. E., Friese, C., & Washburn, R. S. (2018). Situational Analysis: Grounded Theory After the Interpretive Turn. Los Angeles: Sage.
Desforges, M. & Lindsay, G. (2010). Procedures used to Diagnose a Disability and to Assess Special Educational Needs: An International Review. Report commissioned by the NCSE. https://ncse.ie/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/5_NCSE_Diag_Ass.pdf
European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2020). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2018 Dataset Cross-Country Report. Ramberg, J., Lénárt, A., & Watkins, A. (Eds.). https://www.european-agency.org/data/cross-country-reports
Gasterstädt, J., Kistner, A., & Adl-Amini, K. (2020). Die Feststellung sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs als institutionelle Diskriminierung? Eine Analyse der schulgesetzlichen Regelungen. Zeitschrift für Inklusion 4. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/551
Gomolla, M., & Radtke, F.-O. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Die Herstellung ethnischer Differenz in der Schule. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Helsper, W., Hummrich, M. & Kramer, R.-T. (2013). Qualitative Mehrebenenanalyse. In B. Friebertshäuser, A. Langer & A. Prengel (Ed.), Handbuch Qualitative Forschungsmethoden in der Erziehungswissenschaft (pp. 119-135). Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Klemm, K. (2018). Unterwegs zur inklusiven Schule. Lagebericht 2018 aus bildungsstatistischer Perspektive. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Stiftung.
Riegel, C. (2016): Bildung – Intersektionalität – Othering. Pädagogisches Handeln in wider-sprüchlichen Verhältnissen. Pädagogik. Bielefeld: Transcript.
Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. M. (1990). Basics of Qualitative Research: Grounded Theory Procedures and Techniques. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Werning, R., Löser, J. M., & Urban, M. (2008). Cultural and social diversity: An analysis of minority groups in German schools. Journal of Special Education, 42, 47–54.
Zhang, D., & Katsiyannis, A. (2020). Minority representation in special education: A persistent challenge. Remedial and Special education, 23, 180-187.


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Clustering Greek School-principals by their Values and the Relation to their Attitudes Towards the Inclusive Education of Disabled students

Smaragdi Tsirantonaki1, Anastasia Vlachou2

1University of Thessaly, Greece; 2National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece

Presenting Author: Tsirantonaki, Smaragdi; Vlachou, Anastasia

Inclusion can be defined as “a process of systemic reform embodying changes and modifications in content, teaching methods, approaches, structures and strategies in education to overcome barriers with a vision serving to provide all students of the relevant age range with an equitable and participatory learning experience and environment that best corresponds to their requirements and preferences” [General Comment 4 adopted by CRPD-UN, 2016§6] (Graham, 2020:24). Inclusive education requires new thinking and practices, changes in the policies, perceptions, values, and principles in terms of schooling, curriculum, pedagogy, and assessment (Vlachou, 2004). Thus, it is inextricably linked to inclusive leadership which presupposes acceptance, respect, listening, clarifying language, being comfortable with diversity and ambiguity (Armstrong et al., 2011; MacRuairc et al., 2013).

Inclusive educational leadership leads to positive outcomes for the achievement of all students in inclusive schools (Donnelly et al., 2016; MacRuairc et al., 2013), “based upon alternative views of the world and the nature and form of schooling that will build that world” (Slee, 2011:25). In fact, committed school-principals introduce and embed through their values, the culture, policies, and practices that promote inclusive education at all levels (Graham, 2020; Lazaridou, 2019; Pregot, 2020). So, their values establish and influence school culture (Carrington, 1999), teachers’ attitudes and beliefs (Hess & Zamir, 2016), and therefore, play an important role in implementing and promoting inclusive education (Irvine et al., 2010). However, there has been little focus on the role of their values in promoting positive attitudes towards the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n., and inclusive education in general (Hess & Zamir, 2016; Lazaridou, 2019; Pregot, 2020).

Attitudes constitute the readiness for action containing cognitive-emotional-behavioral elements (Bailey, 2004). School-principals’ attitudes shape teachers’ attitudes on various issues, as school-principals are the most basic link between the community and the school. In particular, the promotion of school-principals’ positive attitudes regarding the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n., towards the whole educational community is essential for the effective education for all students (Bailey, 2004; Hess & Zamir, 2016; Lazaridou, 2019).

Values are conceptions of the desirable which influence one’s selection from available modes, means and ends of action (Begley, 2003). School principals’ values influence their attitudes (Bailey, 2004; Lazaridou, 2012) and by extension their educational practices (Irvine et al., 2010; Pregot, 2020) which shape the culture of the school unit (Carrington, 1999). Therefore, changing educational practices does not only require the acquisition of new skills or knowledge, but also the right values and positive attitudes towards inclusive education (Wakeman et al., 2006).

Both Greek and international research highlights school-principals’ attitudes towards the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n., as a decisive factor in promoting their education (Bailey, 2004; Hess & Zamir, 2016). However, there is limited research regarding school-principals’ attitudes towards the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n.. in Greece (Platsidou & Tsiolpidou, 2019). To the best of our knowledge, there is no prior research on the intercorrelations between school-principals’ values and attitudes regarding the inclusion of disabled students and/or with s.e.n. in primary and secondary education.

Considering the above, this paper focuses on the intercorrelations between the values of school-principals and their attitudes towards the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n. in Greek regular schools. Specifically, it aims to examine the following questions:

  1. Do school-principals’ values and attitudes regarding inclusive education show statistically significant differences depending on the demographic and professional information?
  2. Can school-principals be classified into groups (clusters) according to their values?
  3. Do school-principals’ attitudes regarding inclusive education show statistically significant differences depending on their value profiles?
  4. To what extent school-principals’ values predict their attitudes?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopts a transformative and constructivist worldview, combining the joint investigation of school-principals’ values and attitudes regarding the inclusion of disabled students and/or with s.e.n, with a political agenda to amend the status quo through a deeper understanding of the role of school-principals’ values in shaping their attitudes towards inclusive education. This can contribute to the wider discourse on educational leadership for inclusion, enhancing the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n., and generally inclusive education.
As the present research results come from an extended study, the original survey instrument consists of three research instruments. All are presented below for the sake of accuracy; however, the present results relate only to the research instruments that measure the values and attitudes of school-principals. So, three survey instruments have been selected: a) “Principals' Knowledge of Fundamental and Current Issues in Special Education” (PKISE), by Wakeman et al., (2006), which examines school-principals’ knowledge (22 statements), beliefs (7 statements), and practices (6 statements), regarding special and inclusive education; b) "Portrait Values Questionnaire” (PVQ), by Schwartz et al., (2001), which focuses on the examination of school-principals’ goals, aspirations or desires and thus, implies the degree of importance of a value based on Schwartz’s theory of values (1992;2010;2012) (40 statements), and c) “Principals’ Attitudes Towards Inclusive Education” (PATIE) by Bailey (2004), which aims to investigate their attitudes towards inclusive education (29 statements). The resulting questionnaire consists of these sections plus an opening section on their demographic/professional information (19 statements). These instruments (PKISE/PVQ/PATIE) were all adapted and validated for the Greek context.
The instrument was electronically administered and validated for a total sample of 582 school principals from 334 primary and 248 secondary Greek schools that was extracted with a two-stage stratified sampling procedure. One confirmatory factor analysis was conducted for PVQ―as it has been previously adapted for and used in the Greek context―and two exploratory factor analyses were conducted for PKISE and PATIE respectively. The validated instruments feature high reliability scores: the “PKISE” has Cronbach a=.943; the "PVQ", has a=.844 (10 values), a=.831 (4 higher-order values); and PATIE accordingly a=.851.
A two-step cluster analysis led to grouping school-principals into four distinct clusters, depending on their value profile (Ambitious, Conciliators, Conservatives, Sophisticated), before conducting a hierarchical regression analysis and a pathway analysis. Among other results, these corroborated the study’s proposed theoretical model, highlighting the predictive strength of values on school-principals’ attitudes towards inclusive education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the research results, four values emerged (benevolence, universalism, self-direction & stimulation) that positively correlate with the attitudes of school-principals regarding the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n., and which can be characterized as inclusive values. These four values correspond to two of Schwartz’s higher order values (HOVs) “Self-transcendence” & “Openness to change” (Schwartz et al., 2001), indicating that inclusion is linked to both, which translates as a need for radical change, educational reform and social justice (Graham, 2020; Slee, 2011). In short, values play a catalytic role in shaping attitudes and by extent school-principals’ inclusive practices and policies. Both the results of the hierarchical multiple regression analysis and the pathway analysis show that the school-principals’ values strongly predict their attitudes regarding the education of disabled students and/or with s.e.n.. which are crucial towards the promotion of inclusive education.
This research results are discussed in terms of their implications in capturing school-principals’ values and their attitudes regarding inclusive education filling in a gap in international literature regarding studies that contribute to the discourse on the educational leadership for inclusion. Simultaneously, this research aspires to broaden the respective research field and contribute to the international quest for understanding the factors influencing the implementation of inclusive education as well as the factors that can shape and determine educational leadership for inclusion. Thus, focusing on the role of school-principals and exploring their values jointly with their attitudes regarding inclusive education, can yield useful insights and inform respective policies and practices as well as recommending “PVQ” as an indispensable evaluative instrument for investigating school-principals’ values with the aim of strengthening them through more targeted training. All the above essentially mean that “efforts to develop inclusive schools should focus on building a common consensus around inclusive values within school communities" (Graham, 2020:179).

References
Armstrong, A., Armstrong, D. & Spandagou, I. (2010). Inclusive education: International policy and practice. Sage.
Bailey, J. (2004). The validation of scale to measure school principals’ attitudes toward the inclusion of students with disabilities in regular schools, Australian Psychologist, 39(1), 76-87.
Begley, P. (2003). In Pursuit of Authentic School Leadership Practices, In Begley, P.T., Johansson, O. (eds) The Ethical Dimensions of School Leadership. (pp. 1-12). Springer, Dordrecht
Carrington, S. (1999). Inclusion needs a different school culture, International Journal of Inclusive Education 3(3)257–68.
Graham, L.J. (2020). Inclusive Education for the 21st Century. Theory, Policy and Practice. Routledge.
Hess, I. & Zamir, S. (2016). Principals and Inclusion: The Correlation between Attitudes of Principals’ and Teachers’ towards Inclusion of Pupils with Special Needs, Journal of the American Academy of Special Education Professionals, 12(2).
Irvine, A., Lupart, J., Loreman, T., & McGhie-Richmond, D. (2010). Educational Leadership to Create Authentic Inclusive Schools: The Experiences of Principals in a Canadian Rural School District, Exceptionality Education International, 20, 70-88.
Lazaridou, A. (2019). Exploring the Values of Educators in Greek Schools, Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 4, 231-270.
MacRuairc, G., Ottesen, E. & Precey, R. (2013). Leadership for Inclusive Education. Values, Vision and Voices. Sense Publishers
Platsidou, M. & Tsiolpidou, X. (2019). Attitudes and concerns of Primary school principals about educational inclusion [In Greek], Epistimes tis agogis 2(1), 89-112.
Pavlopoulos, B. (2014). Crisis of the values or the values of the crisis: Stability and change of personal and political values in Greece of the recession, Psychology, 21 (3), 334-353.
Pregot M., (2020). Principals’ Depth of Perception of Knowledge on Special Education Programs: How Much Do They Really Know?, International Journal of Educational Reform 00(0) 1–18.
Schwartz, S. H., Melech, G., Lehmann, A., Burgess, S., Harris, M., & Owens, V. (2001). Extending the cross-cultural validity of the theory of basic human values with a different method of measurement, Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 519-542.
Schwartz, S. H. (2012). An overview of the Schwartz theory of basic values, Online Readings in Psychology and Culture, 2(1).
Slee, R. (2011). The irregular school: Exclusion, schooling and inclusive education. Routledge.
Vlachou, A. (2004). Education and inclusive policy-making: implications for research and practice, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(1), 3-21.
Wakeman, S.Y. & Browder, D. & Flowers, Cl. & Ahlgrim-Delzell, L. (2006). Principals' knowledge of fundamental and current issues in special education, NASSP Bulletin, 90, 153-174.


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Participation in Inclusive Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) – Assessment of a complex construct

Janina Dott, Ulla Licandro

University of Oldenburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Dott, Janina

Informed by the bioecological model (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006), early childhood education and care (ECEC) institutions are an important space for the development of children where they learn, play and acquire knowledge together with other children. This applies to children from diverse backgrounds and with diverse abilities and needs, including children with disabilities. With the ratification of the United Nation’s Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD), many countries committed themselves to the implementation of an inclusive education system. One goal of inclusion is the equal participation of children with disabilities and it is assumed that inclusion in ECEC provides opportunities and benefits for children with and without disabilities (Odom et al., 2011). However, previous studies have shown that in schools as well as in ECEC institutions children with disabilities participate less in different activities and in interactions when compared to their peers without disabilities (Eriksson et al., 2007; Kuutti et al., 2021). What makes it difficult to compare these results is that the definitions of the term participation vary across studies, despite attempts to standardise it (Imms et al., 2015; Koster et al., 2009). The International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) defines participation as “involvement in a life situation” (WHO, 2001, S. 10). In addition to that, Imms et al. (2015; 2017) developed the framework “family of participation-related constructs” (fPRC) and describe participation as a construct with two components: attendance and involvement. First studies have applied this framework (e.g. Åström & Almqvist, 2022), but there is still no clear answer to the question how participation can be operationalised in the context of ECEC. Moreover, methodological challenges remain when assessing participation and different understandings have led to various measures (Adair et al., 2018; Coster & Khetani, 2008).

The goal of the present work is to analyse how the participation of children with disabilities is defined and operationalised in the context of inclusive ECEC.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic search of peer-reviewed articles will be conducted using search terms that refer to participation, to the setting of ECEC and to the target group of this systematic review, children with disabilities between 3 and 6 years of age. Four databases that include articles from educational and psychological research were chosen for the search of eligible studies: ERIC, Education Source (through EBSCO), PsycINFO (through EBSCO) and Web of Science. Due to the publication of the ICF and its significant contribution to the understanding of participation, the search is limited to articles published since 2001. Only empirical studies (quantitative, qualitative and mixed-methods) will be included in the review. After the removal of duplicates, the inclusion and exclusion criteria will be applied to all search results from the four databases using EPPI-Reviewer. Afterwards, important information from the eligible studies will be gathered using a standardised data extraction form. All disagreements during the screening and extraction process will be discussed by two researchers until consensus is reached. The quality of the eligible articles will be assessed using the “Quality assessment with diverse studies” (QuADS; Harrison et al., 2021). A narrative synthesis of the findings is conducted for answering the research question, in addition to an overview of the eligible studies.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A first insight into relevant studies revealed that a variety of measures is used for assessing participation in ECEC institutions. In many cases the participation of children was measured via assessing their attendance, i.e. the frequency and diversity of activities they attended. Another focus was on their involvement in certain tasks or interactions, often operationalised as engagement. Other differences refer to the source of information, e.g. whether participation was assessed using observations or ratings by the parents of the children.
To ensure equal opportunities for children from diverse backgrounds with and without disabilities, informed insights via high-quality studies are needed as a foundation for practice and policy. Deepening our understanding of how studies from the last two decades have operationalised the complex construct of participation in ECEC will help to analyse the current state of knowledge and inform future studies.

References
Adair, B., Ullenhag, A., Rosenbaum, P., Granlund, M., Keen, D., & Imms, C. (2018). Measures used to quantify participation in childhood disability and their alignment with the family of participation-related constructs: a systematic review. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 60(11), 1101-1116. https://doi.org/10.1111/dmcn.13959

Åström, F., & Almqvist, L. (2022). Patterns of observed child participation and proximity to a small group including teachers in Swedish preschool free play. Frontiers in Education, 7(2022), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.982837

Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of Child Psychology (6. ed., Vol. 1). John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Coster, W., & Khetani, M. A. (2008). Measuring participation of children with disabilities: Issues and challenges. Disability and Rehabilitation, 30(8), 639-648. https://doi.org/10.1080/09638280701400375

Eriksson, L., Welander, J., & Granlund, M. (2007). Participation in everyday school activities for children with and without disabilities. Journal of Developmental and Physical Psychology, 19(5), 485-502. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10882-007-9065-5

Harrison, R., Jones, B., Gardner, P., & Lawton, R. (2021). Quality assessment with diverse studies (QuADS): an appraisal tool for methodological and reporting quality in systematic reviews of mixed- or multi-method studies. BMC Health Services Research, 21(144), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12913-021-06122-y

Imms, C., Adair, B., Keen, D., Ullenhag, A., Rosenbaum, P., & Granlund, M. (2015). 'Participation': a systematic review of language, definitions, and constructs used in intervention research with children with disabilities. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 58(1), 29-38. https://doi.org/10.1111/dmcn.12932

Imms, C., Granlund, M., Wilson, P. H., Steenbergen, B., Rosenbaum, P. L., & Gordon, A. M. (2017). Participation, both a means and an end: a conceptual analysis of processes and outcomes in childhood disability. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 59(1), 16-25. https://doi.org/10.1111/dmcn.13237
 
Koster, M., Nakken, H., Pijl, S. J., & van Houten, E. (2009). Being part of the peer group: a literature study focusing on the social dimension of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 13(2), 117-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701284680

Kuutti, T., Sajaniemi, N., Björn, P. M., Heiskanen, N., & Reunamo, J. (2021). Participation, involvement and peer relationships in children with special education needs in early childhood education. European Journal of Special Needs Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2021.192021
 
Odom, S. L., Buysse, V., & Soukakou, E. (2011). Inclusion for young children with disabilities: a quarter century of research perspectives. Journal of Early Intervention, 33(4), 344-356. https://doi.org/10.1177/1053815111430094

World Health Organization (WHO) (2001). International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF).


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Promoting Basic Reading Skills in Second Graders with Reading Difficulties: A Single Case Study

Katharina Prinz1, Timo Lüke1,2, Susanne Seifert1,2, Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera1,2

1University of Graz, Austria; 2Research Center for Inclusive Education, Austria

Presenting Author: Prinz, Katharina

Reading difficulties have a relatively high prevalence among children (e.g., 6.49%, Moll et al., 2014). Due to their persistence, the difficulties are likely to remain throughout life, although in a milder form (Astrom et al., 2007; Psyridou et al., 2020). Given that reading ability is built upon different sub-skills, differentiated diagnostics (Ferrer et al., 2016) and adequate and evidence-based interventions (through long-term, individualized symptom-related training conducted over a more extended period; Ise et al., 2012) are required as early as possible. However, in addition to reading difficulties, comorbid social-emotional difficulties often occur (Hendren et al., 2018). It is for this reason of utmost importance to intervene early in life with a twofold intervention, addressing both reading and social-emotional difficulties (Boyes et al., 2020). In the intervention study within the Lubo-LRS project (University of Cologne, 2022), we aim to strengthen students with reading difficulties in this regard by addressing social-emotional challenges that may accompany their difficulties. Thus, reading training, provided to small groups of students with reading difficulties by project members, is combined with training in social-emotional skills provided to the whole class by the teachers.

As an extension of the intervention study, this poster presents a multiple baseline design of six second graders with reading difficulties. Thus, in addition to the pre-, post- and follow-up assessments, reading skills were measured twice a week using a curriculum-based measurement (CBM). The focus on these six children is particularly valuable because they face various individual circumstances (especially low reading skills, German as a second language, hearing impairment, social-emotional problems). Participants received a small-group reading intervention for seven months. In total, participants received 32 training sessions of respectively 50 minutes. The training was conducted twice a week during the first three months (10/2022 to 01/2023) and once per week in the following months (01/2023 to 05/2023).

The reading training was based on the evidence-based concept “Kieler Leseaufbau” (KLA; Dummer-Smoch & Hackethal, 2021) and associated materials. Since the children usually acquire letter knowledge during their first school year, our intervention focused on repeated reading of syllables, words, sentences, and brief texts. Various games and attractively designed materials were used. Each session was structured similarly: In the beginning, the content of the previous session and homework were repeated. Afterwards, new letters were introduced, writing exercises and reading games based on syllables or words were performed, and after ten sessions, short stories were read. Additionally, parents were encouraged to foster their children’s reading skills at home for five to ten minutes per day using the reading materials associated with the current session.

Both groups of three students received reading training from the same project member and social-emotional skills training with the whole class from their teacher (“Lubo aus dem All”; Hillenbrand et al., 2022). In addition, one of the two groups received a once-per-week small group training regarding social-emotional skills related to particular difficulties in reading (e.g., strengthening self-esteem and emotion regulation strategies).

The single case study illustrates the individual improvements in the students’ reading skills and enables more profound insights into promoting basic reading skills in children with reading difficulties. The following research question is addressed by exploratory analyses:

To what extent can improvement in reading skills be seen among individual students?

In addition, the following sub-questions will be answered:

-) How does reading development proceed individually during reading training?

-) What individual learning progresses in reading skills are evident, and how can differences be explained?

-) To what extent do differential effects of basic reading skills emerge in students who receive additional social-emotional training?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Two established German reading tests were used to assess reading skills. Six students were identified in the summer of 2022 as having reading difficulties (≤16th percentile; WLLP; Schneider et al. 2011). Baseline measurements (Phase A: 5-7 measurements) took place between September and October 2022, and the intervention was implemented between October 2022 and April 2023 (Phase B: 32 measurements). For this purpose, a German CBM instrument (LDL, Walter, 2010), was used. This instrument covers basic decoding skills and reading fluency.  
In addition, reading skills were assessed via SLRT II (Moll & Landerl, 2017) before and after the entire intervention period as part of a pre- and post-test (10/2022 & 05/2023). The SLRT II (Moll & Landerl, 2017) consists of two basic reading subtests:  word (lexical decoding) and pseudoword (non-lexical decoding) reading. The students achieved the following pretest results (percentiles for lexical decoding & non-lexical decoding): Felix (4-5/ 8), Johannes (10/13-18), Clara (10/27-30), Leon (11-13/ 19-23), Karl (8-9/ 4) and Samuel (6-7/8).
Within the pretest, instruments were used to survey the vocabulary of the children (GraWo, Seifert et al., 2017), to measure the cognitive abilities (CFT 1-R, Weiß & Osterland, 2013) and to determine languages spoken within the family, details of further reading training and demographic data (parents survey). Within both the pretest and post-test, a teachers’ social-emotional questionnaire (adapted and revised from Gasteiger-Klicpera et al., 2006) determined demographic data, information regarding reading skills, and five subscales regarding social-emotional skills from the teachers’ view. Further, a training protocol recorded all important information (e.g., attending children, disruptive factors, practice at home).
In order to answer the research questions, we visually analyze data to determine trend, level, and variability in baseline and intervention phases. Further, we report common effect size measurements such as PND (percentage of non-overlapping data), NAP (non-overlap of all pairs; Parker & Vannest, 2009), and Tau-U (Parker et al., 2011). We mainly interpret the effects by piecewise linear models (PLM), Hedge’s g, and log-response ratio (LRR). To determine the individual differences in reading skills and the differential effects of basic reading skills, we use all the instruments from pre- and post-test.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This poster presents the findings from a single case study regarding the effects of reading and social-emotional training to promote basic reading skills in six second graders with reading difficulties. We provide first insights into the extent to which students benefit from this reading training depending on several factors (e.g., attendance, practice at home, cooperation with parents, individual characteristics, and each child’s skills). Therefore, we conduct exploratory analysis and consider various individual factors (e.g., first language and German vocabulary, cognitive skills, further reading training, and social-emotional skills). The results will give some hints for dual interventions connecting reading skills and social-emotional issues in students with reading difficulties.    
This not only enables statements to be generated about the use of the specific reading training and the associated materials and to what extent these are suitable for supporting different students in their individual reading skills. It can also be used to derive general conditions for success in the use of small group reading support and to make initial assumptions about which individual student factors can influence the effectiveness of reading training internationally.

References
Astrom, R., Wadsworth, S., & DeFries, J. (2007). Etiology of the Stability of Reading Difficulties: The Longitudinal Twin Study of Reading Disabilities. Twin Research and Human Genetics, 10(3), 434-439. https://doi.org/10.1375/twin.10.3.434
Boyes, M. E., Leitão, S., Claessen, M., Badcock, N. A., & Nayton, M. (2019). Correlates of externalising and internalising problems in children with dyslexia: An analysis of data from clinical casefiles. Australian Psychologist, 55, 62-72. https://doi.org/10.1111/ap.12409
Dummer-Smoch, L., & Hackethal, R. (2021). Kieler Leseaufbau Handbuch [Kieler reading training manual] (10th edition). Veris.
Ferrer, E., Shaywitz, B. A., Holahan, J. M., Marchione, K. E., Michaels, R., & Shaywitz, S. E. (2016). Achievement gap in reading is present as early as first grad and persists through adolescence. The Journal of Pediatrics, 167(5), 1121-1125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpeds.2015.07.045
Hendren, R., Haft, S., Black, J., White, N., & Hoeft, F. (2018). Recognizing psychiatric comorbidity with reading disorders. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 9, 1-10. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2018.001017
Hillenbrand, C., Hennemann, T., Hens, S., & Hövel, D. (2022). „Lubo aus dem All“: Programm zur Förderung sozial-emotionaler Kompetenzen [„Lubo from space“] (5th edition). Ernst Reinhardt Verlag München.
Ise, E., Engel, G., & Schulte-Körne, G. (2012). Was hilft bei der Lese-Rechtschreibstörung. Kindheit und Entwicklung, 21, 122-136. https://doi.org/10.1026/0942-5403/A000077
Moll, K., & Landerl, K. (2017). Salzburger Lese- und Rechtschreibtest [Salzburg reading and spelling test] (SLRT II; 2nd edition). Hogrefe.
Parker, R. I., & Vannest, K. (2009). An improved effect size for single-case research: Non-overlap of all pairs. Behavior Therapy, 40(4), 357-367. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.beth.2008.10.006
Parker, R. I., Vannest, K. J., & Davis, J. L., (2011). Effect size in Single-Case Research: A Review of Nine Non-overlap Techniques. Behavior Modifications, 35(4), 302-322. https://doi.org/10.1177/0145445511399147
Psyridou, M., Tolvanen, A., Lerkkanen, M.-K., Poikkeus, A.-M., & Torppa M. (2020). Longitudinal Stability of Reading Difficulties: Examining the Effects of Measurement Error, Cut-Offs, and Buffer Zones in Identification. Front. Psychol.,10(2841), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02841
Schneider, W., Blanke, I., Faust, V., & Küspert, P. (2011). Würzburger Leise Leseprobe – Revision [Würzburg silent reading sample] (WLLP-R): Ein Gruppentest für die Grundschule. Hogrefe.
Schulte-Körne, G. (2010). The prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of dyslexia. Deutsches Ärzteblatt International, 107, 718-727. https://doi.org/10.3238/arztebl.2010.0718
Seifert, S., Paleczek, L., Schwab, S., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2017). Grazer Wortschatztest [Graz vocabulary test](GraWo). Hogrefe.
Universität zu Köln (2022). Lubo-les: Sozial-emotionales Präventionsprogramm für Kinder mit Leseschwierigkeiten. https://lubo-les.uni-koeln.de/
Walter, J. (2010). Lernfortschrittsdiagnostik Lesen: Ein curriculumbasiertes Verfahren [learning progress diagnostics reading](LDL). Hogrefe.
Weiß, R. H., & Osterland, J. (2013). Grundintelligenztest Skala 1 Revision [basic intelligence test scale 1 revision] (CFT 1-R). Hogrefe.


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Teaching Processes Leading to Quality Inclusive Education

Veronika Bačová

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Bačová, Veronika

The aim of the paper is to present a part of the dissertation research focusing on the processes in inclusive education. Specifically, it answers through a case study design the research question: What teaching/learning process/activities do Finnish primary school teachers choose to ensure quality inclusive education? What steps in the teaching process lead to quality inclusive education?

The poster presents part of the initial results of a dissertation research on the nature of the primary school teacher in inclusive education. The presented part presents results focusing on teaching processes in Finnish schools, i.e. the notion of teaching/learning activities chosen by the teacher to ensure quality inclusive education. A case study design with observation and interview method with 10 Finnish primary school teachers was chosen for data collection. The results show the modesty of the Finnish teachers in their choice of teaching strategies, with independent work or group work with peer learning predominating, but with the help and cooperation of a number of teaching staff working in the classroom at the same time. Thus, the simplicity of the chosen forms and methods, with a high degree of differentiation and the involvement of a number of other teaching staff, seems to be essential to ensure quality inclusive education.

Inclusive education has been a high priority worldwide in recent decades and teachers need to be able to manage the increasing diversity of pupils and students in practice. Despite increased policy focus, there is often a lack of support for teachers in understanding and developing heterogeneous classrooms in more tangible and meaningful ways. Yet, the right instructional setting promotes opportunities for student learning and school success. It proves crucial to address the learning processes in heterogeneous classrooms, in what methods and teaching forms teachers use and whether they are supported in their work. Teachers often ask for a manual that shows them the exact steps to take in a heterogeneous classroom, but such a manual does not exist on a global scale. There is, however, research examining the relationship between selected teaching strategies and the quality of inclusive education (Forlin, 2010; Mitchell, 2013; Kratochvílová, 2015; Loreman, 2017). However, the aim of this paper is not to provide a search of this research or a detailed description of the educational processes leading to quality inclusive education. The aim is to present these processes in a Finnish primary school setting and to reflect on the development of a unified strategy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research, specifically a case study, was chosen for this paper to provide an understanding of the social object in its uniqueness and complexity. Let us specify the method used as an instrumental case study whose main interest is to find out how a certain phenomenon works and the case is only a means to achieve the research goal. The case chosen for this study was a first grade teacher in the context of inclusive education (Stake, 1995; Mareš, 2015). The selection of participants was derived from the selection of primary schools, which was guided by the following criteria: (1) a clinical school, (2) an urban school, (3) a school with a significant Swedish minority, (4) a school in a capital city, and (5) a school with a large number of socially disadvantaged pupils. The criteria were chosen to include cases with high predictive value. Subsequently, 2 primary class teachers were randomly selected from each school. The total number of participants involved in the case study was 10.

Data collection and analysis
The first phase of the research was based on the study of legislative documents, research findings and professional publications, which led to the identification of four thematic areas that, according to the sources studied, seem to be essential for the teaching profession in the heterogeneous classroom. The themes were then located and studied using thematic analysis in a Finnish setting. The crystallized themes became the basis for classroom observations and interviews. The observations were participant-led, comprehensive and field-based, and the Spradley funnel method was used to record the data, from which case studies were created after each observation, which further informed the semi-structured interview questions with the classroom teachers. The interviews included backbone questions and a further 2-3 follow-up questions. Audio recordings were made of the interviews, which were transcribed and further analysed by axial coding. Due to the nature of the research, an emic perspective was used to interpret the data. The results are presented as a description of one finding after another (Hendl, 2008; Novotná et. al., 2019).  For this paper, a topic focusing on teaching processes in a heterogeneous primary school classroom was chosen.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show considerable analogy in the learning processes in all the schools involved. From the data analysis, two main areas crystallized that the Finnish teachers consider crucial in the teaching process in an inclusive classroom: (1) teaching strategies, (2) staffing.

Conclusion:
In summary, primary school teachers choose a range of different instructional strategies, although the instructional processes are identically chosen in different schools and by different teachers. The Finnish teacher principally uses a form of individual or group work, where pupils are divided into smaller groups according to predetermined criteria, and thus there is almost individual learning and greater scope for differentiation. During the activities, pupils are supported in peer learning and are given continuous feedback. For a good implementation of inclusive education, it is crucial to choose simple strategies - working in small groups using differentiation and sufficient staffing declares an individual approach for all pupils with respect for their possibilities.

References
Hendl, J. (2008). Kvalitativní výzkum: Základy teorie, metody a aplikace. Portál.
Kratochvílová, J. (2015). Výukové strategie podporující hodnoty inkluze na prvním stupni základní školy. In Šafránková, D., Podroužek, L. & Slowík, J. (Eds.), Sborník z 23. konference České asociace pedagogického výzkumu. Západočeská univerzita v Plzni.
Loreman, T. (2017). Pedagogy for Inclusive Education. Oxford Research Encyclopedias, Education.
Mareš, J. (2015). Tvorba případových studií pro výzkumné účely. Pedagogika, 65 (2), 113 – 142.
Mitchell, D. (2013). What Really Works in Special and Inclusive Education. Routledge.
Novotná, H. (Eds.). (2019). Metody výzkumu ve společenských vědách. Fakulta humanitních studií Univerzity Karlovy
Stake, R. (1995). The Art of Case Study Research. SAGE.
Stubbs, S. (2008). Inclusive Education: Where there are few recources 2008. The Atlas Alliance.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm05 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Poster

Developing a Digital Mental Health Program for Adolescents: Key Takeaways from Digital-based Programs

Igor Peras1, Manja Veldin1, Maša Vidmar1, Michaela Wright2, Franziska Reitegger3, Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera2,3

1Educational Research Institute, Slovenia; 2Research Center for Inclusive Education Graz, Austria; 3University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Peras, Igor

Adolescence is characterized as a stage of human development in which individuals attain and develop the skills and competencies necessary for becoming productive and functioning adults (Barker, 2007). This critical point in human development is characterised by changes (such as physical and socio-emotional), as well as social and cognitive development (Slater & Bremner, 2017). Due to the mentioned changes and development undergone, adolescents can be at risk for mental health concerns (e.g., anxiety). WHO (2021) reports that one in seven adolescents aged between 10 and 19 experiences a mental health concern which is often left untreated. Thus, prevention programs offer opportunities for supporting the mental health of adolescents. By increasing their mental health literacy (Jorm, 2012) we can equip them with the knowledge of recognizing and properly responding to mental health issues in themselves and others. By developing effective prevention programs for adolescents we can mitigate at least some of the mental health issues that spill over from adolescence to adulthood, as for example many anxiety and depression-related disorders have their onset in adolescence (Gibb et al., 2010; Kim-Cohen et al., 2003). As adolescents are the most active users of digital devices (UNICEF, 2017) it is reasonable to focus on programs that can be accessed on digital devices (e.g., computers, smartphones) as this builds on their willingness to use such devices (Gibson & Trnka, 2020) and enable the development of interventions that are aligned with their habits.

The need for digital prevention programs that can be implemented independently of time, geographical or personnel restrictions has been further exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic (Kaess et al., 2021). For example, Ravens-Sieberer et al. (2022) found more mental health problems and higher anxiety in children and adolescents during the pandemic. Moreover, authors (e.g., Babbage et al., 2018; Kaess et al., 2021) agree that there is a clear need and value for such programs/interventions, but caution has to be put in place as digital resources for mental health are not always formally evaluated or evidence-based in their development (Domhardt et al., 2021; Torous et al., 2019).

In order to support the development of a digital mental health tool for adolescents, the present paper builds on a previously conducted systematic review (Wright et al., in press) and aims to provide recommendations for creating a digital tool for the mentioned age group. The tool is being developed as a part of the ongoing Erasmus project me_HeLi-D (Mental Health Literacy and Diversity. Enhancing Mental Health and Resilience through digital Resources for Youth). In line with the goals of the project, the following contribution focuses on existing mental health programs with a digital/online component that focuses on the mental health of adolescents (aged between 11 to 18 years) and the following domains of mental health: mindfulness, resilience, and help-seeking. We are particularly interested in the content, design, and activities of existing evidence-based programs in order to inform the development of our own digital program with recommendations that are based on findings and good practices from existing programs.

In the present paper, we aim to answer three research questions: 1) Which evidence-based mental health programs/interventions with a digital component have been shown to be effective in supporting the mental health of adolescents aged 11 to 18 years? 2) What were the contents of effective mental health programs/interventions? 3) How were effective mental health programs/interventions designed?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic literature search was conducted in the databases PsychInfo, PubMed, and The Cochrane Library. The search aimed to identify preventive interventions with a digital component that promote mental health in general, as well as well-being, mental health literacy, resilience, help-seeking behavior, and mindfulness. The following inclusion criteria were implemented: participants (children/adolescents aged between 11 and 18 years), intervention (preventive interventions with >= 50% digital delivery), study type (quantitative or mixed-methods studies), study design (controlled studies-CT with pre-post comparison), and publication (peer-reviewed; published between 2000 and 2021). A detailed description of the methodology (search terms and results according to PRISMA recommendations, risk of bias assessment) is available in another publication (Wright et al., in press).  
The systematic literature search identified 27 studies matching the inclusion criteria. In order to further evaluate the interventions according to our research questions, we conducted a backward search by also identifying papers that are connected to the interventions (i.e., protocol papers, papers focused on different results of the same interventions), as well as accessing the interventions (applicable, if the intervention was accessible online). This approach enabled a comprehensive overview of how the interventions were created and presented to students.  
The following data was extracted from the interventions: design of the intervention (e.g., number of sessions, length of sessions, number of modules), content of intervention (e.g., which topics were included in the programs), and activities (e.g., quizzes, reflective writing, games, mood ratings, mindfulness exercises).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the 27 studies matching the criteria for inclusion we focused on 20 studies that showed significant effects of digital interventions. Specifically, 15 studies reported significant effects favouring the intervention group (between-group effects), 3 reported significant within-group effects but no between-group effects and 2 studies that incorporated an alternative intervention showed both conditions (digital intervention and alternative intervention) led to significant improvements in outcome measures with no between-group effects.  
In general, results showed that digital interventions differ according to content, design, and activities. For example, with regard to the design, interventions can range from a single-session digital intervention (Osborn et al., 2020) to a self-paced intervention with various modules in which students are free to choose activities (O’Dea et al., 2019). In terms of content, digital mental health interventions focused on various topics, such as mindfulness, problem-solving, goal-setting and skills development.
Based on these results, recommendations for developing our own digital mental health intervention for students aged 12 to 15 years (target group in me_HeLi-D) are formulated (e.g. Digital mental health programs should include elements of gamification in order to engage, motivate and capture the attention of students in supporting their learning). In the presentation, these recommendations will be presented as key take-aways that researchers and developers are encouraged to keep in mind when developing digital interventions that will be formally evaluated. In the me_HeLi-D project, the recommendations will be further assessed with input from students in an iterative content and design development process (Thabrew et al., 2018) in order to tailor the digital intervention to the needs and preferences of the relevant stakeholders (i.e. adolescents).

References
Barker, G. (2007). Adolescents, social support and help-seeking behaviour. World Health Organization. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/254500
Domhardt, M. et al. (2021). Mobile-based interventions for common mental disorders in youth: A systematic evaluation of pediatric health apps. Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health, 15(1), 49.
Gibb, S. J. et al. (2010). Burden of psychiatric disorder in young adulthood and life outcomes at age 30. British Journal of Psychiatry, 197(2), 122–127. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.bp.109.076570
Gibson, K., & Trnka, S. (2020). Young people’s priorities for support on social media: “It takes trust to talk about these issues.” Computers in Human Behavior, 102, 238–247.
Jorm, A. F. (2012). Mental health literacy: Empowering the community to take action for better mental health. American Psychologist, 67(3), 231–243.
Kaess, M. et al. (2021). Editorial Perspective: A plea for the sustained implementation of digital interventions for young people with mental health problems in the light of the COVID‐19 pandemic. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 62(7), 916–918.
Kim-Cohen, J. et al. (2003). Prior Juvenile Diagnoses in Adults With Mental Disorder: Developmental Follow-Back of a Prospective-Longitudinal Cohort. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60(7), 709.
O’Dea, B. et al (2019). Evaluating a Web-Based Mental Health Service for Secondary School Students in Australia: Protocol for a Cluster Randomized Controlled Trial. JMIR Research Protocols, 8(5), e12892.
Osborn, T. L. et al. (2020). Single-Session Digital Intervention for Adolescent Depression, Anxiety, and Well-Being: Outcomes of a Randomized Controlled Trial With Kenyan Adolescents.
Ravens-Sieberer, U. et al. (2022). Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on quality of life and mental health in children and adolescents in Germany. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 31(6), 879–889.
Slater, A., & Bremner, J. G. (Eds.). (2017). An introduction to developmental psychology (Third edition). John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Thabrew, H. et al. (2018). Co-design of eHealth Interventions With Children and Young People. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 9, 481.
Torous, J. et al. (2019). Towards a consensus around standards for smartphone apps and digital mental health. World Psychiatry, 18(1), 97–98.
UNICEF (Ed.). (2017). Children in a digital world. UNICEF.
WHO. (2021). Adolescent mental health. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/adolescent-mental-health
Wright, M. et al. (in press). Interventions With Digital Tools for Mental Health Promotion Among 11-18 Year Olds: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of Youth and Adolescence.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Poster

Factors Predicting Sense of Belonging to School among Students with Migrant Background in Slovenia, Portugal and Hungary

Ana Mlekuž, Klaudija Šterman Ivančič

Educational Research Institute, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Mlekuž, Ana

Feelings of association with a particular cultural group and consequently sense of belonging to it is one of the important factors in immigrant adaptation process which affects both sociocultural adaptation together with academic achievement and psychological adaptation (Phinney et al, 2001). School is usually the first socio-cultural institution in which students with migrant background are included. Consequently, school environment also provides these students with an introduction to host country’s social, political and cultural values and attitudes, which fosters their sense of belonging to wider host society. It can be concluded that sense of belonging to school is a precondition of (successful) adaptation of migrant students in school environment, which foretells the (successful) adaptation to wider society. Additionally, sense of belonging to school is connected to cognitive and psychosocial functioning (Aderman & Freeman, 2004). Namely, higher sense of belonging to school is connected to higher intrinsic motivation and higher academic achievement, which is linked to more favourable occupational possibilities. Thus, it can be concluded that sense of belonging to school plays an important role in successful adaptation of students with migrant background (Chui et al., 2012).

In order to determine the factors influencing the development of sense of belonging to school, El Zaatari and Maalouf (2022) argue that Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory can provide a comprehensive basis. The Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) views child development as a complex system of relationships affected by multiple levels of the surrounding environment, from immediate settings of family and school to broad cultural values, laws, and customs. The Bronfenbrenner’s model puts the individual (student) and their characteristics (biological and dispositional), which affect the interactions with their environment (e.g. peers, parents, teachers, school as an institution etc.) in the center of the model. Student however exists in several systems of interconnected relationships, roles, activities and settings (Shelton, 2019). The first system – microsystem, focuses on students’ proximal relationships with their peers, family, teachers, friends. The second system is mesosystem which includes distal relationships, which include school climate, school policies, rules, practices etc. In this system students’ individual microsystems are interconnected and influence each other (Saab, 2009). Then exosystem, macrosystem and chronosystem follow.

The main focus of this poster is to examine the differences in feeling of belonging to school and factors affecting it based on Bronfenbrenner's Ecological Systems Theory on the individual, micro- and mesosystem level among Slovenian students with migrant background included in the PISA sample. The decision to only analyse the first two systems is based on the premise, that they are most influential to child’s development. Additionally, the poster compares Slovenian data to data from two other EU countries, namely Portugal and Hungary. The selection of these two countries was based on the Migrant Integration Policy Index assessment of responsiveness of the educational systems to the needs of immigrant children, where Portugal represents a highly responsive educational system and Hungary represents a non-responsive educational system.

Using the PISA 2018 data the paper firstly examines the differences in feeling of belonging as one of the prerequisites of successful adaptation of immigrant students (first- and second-generation) and then analyses and compares the individual factors, namely, resilience and cognitive flexibility/adaptablity, which are proved to be linked to positive and successful adaptation of migrants (Albuquerque & Bueno, 2020), and factors of micro- (teacher support in test language lesson, parental support) and mesosystems (discriminative school climate, disciplinary climate) which predict the feeling of belonging to school. The overall goal of the paper is to determine which individual and ecological system factors predict the feeling of belonging to school in the three chosen countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants:
The current study analyses three PISA 2018 representative migrant student samples from Slovenia (Nfirst-generation = 213; Nsecond-generation = 200; Ntotal sample = 5.088), Portugal (Nfirst-generation = 104; Nsecond-generation = 172; Ntotal sample = 4.902), Hungary (Nfirst-generation = 38; Nsecond-generation = 54; Ntotal sample = 4.253). The PISA focuses on a sample of 15-year-old students. For purposes of this poster, only subsamples of first-generation and second-generation migrant students respectively are used.

Instruments and included variables:
Each sampled student answered a background questionnaire, where scales were derived from.

Students’ immigrant background was used as a grouping variable (first-generation immigrant students: foreign-born students whose parents are also foreign-born; second-generation immigrant students: born in the country of destination, while their parents are foreign-born).

The scale of sense of belonging to school was measured with six items using a four-point Likert scale.

The scales for individual level and micro- and mesosystem were attributed to Bronfenbrenner's Ecological Systems based on definitions as follows:

Individual level:
Resilience (five items using four-point Likert scale)
Cognitive flexibility/adaptability (student’s flexibility/adaptability in dealing with challenging or difficult situations, which may include intercultural situations, measured with six items using a five-point Likert scale)

Microsystem:
Teacher support in test language lessons (four items using four-point Likert scale)
Parental support is understood as perceived emotional support from students’ parents (three items using four-point Likert scale)

Mesosystem:
Discriminative school climate measures the absence of teachers’ stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination towards migrants (four items using four-point Likert scale)
Disciplinary climate in the test language classroom (five items using four-point Likert scale)

Sampling and procedure:
A two-stage stratified sampling design was used. In the first stage schools from the pool of all schools where 15-year-olds are enrolled are sampled. In the second stage, 42 (or fewer) students within each school included were sampled. These sampling procedures ensured the representativeness of the test population. It took approximately 35 minutes for students to respond to the student background questionnaire.

Statistical analyses:
Firstly, descriptive statistics were used, namely correlations in order to test for multicollinearity. Secondly, differences in sense of belonging to school between the student groups per country were calculated. Finally, linear regression was used in order to determine which factors predict a sense of belonging to school per student group per country. Data were analyzed using the statistical program IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0.17) due to the two-stage sampling in the study (the program uses individual students and sample weights).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results show that there are significant differences in sense of belonging to school between first- and second-generation migrant students in Slovenia and Portugal. In both countries first-generation migrant students assess their sense of belonging to school significantly lower than second-generation migrant students. There is no statistically significant difference in sense of belonging between the two student groups in Hungary.
In Slovenia resilience and parental support proved to be significant predictors of sense of belonging to school for first-generation migrant students, whereas cognitive flexibility/adaptability and discriminative school climate proved to be significant predictors for second-generation migrant students. For comparison, in Hungary cognitive flexibility/adaptability and parental support proved to be significant predictors of sense of belonging for first-generation migrant students, while only resilience proved to be statistically significant predictor for second-generation migrant students. On the other hand, in Portugal discriminative school climate is significant predictor of sense of belonging for first-generation migrant students, while both individual factors and teacher support in test language lessons are significant predictors of sense of belonging for second-generation migrant students.
The findings are in line with previous studies which also found parental and teacher support to be positively linked to sense of belonging to school (Chiu et al., 2016). Moreover, the results show that discriminative school climate hinders successful adaptation of migrant student in schools, which is consistent with results of research review by Dimitrova and colleagues (2017), where it was concluded that perceived discrimination is one of the three factors connected to migrant students adaptation.
Since it can be observed that students with migrant background report on lower levels of sense of belonging to school the results of the poster can serve as basis for the design of targeted policies and interventions to support students with migrant background in their adaptation to the school environment.

References
Albuquerque, E. S. G., & Bueno, J. M. H. (2020). The Effect of Resilience and Cognition on (Im) Migrant Students’ Academic Adaptation. Psico-USF, 25, 223-234.

Anderman, L. H., & Freeman, T. (2004). Students’ sense of belonging in school. In M. L. Maehr & P. R. Pintrich (Eds.), Advances in motivation and achievement: Vol. 13. Motivating students, improving schools: The legacy of Carol Midgley (pp. 27–63). Greenwich, CT: Elsevier

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.

Chiu, M. M., Chow, B.W.-Y., McBride, C., & Mol, S. T. (2016). Students’ sense of belonging at school in 41 countries: Cross-cultural variability. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 47(2), 175–196.

Chiu, M. M., Pong, S.-L., Mori, I., & Chow, B.W.-Y. (2012). Immigrant students’ emotional and cognitive engagement at school: A multilevel analysis of students in 41 countries. Journal of Youth Adolescence, 41(11), 1409–1425. https:// doi. org/ 10. 1007/ s10964- 012- 9763-x.

Dimitrova, R., Özdemir, S. B., Farcas, D., Kosic, M., Mastrotheodoros, S., Michałek, J., & Stefenel, D. (2017). Is there a paradox of adaptation in immigrant children and youth across Europe? A literature review. In R. Dimitrova (Ed.), Well-being of youth and emerging adults across cultures: Novel approaches and findings from Europe, Asia, Africa and America (pp. 261–298).

El Zaatari, W., & Maalouf, I. (2022). How the Bronfenbrenner Bio-ecological System Theory Explains the Development of Students’ Sense of Belonging to School?. SAGE Open, 12(4), 21582440221134089.

MIPEX. (2019). Migrant Integration Policy Index 2020 – Education. Accessed at https://www.mipex.eu/education

OECD. (2017). Student questionnaire for PISA 2018 - Main survey version. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/2018database/CY7_201710_QST_MS_STQ_NoNotes_final.pdf

OECD. (forthcoming-a). Scaling procedures and construct validation of context questionnaire data. In OECD, PISA 2018 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2018technicalreport/PISA2018_Technical-Report-Chapter-16-Background-Questionnaires.pdf

OECD. (forthcoming-b). Sample design. In OECD, PISA 2018 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2018technicalreport/PISA2018%20TecReport-Ch-04-Sample-Design.pdf

Phinney, J. S., Horenczyk, G., Liebkind, K., & Vedder, P. (2001). Ethnic identity, immigration, and well-being: An interactional perspective. Journal of Social Issues, 57(3), 493–510. https://doi.org/10.1111/0022-4537.00225.

Saab, H. (2009). The school as a setting to promote student health and wellbeing. QSPACE.

Shelton, L. G. (2019). The Bronfenbrenner primer: A guide to Develecology. Routledge.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Poster

The Applicability and Effectiveness of an Early Intervention Program Supporting School Readiness of Children Living in a Segregated Roma Settlement

Reka Kassai1,2, Zsofia K. Takacs3

1Institute of Education, ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary; 2Doctoral School of Psychology, ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary; 3School of Health in Social Science, University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kassai, Reka

Cognitive aspects of school readiness upon entry to primary education is a strong predictor of later academic achievement (Duncan et al., 2007; Paro & Pianta, 2000). It is also found that young children from low socioeconomic status (SES) families lag behind their higher-SES peers in school readiness related skills, especially executive functions (that involves working memory, inhibition, and switching), which have a negative effect on their performance in school (Nayfeld et al., 2013; Hilferty et al., 2010). Empirical evidence showed that it is possible to support the development of these kind of abilities even in case of at-risk samples of children (Duncan et al., 2018; Takacs & Kassai, 2019), however, families living in poverty may have limited resources and knowledge about prevention and early intervention programs (Leseman & Slot, 2014; Lloyd, 2017). Thus, making these services accessible for at-risk samples is crucial but challenging. One of the most promising form of ensuring available interventions for these vulnerable families are home visiting programmes. These programmes can not only foster children’s cognitive skills directly but also nurture parenting skills of their caregivers, and improve their home environment (Corr et al., 2016; Welsh et al., 2014). The aim of the present study was to address these barriers and reduce inequality in school readiness by examining the feasibility and the effectiveness of a low-threshold early intervention for children living in poverty conducted by volunteer helpers. According to our hypotheses it is feasible to provide early intervention at children’s home even in an adverse environment. Additionally, we expect that, after a year of weekly intervention sessions, the intervention group will outperform the controls on school readiness related cognitive abilities like short-term memory and working memory skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The intervention targeted preschool-aged children living in underprivileged neighborhood in a segregated roma settlement in Hungary. Following the assessment of the children’s individual needs and circumstances, trained volunteer helpers (mentors) visited the participating families at their homes once a week and provided age-appropriate playful sessions, the main focus of which was on the improvement of children’s cognitive and socioemotional skills. A session usually consisted of different actives for example educational games like puzzle or memory, arts and crafts to support fine motor movements, shared storybook reading to widen their vocabulary and improve language comprehension. However, the intervention programme also aimed to improve parenting skills of the caregivers by inviting them to participate in the sessions as much as they could, and provide feedback and time for consultation following each session. The mentors’ work were constantly supported and supervised by child development specialists (a psychologist and a special education teacher). The present data was collected for two consecutive academic years (year 1: 2020-2021, year 2: 2021-2022). As a measure of feasibility, we registered the number of participating children from the targeted age group living in the area, the ratio of successful and cancelled sessions, and the level of parental involvement. The children’s cognitive skills were measured by the Cognitive Profile Test (CPT; Gyarmathy, 2009) upon school entry. The results of the participants of the intervention group (n=16) were compared to a sample of children living in a similar roma settlement without such a home visiting programme (n=14) in a quasi-experimental design. The control group was matched to the participants in the intervention group by age, gender and SES.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the feasibility of the intervention, during the first year 70% of the target group on the intervention site were involved in the programme, while in the second year we managed to involve more than 90% of the children. The ratio of the successful sessions were 75% in the first, and 67% in the second year.  It should be noted that in the first years we had to suspend the program for 6 weeks due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Regarding children’s cognitive skills, we focused on short-term memory and executive function related subtests of the CPT. A significant large effect were found on post-test both on the digit span t(27) = 2,15, p = .04, d=0.79 and the word span test t(27) = 2,46, p = .02, d=0.92, which suggests that the intervention had a positive effect on short-term memory skills. While there was a tendency for higher scores in the intervention than in the control group on the backward digit span and nonword repetition test, these differences were not significant. In sum, the home visit intervention was shown to be feasible in such adverse home environments and beneficial for children’s developing short-term memory, which is an important ability for reading skills (Haarmann et al., 2003). Surprisingly, the intervention did not affect children’s working memory skills.

References
Corr, C., Santos, R. M., & Fowler, S. A. (2016). The components of early intervention services for families living in poverty: A review of the literature. Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 36(1), 55-64.
Duncan, G. J., Dowsett, C. J., Claessens, A., Magnuson, K., Huston, A. C., Klebanov, P., ... & Japel, C. (2007). School readiness and later achievement. Developmental psychology, 43(6), 1428.
Duncan, R. J., Schmitt, S. A., Burke, M., & McClelland, M. M. (2018). Combining a kindergarten readiness summer program with a self-regulation intervention improves school readiness. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 42, 291-300.
Gyarmathy, É. (2009). Kognitív Profil Teszt. Iskolakultúra, 19(3-4), 60-73.
Haarmann, H. J., Davelaar, E. J., & Usher, M. (2003). Individual differences in semantic short-term memory capacity and reading comprehension. Journal of Memory and Language, 48(2), 320-345.
Hilferty, F., Redmond, G., & Katz, I. (2010). The implications of poverty on children's readiness to learn. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 35(4), 63-71.
La Paro, K. M., & Pianta, R. C. (2000). Predicting children's competence in the early school years: A meta-analytic review. Review of educational research, 70(4), 443-484.
Leseman, P. P., & Slot, P. L. (2014). Breaking the cycle of poverty: challenges for European early childhood education and care. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 22(3), 314-326.
Lloyd, E. (2017). Early childhood education and care: Poverty and access. Perspectives from England. The SAGE Handbook of Early Childhood Policy. London: SAGE, 268-86.
Nayfeld, I., Fuccillo, J., & Greenfield, D. B. (2013). Executive functions in early learning: Extending the relationship between executive functions and school readiness to science. Learning and Individual Differences, 26, 81-88.
Takacs, Z. K., & Kassai, R. (2019). The efficacy of different interventions to foster children’s executive function skills: A series of meta-analyses. Psychological bulletin, 145(7), 653.
Welsh, J. A., Bierman, K. L., & Mathis, E. T. (2014). Parenting programs that promote school readiness. Promoting school readiness and early learning: The implications of developmental research for practice, 253-278.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm06 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Poster

Media Education in the Context of Inclusive Society - Theoretical Foundation for an Inclusive Media Education

Maureen Bartolles

Universität Bielefeld, Germany

Presenting Author: Bartolles, Maureen

While, in retrospect, the discourses on the necessity of media education and inclusion in schools were discussed separately for a long time, more and more initiatives, both in politics and academia, have been advocating the joint treatment of both topics in recent years. In its 2017 paper on education in the digital world, the Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs (Kultusministerkonferenz) assigned schools in particular the task of enabling students to participate in society with the help of media education (cf. Kultusministerkonferenz 2017, p. 10).

The expert group on inclusive media education of the Society for Media Education and Communication Culture (Gesellschaft für Medienpädagogik und Kommunikationskultur e.V.) took up this petition in 2018 and emphasized that, in enabling the promotion of media skills, particular attention must be paid to people who are affected by experiences of marginalization (cf. Fachgruppe Inklusive Medienbildung 2018, pp. 1-2). In the international discourse, too, the need for digital inclusion has been mentioned for some time within the discussion about the digital divide and inequality. While the term was often equated with equal access to the Internet in particular (cf. Nemer 2015), the discourse increasingly addresses ideas for promoting social participation through the development of skills and competencies in the context of digital technologies and empowerment (cf. Reisdorf, Rhinesmith 2020, p. 134).

Similar ideas can be found in the Handbuch Inklusion und Medienbildung (Bosse, Schluchter, Zorn 2019) and are detailed and justified within the concept of Inclusive Media Education (2019). The theoretical basis of this concept is the understanding of education according to Benjamin Jörissen and Winfried Marotzki (2009), which describes it as a process not only of learning, but also of reflection and change (cf. Zorn, Schluchter, Bosse 2019, p. 23). However, there is no deeper theoretical discussion of Jörissen and Marotzki's understanding of (media) education in the context of inclusion. Instead, the focus of the article shifts to the media literacy discourse. This is justified by the fact that media literacy is not only seen as a prerequisite for the self-determined use of digital media, but also promotes education and individual opportunities (cf. ibid., p. 24). However, when looking at the current discourse around inclusive media education, it becomes apparent that this shift in focus carries the risk of shortening the potentials of inclusive media education (Kamin, Bartolles 2022). For example, recent reviews on the state of research in this field show that mainly the potentials of digital media as didactic tools for compensating deficits are discussed and researched (cf. Mertens et al. 2022; Quenzer-Alfred et. al., in press).

In addition, the fact that the concept of inclusive media education has not yet been grounded in educational theory shows that questions remain about the fit of Jörissen and Marotzki's understanding of media education in the context of inclusion. For example, the theory of structural media education (Strukturale Medienbildung) does address social negotiation processes, in that education is also understood as a question of participation opportunities and the ability to articulate and recognize articulations (cf. Jörissen, Marotzki 2009, p. 38). However, the focus remains primarily on the structural and material "Objektebene" (Marotzki 2007, p. 139) of digital media by examining medial structures for their educational potentials. An examination of the connection between (medial) articulations and the process of education remains on a rudimentary level. Thus, not only the question of the suitability of Jörissen's and Marotzki's understanding of education in the context of inclusive media education remains open, but also the question of the educational-theoretical foundation of the concept of inclusive media education in general.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this submission, the concept of Structural Media Education (Strukturale Medienbildung) by Benjamin Jörissen and Winfried Marotzki (2009), especially with a focus on their understanding of education, will be discussed in the context of inclusion. In addition to this work of media education theory, ideas for inclusive education in school contexts, such as the concept of pedagogy of diversity (Pädagogik der Vielfalt) (Prengel 2019), as well as Michael Asmussen's (2020) proposals for a practice-theoretical concept of education will be considered. This way, an approach to an educational theoretical foundation of the concept of Inclusive Media Education will be achieved. Subsequently, on the basis of this theoretical discussion, the transfer for the school context will be considered by looking at action oriented approached for education, such as the concept of Active Media Work (Aktive Medienarbeit) (Schell 2005).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The question of the educational-theoretical foundation of the concept of Inclusive Media Education as well as the resulting requirements for the school context are part of the doctoral thesis of the presenter. The aim of the contribution will be to present first ideas for the educational-theoretical foundation of the concept of Inclusive Media Education and furthermore, to formulate requirements for Inclusive Media Education in the context of school and teaching on the basis of these.  
References
•Asmussen, M. (2020). Annäherung an einen praxistheoretischen Bildungsbegriff. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-30865-0
•Bosse, I., Schluchter, J.-R. & Zorn, I. (Hrsg.). (2019). Handbuch Inklusion und Medienbildung. Beltz Verlagsgruppe.
•Fachgruppe Inklusive Medienbildung der GMK (2018). Medienbildung für alle: Medienbildung inklusiv gestalten! PDF available under: https://www.gmk-net.de/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/positionspapier_medienbildung_fuer_alle_20092018.pdf
•Jörissen, B. & Marotzki, W. (2009). Medienbildung. utb: Bd. 3189. Klinkhardt.
•Kamin, A.-M. & Bartolles, M. (2022). Digitale Bildung unter der Perspektive von Inklusion: theoretische und empirische Bedarfe an eine schulische Inklusive Medienbildung. In M. Jungwirth, N. Harsch, Y. Noltensmeier, M. Stein & N. Willenberg (Hrsg.), Schriften zur allgemeinen Hochschuldidaktik: Bd. 8. Diversität Digital Denken - The Wider View: Eine Tagung des Zentrums für Lehrerbildung der Westfälischen Wilhelms-Universität Münster vom 08. bis 10.09.2021 (1. Aufl., S. 25–39). WTM-Verlag. https://doi.org/10.37626/GA9783959871785.0.02
•Kultusministerkonferenz (2017). KMK: Bildung in der digitalen Welt. PDF available under: https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/Dateien/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2018/Strategie_Bildung_in_der_digitalen_Welt_idF._vom_07.12.2017.pdf
•Marotzki, W. (1990). Entwurf einer strukturalen Bildungstheorie: Biographietheoretische Auslegung von Bildungsprozessen in hochkomplexen Gesellschaften. Zugl.: Hamburg, Univ., Habil.-Schr., 1989. Studien zur Philosophie und Theorie der Bildung: Bd. 3. Dt. Studien-Verl.
•Marotzki, W. (2007). Dimensionen der Medienbildung. Abschätzung und Reichweiten am Beispiel Audiovisueller Formate (Film). In D. Hartwich, C. Swertz, & M. Witsch (Hrsg.), Mit Spieler. Überlegungen zu nachmodernen Sprachspielen in der Pädagogik (S. 127–140). Würzburg: Verlag Königshausen & Neumann.
•Mertens, C., Quenzer-Alfred, C., Kamin, A. - M., Homringhausen, T., Niermeyer, T., & Mays, D. (2022). Empirischer Forschungsstand zu digitalen Medien im Schulunterricht in inklusiven und sonderpädagogischen Kontexten – eine systematische Übersichtsarbeit. Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 1, 26-46.
•Nemer, D. (2015). From Digital Divide to Digital Inclusion and Beyond. The Journal of Community Informatics, 11(1). https://doi.org/10.15353/joci.v11i1.2857
•Prengel, A. (2019). Pädagogik der Vielfalt. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21947-5
•Quenzer-Alfred, C., Mertens, C., Homrighausen, T., Kamin, A.-M., Mays, D. (im Druck). Systematisches Review des empirischen Forschungsstands zu digitalen Medien für SchülerInnen mit einem zusätzlichen oder einem sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarf unter Berücksichtigung inklusiver, integrativer und exkludierender Unterrichtsszenarios. In: I. Gogolin & K. Scheiter (Hrsg.). Bildung für eine digitale Zukunft. Edition Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft.
•Reisdorf, B. & Rhinesmith, C. (2020). Digital Inclusion as a Core Component of Social Inclusion. Social Inclusion, 8(2), 132–137. https://doi.org/10.17645/si.v8i2.3184
•Schell, F. (2005). Aktive Medienarbeit. In J. Hüther & B. Schorb (Hrsg.), Grundbegriffe Medienpädagogik (4. Aufl.). kopaed.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm07 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster

Return Immigration in Galicia and its Socio-educational Impact on Local Government

Alexandra Miroslava Rodríguez Gil, Jesica Núñez García, Tania Ramos García

Universidade de Santiago de Comspostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Núñez García, Jesica

Migratory flows are movements with a long history of research in the field of Social Sciences in general and in pedagogy in particular. In contrast, the phenomenon of return migration does not seem to have sufficient literary support, despite its economic, educational, social, cultural and demographic implications and consequences (Egea, Nieto, & Jiménez, 2002; Vilar et al., 2008).

The European population has traditionally been migrants, either within the EU borders or beyond them, leading some of the massive displacements that have taken place in past centuries. One fact to highlight is that, within the Spanish population, and specifically the Galicians, have led these migrations over time, normally directed towards the countries of South America or towards the European continent itself after the Second World War (Pujol, 2009). One characteristic of this group is that they conceived migration as a limited temporary displacement, which is why the idea of return was always a common aspect in their social imaginary.

However, at the end of the 20th century Europe, and particularly Spain and Galicia, went from being a territory in which there was more emigration to one in which immigration abounded (Santos Rego & Lorenzo, 2009; Vázquez, Pérez-Caramés & Contreras, 2018; Domínguez-Mujica, Rodríguez-Rodríguez, & Santana-Rivero, 2021), and in which, already in the 21st century, the phenomenon of return gained strength, especially in Galicia.

Thus, according to the IOM (2019), return, at the international level, can be understood as the movement of people who, after having left their usual place of residence across an international border, decide to return to their country of origin. However, it is important to note that within a person's migratory process, return does not necessarily mean the culmination of their migratory cycle (Arjona & Checha, 2005).

Since the beginning of the 21st century, there has been a significant return of emigrants, so that some Galician municipalities seem to be experiencing a sudden and accentuated population change, as their censuses are increasing considerably. This increase has consequences for the local community, so that it is possible to represent different changes in the social, cultural and educational spheres, among others. Moreover, it is necessary to point out that at present, returned migrants are a heterogeneous group (Egea & Rodríguez, 2002), with a predominance of young people and with "permanence projects" in and for the family environment (Santos Rego & Lorenzo, 2009).

It is understood, therefore, that political solutions must be considered in the public sphere with the aim of favouring, by all possible means, the inclusion of returnees, with a guaranteed minimum quality of life. It is logical, therefore, that there is a demand for far-reaching research on this issue, which is in no way incompatible with the design and activation of effective measures in the social, economic, cultural and educational fields (Egea et al., 2002).

For this reason, we pose the following research problem in the framework of a doctoral thesis in preparation: What effects does the phenomenon of return migration have at the socio-educational level in the Galician local administration?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a descriptive research, whose axis is none other than the exploration of the phenomenon of return migration in Galicia, together with its social and educational implications. Thus, our general objective is to analyse the state of return migration in Galicia, in order to know the socio-educational impact derived from this social phenomenon in the local administration.
The study is based on a mixed methodology, which attempts to overcome the classic confrontation and opposition between quantitative and qualitative approaches (Torrado, 2004). Specifically, it is an ex post-facto study where we will use different research techniques to collect information on the group under study.
The participants correspond to four groups (municipal technicians, returned migrants, associations and political managers) from a representative sample of town councils in the Autonomous Community of Galicia, which will be chosen by means of intentional sampling among those with the highest incidence of the phenomenon studied with respect to the total population.
In order to carry out this research, techniques and instruments will be used, such as documentary analysis of policies, plans, programmes and socio-educational projects aimed at the returnee population. A semi-structured interview addressed to technicians of education/social services of the local administration with responsibilities in this field. Focusing on the classification of Massot, Dorio and Sabariego (2004) we can consider that, according to the moment in which it is carried out, it would be an initial interview; according to the means by which it is carried out, it would be a personal interview, since it would be carried out in first person, maintaining a direct contact between interviewer and interviewee. In addition, a questionnaire will be used which will be filled in by Galician returnees and which will include different Likert-type scales (socio-biographical aspects, migration project, socio-educational profile, inclusion in the host society and civic-social perspective) together with open questions. On the other hand, a semi-structured interview will be conducted with those responsible for municipal policy on education and/or social services and, finally, a discussion group will be held with those responsible for associations and groups of returned immigrants in order to analyse the expectations, problems and needs of this group.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Given that it deals with a subject of no small social relevance insofar as it affects a considerable number of Galician men and women. The carrying out of this research work may represent a special contribution from the perspective of social pedagogy, with emphasis on those axes of socio-educational knowledge linked to inclusion and the development of civil society. Therefore, it can be said that the 'return effect' is not without theoretical - and applied - value, especially in the social sciences linked to the subject of migration.
In short, the aim of this study is to find out the socio-educational profile of returnees in Galicia, as well as the different variables that define their migratory project. On the other hand, the aim is to analyse the socio-educational impact of the arrival of this group in local communities and their level of inclusion in the host society. In addition, we aim to understand the participatory dynamics of returnees based on their civic-social involvement. Finally, plans, programmes and projects addressed to returnees in Galicia will be identified in order to know if they are sufficient, adequate and coherent, and thus be able to define possible medium-term socio-educational intervention plans.

References
Domínguez-Mujica, J., Rodríguez-Rodríguez, M., & Santana-Rivero, C. (2021). La migración de retorno diferida generacionalmente entre Cuba y Canarias. En J. L. García Rodríguez. (Ed.), Geografía, cambio global y sostenibilidad. Comunicaciones del XXVII Congreso de la Asociación Española de Geografía, Tomo II: Territorio, desigualdad y enfermedades (pp. 371-386). Asociación Española de Geografía, AGE y Departamento de Geografía e Historia de la Universidad de La Laguna. http://doi.org/10.25145/c.27.Asociacion.Geografia.2021.17
Egea, C., Nieto, J. A., & Jiménez, F. (2002). El estudio del retorno: aproximación bibliográfica. Migraciones y Exilios: Cuadernos de la Asociación para el estudio de los exilios y migraciones ibéricos contemporáneos, 3, 141-168.
Egea, C. & Rodríguez, V. (2002). Determinants of migration in the Province of Jaen, Andalusia. Espace, populations, sociétés, 109-124
Massot, I., Dorio, I., & Sabariego, M. (2004). Estrategias de recogida y análisis de la información. En R. Bisquerra, Metodología de la investigación educativa (pp. 321-357). La Muralla.
Organización Internacional para las Migraciones (OIM) (2019). Glosario de la OIM sobre Migración. Derecho Internacional sobre Migración, 34. https://publications.iom.int/system/files/pdf/iml-34-glossary-es.pdf
Pujol, M. (2009). Políticas lingüísticas y de integración en materia de emigración en Europa como reflejo de la construcción de los estados-nación. Lengua y migración, 1(1), 75-120.
Santos Rego, M. A. & Lorenzo, M. M. (2005). Las coordenadas educativas de los emigrantes. Europa como representación. Revista De Investigación Educativa, 23(1), 113-131.
Santos Rego, M. A. & Lorenzo, M. M. (2009). La participación de las familias inmigrantes en la escuela. Un estudio centrado en la procedencia. Revista de educación, 350, 277-300.
Torrado, M. (2004). Estudios de encuesta. En R. Bisquerra, Metodología de la investigación educativa (pp. 231-257). La Muralla.
Vilar, J. B., Gómez, J., Egea, P. Mª, & Vilar, Mª. J. (2008). Migración de retorno desde Europa. Su incidencia en la modernización de la Región de Murcia (1975-2005). Servicio de Publicaciones de la Universidad de Murcia.
Vázquez, I., Pérez-Caramés, A., & Mosquera, S. (2018). Nuevas culturas asociativas en un contexto de cambio social. Análisis de la evolución del tejido asociativo inmigrante en Galicia (2006-2016). Papers, 103(4), 493-520. https://doi.org/10.5565/rev/papers.2504


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster

Cultural Knowledge of Students for Primary School Teachers.

Dorien Petri1, Annelies Kassenberg1, Eddie Denessen2, Margreet Luinge1, Klaas van Veen3

1Hanze University of Applied Sciences; 2Radboud University Nijmegen; 3University of Groningen

Presenting Author: Petri, Dorien

The Dutch society is becoming increasingly more linguistically, culturally, ethnically and racially diverse (CBS, 2022). This trend is reflected in the primary school student population, with more students with varying cultural backgrounds, who differ in their habits and traditions at home or who speak another language at home than at school (CBS, 2022). When teachers are able to respond to varieties in students’ (family) cultures, (language) backgrounds, histories, experiences and educational needs, they can enrich their education through culturally relevant teaching (e.g., Banks, 2004; Delpit, 1995). To do so, teachers need knowledge about the background of their students, also called cultural knowledge. However, it seems to be unclear what is specifically understood by the content of cultural knowledge. The aim of this scoping review is to get more insight in the content and dimensions of cultural knowledge for primary school teachers.

To get an understanding of the knowledge that would count as ‘cultural knowledge’, frameworks such as Culturally Responsive Teaching (CRT) (Gay, 2010) can be helpful. According to Gay, teachers can use cultural knowledge about students to make learning meaningful. Cultural knowledge can relate to diverse contexts of children’s development. A theory that maps those contexts, is Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory (1977). This theory identifies multiple levels of the surrounding environment, from immediate family settings to broad cultural values. The frameworks of CRT and ecological systems theory guided our search for specific descriptions of what can be meant by the concept of cultural knowledge.

In previous research, cultural knowledge has been described as knowledge of students and their characteristics, which means teacher’s understanding of the specific students they teach and includes their racial, ethnic, socio economic, cultural and linguistic backgrounds (e.g. Bialostok, 2019; Shiver et al., 2020; Lee, 2010), their out-of school experiences (e.g. Dunsmore, Ordoñez-Jasis, & Herrera, 2013), their home lives (e.g. Kenner & Ruby, 2013; Settlage, 2004), their communities (e.g. Ajayi, 2014; Flint & Jaggers, 2012) and their culture (e.g. Jackson, 2013). These descriptions of relevant domains still seem quite abstract and not very specifically described. This lack of clarity about the concept of cultural knowledge can make it difficult for schools and teachers to use this concept in their approach of students in multicultural settings. Also, there seems a lack of clarity regarding the domains that constitute to the concept of cultural knowledge. Different researchers use different scopes or perspectives of the concept of cultural knowledge, depending on their background and paradigm. As a result, the domains in one study are focused on ethnicity and in another study on out of school experiences or language. This may lead to questions regarding the full capturing of this concept in research and the scope of study findings.

More clarity about the scope as well as further operationalization of the domains that constitute to the concept of cultural knowledge may give teachers opportunities to enrich culturally responsive teaching. Therefore, the present scoping review intends to identify, organize and concretize domains of knowledge that constitute the concept of cultural knowledge and to identify knowledge gaps regarding the concept of cultural knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We followed the five framework stages that have been outlined for conducting scoping reviews (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Levac, Colquhoun, & O’Brien, 2010): (1) articulate the research question, (2) identify relevant studies, (3) select studies, (4) chart the data and (5) collate, summarize and report the results.

Stage 1
The present scoping review aims to answer the following two research questions: 1. Which domains of knowledge, according to the literature, are included in the concept of cultural knowledge of students? 2. How are these domains of knowledge organized and operationalized?

Stage 2
A literature search was conducted in five databases (Academic Search Premier, ERIC, PsycINFO 1887 – current, Web of Science and SOC Index) to map a range of domains that constitute the concept of cultural knowledge for primary school teachers. The search for studies was conducted in March 2022.

Stage 3
Study selection was conducted in two phases: 1) Title-abstract screening and 2) full-text screening of the articles that remained after step 1. Review selection was performed by two independent raters. We employed a key question regarding the quality and trustworthiness of the research methodologies.  No studies were excluded based on their quality and trustworthiness.
In total, 1399 studies were reviewed, and 33 studies were included for data extraction.

Stage 4
Each of the 33 included studies were summarized and we collect information about (1) general characteristics (2) methodological characteristics and (3) thematic characteristics (e.g., examples or domains of cultural knowledge) in a charting form. We extracted all examples or domains of cultural knowledge from the articles that could be identified.

Stage 5
The general and methodological characteristics of included studies were summarized. This part of the analysis shed light on the areas of research in terms of country of origin and context, which allowed for a quick grasp of the breadth and scope in the research literature. For the thematic analysis we used a bottom-up research method (inductive analysis), which consists of three steps.
Step 1: We analysed the theoretical frameworks, the terms the scientists used for cultural knowledge, and the different domains that constitute the concept of cultural knowledge.
Step 2: We further analysed the domains of cultural knowledge. In consultation with the research team, we categorized the domains of cultural knowledge into contexts.
Step 3: In consultation with the research team, we concretized the domains of cultural knowledge.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The scoping review indicated that the concept of cultural knowledge is a broad concept. We have identified fifteen domains of cultural knowledge. The identified domains were hobbies/interests, ethnicity, characteristics of a student or characteristics of a family, cultural identity/life, language and communication, school, history, social network, literacy, religion, socio economic status, migration and home (place). The identified domains of cultural knowledge are related to students themselves and their families and communities. The review has resulted in concretizations of each domain. The domain language and communication includes, for example, the different languages that a child speaks and the linguistic needs that a student has; the domain family characteristics includes the number of family members and the division of labor in the home and the domain socio economic status in the community refers to the location and places in the community, such as culturally relevant spaces, parks, neighbourhoods and shops. The overview of the domains, as well as the organization into contexts and the concretization of the domains, can help schools and teachers to delve into the cultural background of students and to enrich their teaching.
This study aims to contribute to conceptual clarity of the concept of cultural knowledge. This clarity can contribute to research and educational practice. In a next phase, we want to explore how cultural knowledge can be used to strengthen teachers' culturally responsive teaching.

References
Ajayi, L. (2014). Investigating Effective Teaching Methods for a Place-Based Teacher Preparation in a Rural Community. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 13(3), 251-268. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10671-014-9162-z

Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8, 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616

Banks, J. A. (2004). Multicultural Education: Historical Development, Dimensions, and Practice. In J. A. Banks, & C. A. M. Banks (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Multicultural Education (2nd ed., pp. 3-29). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Bialostok, S. (2019). Reflections on an ethnographic project with elementary educators on the Wind River Reservation: A cautionary tale. Annals of Anthropological Practice, 43(1), 6-20. https://doi.org/10.1111/napa.12123

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. American psychologist, 32(7), 513. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.32.7.513

Centraal bureau voor statistiek. (2022). Rapport Integratie en Samenleven 2022. [Central Statistical Office. (2022). Integration and Living Together Report 2022]. Retrieved from: Rapportage Integratie en Samenleven 2022 (cbs.nl)

Delpit, L. D. (1995). Other people’s children: Cultural conflict in the classroom. New York: The New Press

Dunsmore, K., Ordoñez-Jasis, R., & Herrera, G. (2013). Welcoming Their Worlds: Rethinking Literacy Instruction through Community Mapping. Language Arts, 90(5), 327-338. Retrieved from: https://www.jstor.org/stable/24574991

Flint, A. S., & Jaggers, W. (2021). You matter here: The impact of asset-based pedagogies on learning. Theory Into Practice, 60(3), 254–264. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2021.1911483

Gay, G. (2010). Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2nd ed.: Teachers College Press.

Jackson, C. (2013). Elementary Mathematics Teachers' Knowledge of Equity Pedagogy. Current Issues in Education, 16(1). Retrieved from https://cie.asu.edu/ojs/index.php/cieatasu/article/view/1056

Kenner, C., & Ruby, M. (2013). Connecting Children's Worlds: Creating a Multilingual Syncretic Curriculum through Partnership between Complementary and Mainstream Schools. Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 13(3), 395-417. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468798412466

Lee, J. S. (2010). Culturally Relevant Pedagogy for Immigrant Children and English Language Learners. Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, 109(2), 453-473. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811011201408

Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O’Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: Advancing the methodology. Implementation Science, 5, 69. http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-5-69

Settlage, J. (2004). The Use of Urban Students' Photographs as a Data Source and the Complexity of Their Elementary Teachers' Interpretations. Journal of Elementary Science Education, 16(2), 33-50. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03173644  

Shiver, V. N., Andrew, K., Richards, R., & Hemphill, M. A. (2020). Preservice Teachers' Learning to Implement Culturally Relevant Physical Education with the Teaching Personal and Social Responsibility Model. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 25(3), 303-315. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2020.1741537
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm08 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Teresa Vilaça
General Poster Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster

Health and Wellbeing Education Through Social and Emotional Learning of Future Early Childhood and Primary Education Teachers

Laura García-Docampo, Anaïs Quiroga-Carrillo, Patricia Alonso Ruido

Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Quiroga-Carrillo, Anaïs

Over the last few years, many schools have begun to place value on emotional well-being. This has involved the implementation of Social and Emotional Learning (SEL) actions. This has impacted positively on the health and well-being of individuals and the educational community.

The main objective of emotional education, as Bisquerra (2003) indicates, focuses on the development of emotional competences and the search for personal and social well-being. In relation to this, Brackett et al. (2015) highlight that "not having the skills to understand and manage emotions can be disruptive to optimal social and cognitive development" (p. 21). Beside this, SEL may contribute to the prevention of diseases that have a negative impact on our health and thus promote an emotional balance that helps to generate a state of well-being (Ortega, 2010; Piqueras et al., 2009).

In this regard, if social-emotional learning is developed in schools (Salzburg Global Seminar, 2018), these will be friendlier and safer, facilitating the creation of balanced learning environments, support community cohesion and increasing the capacity of citizens to adapt to a changing society. Furthermore, Viitaniemi (2020) and Reicher & Matischek-Jauk (2017) indicate that the development of emotional skills at school provides tools to prevent bullying and enables the improvement of the overall climate of the whole educational community.

Beside this, Social-Emotional Learning offers the possibility of providing adequate support to implement specific programmes such as conflict resolution, sexual education, health education or substance use prevention in an interrelated way (Elias et al., 2015; Greenberg et al., 2003).

The development of SEL reduces violence and aggressive behaviour, promotes resilience and serves as a basis for reducing health risk behaviours related to substance use such as tobacco or alcohol (Cohen, 2001; Fopiano & Haynes, 2001).

Moreover, as Aldrup et al. (2020) point out, teachers who are trained in emotional education have more suitable relationships with their students, a better understanding of their students' problems and fewer disruptive problems in class. According to Extremera & Fernández-Berrocal (2004), the development of these emotional competences will enable teachers to cope with work-related stress and burnout.

Concretely, the main objective of this study is to analyse the type of training in emotional education received by future Early Childhood and Primary Education teachers at a Spanish university. This will allow us to know how their academic development is going and to find out which competences (intrapersonal, interpersonal and complementary) are worked the most in their initial training. With this, the aim is to try to implement training proposals that will contribute to health and well-being.This work is part of a doctoral thesis wich is being supported by the Goverment of Spain through a pre-doctoral contract for “University Professor Training (FPU18/01858)”.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach is quantitative and it is based on the application of the scale “Escala de Importancia y Necesidades Formativas en Educación Emocional” (EINFEM) This scale, that measures the type of training in emotional education received by students of Bachelor's Degrees in Education, has been previously validated with similar groups (Cejudo et al., 2015).  
This instrument consists of three categories that examine the importance that the sample attributes to a series of items on emotional competencies in relation to their professional development, the training needs that they perceive, and whether or not this training has been present in their academic development. Responses to the first two categories are Likert-type (1 = very low,  5 = very high) and the complementary scale on presence or absence is dichotomic.
The data obtained are grouped into three dimensions: intrapersonal, interpersonal and complementary emotional competences. The results show the degree of concern of the participants in terms of training in empathic skills, assertiveness, stress management, identification of their own or other people’s emotions, conflict resolution, self-esteem, among others.
The data-producing sample is composed of 205 students between 20 and 38 years old. Concretely, 81 are students from the Bachelor’s Degree in Early Childhood Education (6 males, 73 females and 2 identified as non-binary gender), and 124 are studying the Bachelor’s Degree in Primary Education (28 males and 96 females). The data collection process was carried out in March-April 2022 by attending classes of students in the last year and requesting the passing of questionnaires in the first 10 minutes of class. The whole process was accompanied by the corresponding ethical considerations and has a favourable report from the Bioethics Committee. The IBM SPSS Statistics version 25 software was used for the data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data revealed that, in general, students of the Bachelor’s Degree in Early Childhood Education and the Bachelor’s Degree in Primary Education consider very important for their professional profile to work on emotional competences, especially on complementary competences (M=4.67) followed by interpersonal competences (M=4.65) and intrapersonal competences (M=4.60). Slightly lower averages are obtained when students are asked about the necessity of having training in intrapersonal (M=4.55), interpersonal (M=4.58) and complementary competences (M=4.70).
With regard to the presence or absence of such training, in the Bachelor’s Degree in Early Childhood Education, more than 50% of the students consider that have had training in this respect (especially in intrapersonal and interpersonal competences), and to a lesser extent in complementary competences (38%). In relation to the Bachelor’s Degree in Primary Education, between 35-45% consider that they have been trained in intrapersonal and interpersonal competences and less than 25% in complementary competences.
In light of this, it can be assumed that there are several emotional competences that are not covered in initial teacher training, but which are crucial in health and wellbeing education. Moreover, there is a greater concern in the Early Childhood Education degree than in the Primary Education degree.
On the other hand, complementary competences are those which students consider most necessary, but in which they consider that have had the least training, with almost no training in some skills as stress management or control of impulsivity.
On balance, future teachers seem to be aware of the importance and need for emotional education, but there is still little training in this area. For this reason, it will be significant to take these competences into account for future Early Childhood and Primary School Teachers, especially if our concern is to promote education for health and well-being.

References
Aldrup, K., Carstensen, B., Köller, M. M., & Klusmann, U. (2020). Measuring Teachers’ Social-Emotional Competence: Development and Validation of a Situational Judgment Test. Frontiers in Psychology, 11(892), 892. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00892
Bisquerra, R. (2003). Educación emocional y competencias básicas para la vida. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 21(1), 7-43. https://revistas.um.es/rie/article/view/99071/94661
Brackett, M. A., Elbertson, N. A., & Rivers, S. E. (2015). Applying Theory to the Development of Approaches to SEL. In J. A. Durlak, C. E. Domitrovich, R. P. Weissberg & T. P. Gullotta (Eds.), Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp. 20-31). ProQuest Ebook Central.
Cejudo, J., López-Delgado, M., Rubio, M., & Latorre, J. (2015). La formación en educación emocional de los docentes: una visión de los futuros maestros. Revista Española de Orientación y Psicopedagogía, 26(3), 45-62. https://doi.org/10.5944/reop.vol.26.num.3.2015.16400
Cohen, J. (2001). Social an Emotional Education: Core Concepts and Practices. In J. Cohen (Ed.), Caring Classrooms/Intelligent Schools. The Socio Emotional Education of Young Children (pp. 3-29). Teachers College Press.
Elias, M. J., Leverett, L., Duffell, J. C., Humphrey, N., Stepney, C., & Ferrito, J. (2015). Integrating SEL with Related Prevention and Youth Development Approaches. In J. A. Durlak, C. E. Domitrovich, R. P. Weissberg, & T. P. Gullotta (Eds.). Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp. 33-49). ProQuest Ebook Central.
Extremera, N., & Fernández-Berrocal, P. (2004). La importancia de desarrollar la inteligencia emocional en el profesorado. Revista Iberoamericana de Educación, 34(3), 1-9. https://doi.org/10.35362/rie3334005
Fopiano, J. E., & Haynes, B. M. (2001). School Climate and Social and Emotional Development in the Youth Child. In J. Cohen (Ed.), Caring Classrooms/Intelligent Schools. The Socio Emotional Education of Young Children (pp. 47-58). Teachers College Press.
Greenberg, M. T., Weissberg, R. P., O’Brien, M. U., Zins, J. E., Fredericks, L., Resnik, H., & Elias, M. J. (2003). Enhancing school-based prevention and youth development through coordinated social, emotional, and academic learning. American Psychologist, 58(6-7), 466–474. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.58.6-7.466
Ortega, M. C. (2010). La educación emocional y sus implicaciones en la salud. Revista Española de Orientación y Psicopedagogía, 21(2), 462-470. https://doi.org/10.5944/reop.vol.21.num.2.2010.11559
Piqueras, J. A., Ramos, V., Martínez, A. E., & Oblitas, L. A. (2009). Emociones negativas y su impacto en la salud mental y física. Suma Psicológica, 16(2), 85-112. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=3113076
Reicher, H., & Matischek-Jauk, M. (2017). Preventing Depression in Adolescence through Social and Emotional Learning. International Journal of Emotional Education, 9(2), 110-115. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1162082.pdf
Salzburg Global Seminar. (2018). The Salzburg Statement for social and emotional learning.https://www.salzburgglobal.org/multi-year-series/education/pageId/9063


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster

The Interplay Between Mindfulness, Bullying, and Victimization in a Sample of Adolescents

Tina Pivec, Ana Kozina

Educational Research Institute, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Pivec, Tina

Bullying and victimization persist as severe problems with various short- and long-term consequences (e.g., Moore et al., 2017), especially during adolescence. Therefore, research on possible protective factors for bullying and victimization is still needed. One of them can be mindfulness as adolescents who are more mindful may be involved in bullying and/or victimization to a lesser extent (Liu et al., 2022; Riggs & Brown, 2017; Yuan & Liu, 2021), however, the relationship between mindfulness, bullying, and victimization was mostly mediated by other factors, such as impulsivity, moral disengagement, internalizing and externalizing problems (e.g., Georgiou et al., 2019, 2021).

Bullying can be identified throughout several existing definitions of bullying behaviour which share the following common features: the purpose of bullying is to harm, it lasts for longer periods, and there is a difference in power between the bully and the victim. In this direction, current definitions describe bullying as a goal-directed behaviour that harms another individual in the context of power imbalance (Volk et al., 2017). There are several types of bullying, such as physical bullying, verbal bullying, social bullying (Marsh et al., 2011) and cyberbullying (Slonje & Smith, 2008).

Mindfulness is a non-judgmental and accepting awareness of present events and experiences (Brown & Ryan, 2003). Contemporary theories broaden mindfulness conceptualization into perceiving mindfulness as an ability rather than a trait as it can be enhanced by practice (i.e., yoga, mindfulness training). Adolescents that are more mindful are better at decision-making, have higher self-control and self-regulation, are better at decision-making, have a more positive and less negative affect, and their anger feelings are reduced in comparison with their peers who have lower levels of mindfulness (Black et al., 2012; Franco et al., 2016; Riggs et al., 2015).

There is a growing body of evidence regarding the relationship between bullying, victimization, and mindfulness, however, the research is still scarce as the connection between them is not as clear as expected, especially concerning bullying. Mindfulness and bullying are mostly negatively connected (Georgiou et al., 2019). As for the association between mindfulness and victimization, more mindful children had a lower risk of being victims of bullying behaviour (Murray-Close et al., 2014). Regarding the relationship between mindfulness and cyberbullying, studies showed that lower levels of mindfulness are related to cyberbullying over time (Yuan & Liu, 2021).

Furthermore, several researchers (e.g., Liu et al., 2022) aimed to study mindfulness-based interventions as anti-bullying programs. Programs included several mindfulness activities, such as quieting the mind, moving mindfully, mindful attention, managing negative emotions and negative thinking, and acknowledgement of self and others (Liu et al., 2022; Schonert-Reichl & Lawlor, 2010). Results suggested that youth that was included in the training had lower bullying behaviour scores (Liu et al., 2022).

Truth be told, more research is needed in this area to more thoroughly understand the role of mindfulness when examining bullying behaviour, especially its subdomains as it is crucial to understand the protective factors in order to offer approppriate support for adolescents in need. Therefore, the aim of the present paper is to examine the relationship between mindfulness, different types of bullying and victimization (physical, verbal, social, cyber) by using structural equation modelling.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our sample included 1979 participants from Slovenia (57.4 % females, 42.5 % males, 0.1 % nonbinary), aged from 13 to 19 (M = 15.34; SD = 1.19). The majority of participants attended 20 different upper-secondary schools (1404 students; 70.8%); most of them were females (57.8%). The age of these students varied from 14 to 19 (M = 15.91; SD = 0.91). The other third of the participants attended 21 different lower-secondary schools (577 students; 29.7%) and were between 13 and 16 years old (M = 13.96; SD = 0.38). Most of them were females (56.3%).
Regarding measurements, three questionnaires were used. We applied Adolescent Peer Report Instrument - Bully/Target (APRI-BT, Marsh et al., 2011) to measure three subdomains (physical, verbal, and social) of traditional bullying and victimization. For assessing cyberbullying and cybervictimization, we used the Revised Adolescent Peer Report Instrument (Griezel et al., 2012) and for measuring mindfulness, we employed Mindful Attention Awareness Scale – Adolescents (Brown et al., 2011).
After examining descriptive statistics, correlations and reliabilities using IBM SPSS Statistics 29, we examined CFA (Confirmatory Factor Analysis) and SEM (Structural Equation Modeling) models using Mplus (Version 8.4; Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2022). The full information maximum likelihood (FIML) algorithm was used to handle missing data and assess parameters in the model. Separate CFAs were conducted for each construct. If indicated so by modification indices and justified with the content of the items, correlated errors were allowed between some items. ESEM models were brought into the path model with prediction paths from mindfulness to several domains of bullying and victimization.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
CFA results showed an adequate fit for all included variables. For mindfulness, all loadings were higher than 0.52 (all ps < .001) and the model fit the data adequately: χ2(77) = 1120.54, p <. 001, CFI = .912, RMSEA = .083, 90% CI [.079, .088], SRMR = .042. As for traditional bullying and victimization, all loadings were higher than 0.58 (all ps < .001), and the model fit the data adequately as well, χ2(577) = 5850.623, p <. 001, CFI = .901, RMSEA = .068, 90% CI [.066, .070], SRMR = .045. Furthermore, there was an adequate model fit for cyberbullying and cybervictimization, χ2(50) = 845.296, p <. 001, CFI = .958, RMSEA = .090, 90% CI [.085, .095], SRMR = .040, all loadings were higher than .53 (all ps < .001).
The final model had an adequate fit, χ2(1785) = 10698.222, p <. 001, CFI = .900, RMSEA = .050, 90% CI [.049, .051], SRMR = .043. All traditional bullying and victimization subdomains (physical, verbal, social) and cyberbullying were positively correlated (rs > .52, all ps < .001). Mindfulness negatively predicted physical, verbal, social and cyberbullying and victimization (all ps < .01), however, the relationship was stronger among mindfulness and verbal and social victimization with regard to other subdomains of bullying or victimization.
The results show that mindfulness is significantly negatively related to all bullying and victimization subdomains. It seems that adolescents who are calmer, non-reactive to impulses and experiences in their lives, non-judging and accepting do not indulge in bullying behaviour, not as bullies and not as victims. Moreover, these results imply that mindfulness-based practice should be included in antibullying interventions or, even better, it should be promoted for all students who can benefit from being more mindful. Practical implications for education will be more thoroughly discussed.

References
Brown, K. W., & Ryan, R. M. (2003). The Benefits of Being Present: Mindfulness and Its Role in Psychological Well-Being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(4), 822–848.
Franco, C., Amutio, A., López-González, L., Oriol, X., & Martínez-Taboada, C. (2016). Effect of a mindfulness training program on the impulsivity and aggression levels of adolescents with behavioral problems in the classroom. Frontiers in Psychology, 7(SEP), 1385.
Georgiou, S. N., Charalambous, K., & Stavrinides, P. (2019). Mindfulness, impulsivity, and moral disengagement as parameters of bullying and victimization at school.
Georgiou, S. N., Charalambous, K., & Stavrinides, P. (2021). The mediating effects of adolescents’ internalizing and externalizing problems on the relationship between emotion regulation, mindfulness and bullying/ victimization at school. School Psychology International, 42(6), 657–676.
Liu, X., Xiao, R., & Tang, W. (2022). The Impact of School-Based Mindfulness Intervention on Bullying Behaviors Among Teenagers: Mediating Effect of Self-Control. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 37, 21–22.
Marsh, H. W., Nagengast, B., Morin, A. J. S., Parada, R. H., Craven, R. G., & Hamilton, L. R. (2011). Construct validity of the multidimensional structure of bullying and victimization: An application of exploratory structural equation modeling. Journal of Educational Psychology, 103(3), 701–732.
Murray-Close, D., Crick, N. R., Tseng, W. L., Lafko, N., Burrows, C., Pitula, C., & Ralston, P. (2014). Physiological stress reactivity and physical and relational aggression: The moderating roles of victimization, type of stressor, and child gender. Development and Psychopathology, 26(3), 589–603.
Riggs, N. R., Black, D. S., & Ritt-Olson, A. (2015). Associations between dispositional mindfulness and executive function in early adolescence. Springer, 24(9), 2745–2751.
Riggs, N. R., & Brown, S. M. (2017). Prospective Associations Between Peer Victimization and Dispositional Mindfulness in Early Adolescence. Prevention Science, 18, 481–489.
Schonert-Reichl, K. A., & Lawlor, M. S. (2010). The Effects of a Mindfulness-Based Education Program on Pre- and Early Adolescents’ Well-Being and Social and Emotional Competence. Mindfulness, 1(3), 137–151.
Slonje, R., & Smith, P. K. (2008). Cyberbullying: Another main type of bullying?: Personality and Social Sciences. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 49(2), 147–154.
Yuan, G., & Liu, Z. (2021). Longitudinal cross-lagged analyses between cyberbullying perpetration, mindfulness and depression among Chinese high school students. Journal of Health Psychology, 26(11), 1872–1881.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster

Bhutanese School Counselors' views of Challenges to Mental Health and Well-Being of Students in Bhutan.

Julie Larran

Free University of Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Larran, Julie

This presentation will address the mental health needs of children and youth in Bhutan as perceived by Bhutanese school counselors. School counseling is a profession slowly gaining momentum as it combines the important topic of children and youth mental health on the one hand and the school setting, a structure playing a central role in children’s development, on the other (Harris, 2013). Consequently, the field of global school counseling research is also becoming increasingly recognised as findings from individual countries can inform school counseling services in other countries (Salmon, 2016). Often referred to as the happiest country in the world, the Kingdom of Bhutan implemented its first 12, full-time school counselors in 2011. Today there are over 179 school counselors active across the kingdom’s nearly 600 schools (Ministry of Education, 2021) but very little is known about them. The growing mental health needs of Bhutanese children and youth exposed to evermore challenges such as substance abuse and rising unemployment (Chaudhuri, Dema, Wangmo, & Gautam, 2021; Dema et al., 2019; Ministry of Health, 2019; Pelden, 2016; Lorelle & Guth, 2013) together with a lack of psychiatric resources throughout the country (Sacra, 2017) and new challenges bought about by the COVID-19 pandemic (Namgyel & Milbert, 2021) underscore the importance of school counseling services in Bhutan. Bhutanese school counselors are at the forefront of the battle to protect Bhutanese students’ mental-health and well-being. That is why this study sought to understand the work of Bhutanese school counselors and the challenges they perceive to students’ mental health and well-being such as cultural factors that may be influencing help-seeking behavior. Specifically, this poster presentation will investigate the question: what are challenges to Bhutanese students’ mental health and well-being as perceived by Bhutanese school counselors? To this end, a mixed methods approach employing an on-line survey followed by on-line as well as in-person interviews of school counselors in Bhutan was carried out between November 2021 and September 2022. All 179 school counselors registered in Bhutan in 2021 were invited to participate in an online survey aimed at investigating their perceived roles, resources, and challenges. Responses were obtained from a representative sample of 162 school counselors of which 28 then participated in semi-structured interviews to obtain more in-depth and nuanced information. Because of the complexity of contemporary school counseling in Bhutan and the inherent interdependence of multi-level factors affecting school counseling (as evident from Bhutan’s published school counseling framework), this investigation was guided by Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory (EST) (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). This model is ideal for investigating school counseling services in Bhutan as it considers Bhutanese school counselors not as isolated persons but as entities existing within and affected by the school environment they work in and the different factors that constitute it such as the physical school environment, school colleagues, the school counseling policy enacted by the government and how all of the above change over time. In addition, to situate the study in Bhutan’s cultural context, this investigation was further guided by Bhutan’s unique economic and political philosophy of Gross National Happiness (GNH) (Dakpa, Rabten, Rai, & Gurung, 2011). As such, Bronfenbrenner’s EST (1979) and the Kingdom of Bhutan’s famous GNH model were both used to guide data-analysis in order to understand the challenges to student’s mental-health including dynamic relations between the student, school system and wider community within Bhutan’s unique cultural context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used a sequential mixed methods analysis: first, quantitative data (using an on-line survey) was collected and analyzed, followed by the collection of qualitative data (using in-depth interviews) to contextualize the findings of the survey in more detail. For the on-line survey, all 179 school counselors registered in Bhutan in 2021 were invited by e-mail to take part in the survey between December 2021 and March 2022. The survey was administered in English and consisted of four parts: (I) demographics and activities, (II) the International Survey of School-Based Counselling Activities (ISSCA) (Carey, Fan, He, & Jin, 2020), (III) school counselor work conditions and (IV) impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on school counseling. The questionnaire was designed based on past research on school counseling and student-mental health in Bhutan and neighboring countries and piloted with the help of 6 Bhutanese school counselors and school staff. Data were collected from 162 school counselors. Next, in-depth interviews were carried out with 28 Bhutanese school counselors between August and September 2022 (19 on-line and 9 in-person) in order to further understand the factors that affect their work. The interviews lasted between 45 and 120 minutes and included questions about the perceived resources and challenges to their work, whether the training they received was sufficient, how school counseling is perceived by the school but also by students and their parents, and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. After transcription of the interviews, thematic analysis was conducted on the interview data using Braun and Clark’s (2006) six phases of thematic analysis of qualitative data. Next, triangulation was employed to draw specific conclusions from the quantitative and qualitative data in order to answer the research question by identifying specific mental-health and well-being challenges faced by Bhutanese students.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the survey and interview revealed first of all that the school counseling profession is still very new in Bhutan and needs to find its place in the Bhutanese context. They also provide information on the specific issues Bhutanese students approach school counselors about including academic and family-related issues but also substance abuse, physical abuse and clinical disorders such as depression and suicidal thoughts. School counselors are also involved in crisis situations such as court cases and students going missing. In relation to the research question, school counselors reported that the mental health and well-being of children and youth in Bhutan is negatively impacted by (1) cultural barriers such as stigma around mental health and the role of corporal punishment in schools, (2) the growing complexity of mental health issues for which more resources (such as additional mental health staff) and training (such as on media literacy) are needed, (3) insufficient collaboration between the family, the school and the school counselor, (4) academic pressure in Bhutanese schools which overshadows mental-health and well-being needs of students, especially students in Bhutan’s many boarding schools who are far away from their families, and (5) lock-downs, isolation and lack of privacy due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The latter was in-part reported to be due to lack of communication infrastructure in Bhutan during lock-downs which made it difficult for students to reach counselors. More concise and accurate results are further expected once the interviews are coded by a second, independent coder in order to ascertain inter-rater reliability. Results will be discussed in relation to how they can inform the relation between mental-health and well-being in education settings, including in European countries, as well as suggestions for policy.
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design: Harvard university press.

Carey, J. C., Fan, K. Y., He, L., & Jin, Y. Y. (2020). Five Dimensions of School-Based Counseling Practice: Factor Analysis Identification Using the International Survey of School Counselors' Activities. Journal of School-based Counseling Policy and Evaluation, 2(1), 4-21.

Chaudhuri, K., Dema, S., Wangmo, S., & Gautam, K. P. (2022). Self-Compassion and Positive Mental Health of Undergraduate Students of Royal University of Bhutan. Current Research in Language, Literature and Education Vol. 6, 100-116.

Dakpa, K., Rabten, W., Rai, A., & Gurung, N. (2011). Educating for GNH: A guide to advancing gross national happiness. Paro, Bhutan: Department of Curriculum, Research, and Development.

Dema, T., Tripathy, J. P., Thinley, S., Rani, M., Dhendup, T., Laxmeshwar, C., . . . Subba, D. K. (2019). Suicidal ideation and attempt among school going adolescents in Bhutan–a secondary analysis of a global school-based student health survey in Bhutan 2016. BMC Public Health, 19(1), 1-12.

Harris, B. (2013). Scoping report: International school- based counseling. Retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/259077683_Schoolbased_counselling_internationally_a_scoping_review  

Lorelle, S., & Guth, L. J. (2013). Establishing the school counseling profession in Bhutan: Reflections from the field. Journal for International Counselor Education, 5(1), 1-13.

Ministry of Education, M. (2021). Annual Education Statistics. Thimphu, Bhutan: Ministry of Education.

Ministry of Education, M. (2010). Guidance and counselling framework for schools in Bhutan. Thimphu, Bhutan: Ministry of Education.

Ministry of Health, M. (2019). MoH. National Health Accounts: Bhutan. Ministry of Health.

Namgyel, S., & Milbert, M. (2021). The Bhutanese Context on Mental Health. The Druk Journal, 7(2), 46-56.

Pelden, S. (2016). Making sense of suicides by school students in Bhutan: documenting a societal dialogue. (Doctoral dissertation). Curtin University.

Sacra, M. M. (2017). Understanding the Client's Experience of Counseling in Bhutan. (Doctoral dissertation). University of Montana.

Salmon, A. (2016). Happy Schools! A Framework for Learner Well-Being in the Asia Pacific. UNESCO Bangkok.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm09 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster

Assessment of Speaking in English as a Second Language: Teachers’ Assessment Practices Through the Lens of Note-taking

Liliann Byman Frisén

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Byman Frisén, Liliann

In a linguistically and culturally diversified Europe, the teaching, learning and assessment of foreign languages have gained attention over the last decades (European Commission, EACEA, & Eurydice, 2015). As a result, national tests in languages are currently administered in almost all European countries, and in a majority they carry high-stakes for students. The teaching and assessment of English as a foreign/second language (L2) has a particular position in Europe, where all but one of the countries administer national tests in L2 English for secondary students (European Commission et al., 2015). However, not even half of these countries include all four skills (reading, listening, writing and speaking) in national tests, and speaking is the least assessed language competence (European Commission et al., 2015). A plausible reason is the fact that speaking is the most difficult skill to assess in a reliable way (Alderson & Bachman, 2004), partly because raters need to consider numerous aspects simultaneously, and therefore, raters may pay attention to different aspects of speakers’ utterances (Bøhn, 2015). Moreover, the social situation in which a test is set affects assessment (Borger, 2019), making standardized testing of speaking particularly challenging. There is a gap in research regarding how raters of national and/or standardized tests orient to the challenges of assessing speaking when operationalizing assessment, something that could provide insight into raters’ assessment processes and in turn, how these can inform development of speaking tests.

In Sweden, which constitutes the empirical case for the present study, all students in grades 6 and 9 (12-13 and 15-16 years of age) take a national test in L2 English where students’ listening, reading, writing, and speaking skills are assessed. It is administered by the Swedish National Agency for Education but assessed by students’ own teachers. Speaking is included in part A, the National English Speaking Test (NEST). There is no specific rater training for teachers involved as raters of the NEST, but they are provided with extensive assessment guidelines from the Agency of Education. Despite these guidelines, teachers commonly construct their own note-taking document to use as a scoring template when assessing the NEST (Byman Frisén et al., 2021). Although scoring templates are recognized as mediators between the observed performances and the score awarded (McNamara, 1996), few studies have examined the role(s) they play in the assessment process. The aim of this study is to contribute to a clearer understanding of raters’ scoring processes when assessing L2 English speaking, as these emerge from raters’ reports of their note-taking practices in the assessment situation. Research questions adress how teachers take notes in the assessment situation, in what way they draw upon their notes when deciding the score, and reasons behind the creation and use of an own note-taking document.

The theoretical framework for the study is the Anthropological Theory of Didactics (ATD, Chevallard, 2007), and the idea of praxeologies that according to the theory need to be taken into account to examine ‘true’ knowledge (Chevallard, 2007, p. 133). Praxeologies consist of praxis and logos. Praxis is a type of task as well as the technique used to carry out the task, whereas logos is the logic behind using that particular technique for that particular task (the technology of the technique) as well as theory justifying the technology. Viewing note-taking documents as the technique used to carry out the task of assessing speaking in L2 English, the ATD framework is used in this study to analyze how teachers use this technique as well as analyzing the logos behind it – i.e., the discourse of why and how note-taking is beneficial for carrying out the task.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data consist of interviews (N=13) with teachers of English in Sweden, all women, that acted as raters of the speaking part of the NEST, in grade 6 and/or grade 9. Data were retrieved in two steps; a first step where five interviews were conducted, and a second step consisting of eight interviews. In the first step, interviews were conducted in connection with a previous project (Byman Frisén et al., 2021). After all five interviews in the first step had been conducted, new questions about teachers’ practices when using their note-taking document for assessment and scoring of the NEST arose, resulting in revisions of the interview guide allowing for more in-depth questions to interviewees in the second step. New interviewees were recruited from professional networks of teachers in year 6 and/or year 9. A semi-structured interview guide (Kvale, 1997) was used when interviewing participants in both steps, and all interviews were conducted individually (face-to-face or via a web-based program for online meetings).

Interviewees came from both urban and more rural areas across Sweden. Twelve of the teachers had long experience from teaching English, between 11 – 25 years, whereas one of the teachers had taught English for 5 years. Since none of the teachers assessed the NEST every year, the numbers for teacher experience and times as rater of the NEST differed, where teachers reported having acted as rater for the NEST between 4 – 17 times. Several of the participating teachers worked in schools with both year 6 and year 9 students and thus had experience from teaching and assessing English for both groups of students. However, as most teachers were employed either as teachers for years 4–6 or years 7–9, they predominantly assessed either NEST year 6 or NEST year 9.

Interviews from both steps of data retrieval were audio-recorded and transcribed ortographically. Data were analyzed using qualitative thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006) for which the software program NVivo 12 was used. Analysis was guided by the research questions for the study as well as the theoretical framework Anthropological Theory of Didactics (Chevallard, 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results show that teachers applied note-taking documents in a two-step process. In the first step, notes were taken to capture observations of students’ performances. In the second step, teachers drew on these notes to decide the score. The process was not linear but reported to go back and forth. In addition, the numerous aspects to pay attention to simultaneously during the test situation called for a need for pre-printed criteria, so that one would attend to these alone. Nonetheless, additional comments were noted down by all of the interviewed teachers when listening to students.

The complexity of the task at hand was mirrored in teachers’ talk about their assessment practices. Firstly, assessment of the NEST was carefully planned and prepared for, both in terms of preparing students for the assessment situation, and to prepare oneself for the role as rater by scrutinizing assessment guidelines. Secondly, in the second step of note-taking, teachers reported to discuss scoring decisions with colleagues or with oneself. For the most part, each rating criterion was then considered and negotiated before coming to a score decision. Thirdly, teachers reported to create a document for quick note-taking, where own symbolic systems were used for this purpose. This practice indicates a need for instant recording of one´s observations of speaking competences. In addition, although the outcome of the test was a summative score, both creation and use of note-taking documents indicated formative assessment practices. Thus, accountability was part of the discourse behind the use of the technique. Moreover, the study shows that teachers who are involved in assessment of the NEST acquire in-depth knowledge of the test construct that might contribute to their classroom-teaching of speaking skills.

References
Alderson, J., and Bachman, L. (2004). Series editors preface to Assessing Speaking. In J. Alderson and L. Bachman (Eds.), Assessing Speaking, pp. ix–xi. Cambridge University Press

Borger, L. (2019). Assessing interactional skills in a paired speaking test: Raters’ interpretation of the construct. Apples–Journal of Applied Language Studies 13: 151–74.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3:77. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa.

Byman Frisén L., Sundqvist P., Sandlund E. (2021). Policy in Practice: Teachers’ Conceptualizations of L2 English Oral Proficiency as Operationalized in High-Stakes Test Assessment. Languages, 6(4):204. https://doi.org/10.3390/languages604020

Bøhn, H. (2015). Assessing spoken EFL without a common rating scale. SAGE Open 5: 1–12.

Chevallard, Y. (2007). Readjusting Didactics to a Changing Epistemology. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 131-134.

European Commission, EACEA, & Eurydice. (2015). Languages in Secondary Education: An Overview of National Tests in Europe – 2014/15.  https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/62ac43c3-dac4-11e5-8fea-01aa75ed71a1/language-en

Kvale, S. (1997). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Studentlitteratur

McNamara, T. (1996). Measuring second language performance. Longman


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster

An investigation of Teachers’ Perceptions of Applied use of Formative Assessment in a Public School (primary) in Kazakhstan.

Nazerke Nurgali

Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Nurgali, Nazerke

Schools in Kazakhstan witnessed the most profound changes to the national curriculum and in terms of assessment in order to meet international standards. As the deep educational reforms are implements in the classroom, a phased transition of classes from the grading system to criteria-based assessment was initiated for primary classes in the 2015-2016 academic year (MoES Strategic Plan for 2016; Fifth report, 2016). The assessment reformation was needed because, in the past, teachers evaluated students' knowledge using a 1 to 5-rated scale throughout compulsory schooling (OECD,2014). However, these grades did not provide a clear picture of the students’ true academic performance.

This shifting process began in the NIS (Nazarbayev Intellectual schools). The reason for this, according to ‘The State Programme of the Education Development in the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2011-2020’ (MoES, 2010), was that the main tasks of NIS were to act as a platform for the introduction of new policies and the transfer teachers’ experience to mainstream schools. Thus, the criteria-based assessment was experienced between 2011-2016 in NIS (National Academy of Education. I. Altynsarina, 2015). From 2015, 30 pilot schools started implementing a new curriculum and criteria-based assessment, while OECD countries experienced this stage in 1980-90 (Irsaliyev et al., 2017). It was only eight years since implementation of criteria-based assessment. As a researcher I am interested to get teachers views on implementation of criteria-based assessment.

There are many purposes of FA in the classroom and the learning process in general. Students frequently have misconceptions about what are they learning, and also about the why they are learning something (White & Frederiksen, 1998). FA is its provision of quality feedback for learners, which allows the current level of students to be assessed and adequate instruction which outlines the next steps to be taken (Black et al., 2003). Thus, a main objective of FA is to identify students’ strengths and weaknesses and to inform students of their current level based on evidence, and then directing them as to how their learning needs can be met (ARG, 2002). In addition, Roskos and Neuman (2012) noted that FA helps teachers to be more conscious of the gaps in every students’ development. Teachers using FA are better able to meet the learning needs of their students, give constructive feedback, support independent learning, organize interactive assessments of students' attainments, adjust the teaching process, and find students’ weaknesses and strengths (OECD, 2014; Black &William, 1998). Hence, this positive interaction with students may only be achieved when the teacher believes in the advantages of FA. Thus, it is crucial to gain information about what do teachers think about FA. There is a gap in the literature about teachers’ perceptions of FA in Kazakhstan; I was only able to find a minimal amount of research in this context. Therefore, this study focusses on the teacher’s experience, perception, attitudes, and beliefs about FA. This study's first purpose is to gain a deeper understanding of the main opportunities and obstacles to implementing FA according to teachers' realities, whilst the second is to get teachers’ suggestions regarding the integration of FA.

Based on the purposes mentioned in the research scope and research value, two research questions have been generated to guide this study:

1) What do primary school teachers perceive as the opportunities and obstacles to using FA to support learning in their classrooms?

2) What recommendations would teachers give to improve support the use of formative FA in primary schools in Kazakhstan?

This qualitative research interviewed six primary school teachers from a Kazakhstani public school, and the data will be analysed through thematic analysis.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used


  This study aims to understand teacher perception of formative assessment better and identify opportunities and obstacles in implementation of classroom practice. Therefore, a qualitative research design was chosen to interpret teachers’ experiences.
The philosophical stance that I hold for this research is interpretivism. Interpretivism is an epistemological position that is based on people's understandings of social phenomena. My aim in this research, as an interpretivist, is to seek the reality of participants in the way they understand it rather than giving the general results of research as a complete truth. Compared to positivists who accept one correct answer, interpretivists accept multiple viewpoints of subjects (Quang, 2015). Thus, according to Than & Than (2015), the idea of multiple perspectives in interpretivism allows researchers to do in-depth research. As my research questions focus on primary school teachers’ opinions, attitudes and beliefs, I use an interpretive approach in this research.
Since my research is based on gathering qualitative data and the research purpose is to explore teacher perceptions about opportunities and obstacles in implementing formative assessment, I decided to use purposeful sampling. Six participants were chosen.. As I am looking to obtain teachers’ perceptions, I decided to use semi-structured interview as the main instrument of data collection. As my research questions explore individual teachers’ views and opinions about formative assessment practice, to use this technique provided the opportunity to communicate with participants, listen to their attitudes and provide recommendation that could not be done had a questionnaire been used instead.
Before the actual research, a pilot study was designed to test the implications of the method.
When I analyzed the data , I transcribed all interviews in Kazakh language and proof-read against the recordings. Apparently, there were difficulties in dealing with participants’ unfinished thoughts and repeated words. When all the interviews had been transcribed and anonymized to investigate teachers’ perceptions about formative assessment, an inductive thematic analysis was done.
I started the interviewing process when I received ethical approval from the University of Bristol Ethics Committee. I ensured that the participants were not harmed from the beginning of the research up until the final report. This is because the involvement of human beings in research emphasizes the critical role of principles such as autonomy, privacy, confidentiality, and the well-being of participants.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Mainly, it was found that teachers believe that FA could promote effective learning and teaching (Black & William, 1998). They claimed that FA develops life-long skills amongst students and that it meets international standards. They could see opportunities for FA in terms of providing feedback and promoting individual work . They also noted that they reflected on their use of FA methods. It seems that self-reflection helps them to make corrections and generally improve subsequent lessons.
With regards to obstacles, teachers considered certain challenges that could prevent the implementation of FA. Thus, though they were keen to use FA, they pointed out that it is not easy to do so in practice (Torrance & Pryor, 2001). All the primary school teachers involved in the present study emphasized parents' and students' resistance to FA and time constraints to its implementation. Therefore, participants suggested recommendations to cope with these issues. The primary school teachers perceived PDP as a means for developing the assessment literacy of teachers as necessary, but they felt that PDP would only be effective when it is practical and ongoing.
The teachers were asked to give their suggestions to understand what issues teachers need to solve with regard to the previously mentioned obstacles to the implementation of FA. Firstly, teachers highlighted the importance of having appropriate technology such as a computer, printer, and interactive board in the school. They believed that using technology is important to the effective use of FA. They did note that they already had such facilities in their school, but did not have sufficient for all the teachers to use. Secondly, they needed to have ongoing  PDP to support substantial classroom changes. Thirdly, teachers asked for organized workshops and training sessions for parents to explain the opportunities offered by formative assessment from the school administration.

References
Absolum, M., Flockton, L., Hattie, J. & Hipkins, R. (2009) Directions for Assessment in New Zealand.Available from : http://www.tki.org.nz/r/assessment/pdf/danz.pdf [Accessed 20th June 2020].
Adams, W.C. (2015) Conducting Semi-Structured Interviews. In: Wholey, J.S., Harty, H.P. & Newcomer, K.E. (eds.) Handbook of Practical Program Evaluation.Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, pp. 492-505.
Andrade, H. & Du, Y. (2007) Student responses to criteria-referenced self-Assessment. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education. 32 (2), 159-18.
Ash, D. & Levitt, K. (2003) Working within the zone of proximal development: Formative assessment as professional development. Journal of Science Teacher Education. 14(1),1–26.
Askew, S. & Lodge, C. (2000) Gifts, ping-pong and loops - linking feedback and learning. In: Askew, S. (eds.) Feedback for Learning. London: RoutledgeFalmer, pp.1-18.
Aslamtas,I. (2016) Teachers’ Perceptions of Using Formative Assessment Methods in the Classroom. MA Thesis , University of East Anglia.
Bailey, B. (2000) The impact of mandated change on teachers. In: A. Hargreaves & N. Bascia (eds.) The Sharp Edge of Change. Teaching, Leading and the Realities of Re/'orm. London: Falmer Press.
Bell,J.&Waters,S (2018) Doing your research project.Seventh edition. London, Open university Press. p.29.
Black, P. & Wiliam, D. (2001) Inside the Black Box: Raising standards through classroom assessment. Available from : http://weaeducation.typepad.co.uk/files/blackbox-1.pdf  [Accessed 11th July 2020].
Black, Paul and Wiliam, Dylan. (1998) 'Assessment and Classroom Learning'. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7 – 74.
Black,P & William,D( 2009) Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational assessment, Evaluation and  Accountability.21(1),5-31. Available from: https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/files/9119063/Black2009_Developing_the_theory_of_formative_assessment.pdf [Accessed 5th June 2020].
Clark,I. (2012)Formative Assessment: Assessment Is for Self-regulated Learning .Educ Psychol Rev.  24,205–249. Available at: DOI 10.1007/s10648-011-9191-6. [Accessed 20th August 2020].
Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2011) Research Methods in Education (7th Edition). London,Routledge Farmer, pp.289-290.
Cowie, B & Bell,B. (1999) A Model of Formative Assessment in Science Education. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice. 6(1), 101-116. Available at: DOI: 10.1080/09695949993026 [Accessed 10th  June 2020]
Fullan, M. (2007) The New Meaning of Educational Change. Fourth Edition. New York: Teachers College Press
Kallio,H.,Pietila,A. M.,Johnson,M & Kangasniemi,M.(2016) Systematic methodological review: developing a framework for a qualitative semi-structured interview guide. Journal of Advanced Nursing.72(12), 2954. Availableat:2965. doi: 10.1111/jan.13031/.[Accessed 11th June 2020].
National Academy of Education. I. Altynsarin, (2015) Methodological and Educational-methodological basis introduction to critical assessment system . MoES
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm10 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Introducing Teacher Education Students to Escape Rooms as a Didactic Tool for Teaching and Learning in Mathematics

Lene Hayden Taraldsen

Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Taraldsen, Lene Hayden

In the study I would like to present, the aim is to gain insight into teacher education students’ experience with the introduction of the use of escape rooms as a didactic tool in the teaching and learning of mathematics. Escape room is a new, game-based, didactic tool in school that may offer teacher education students new possibilities in the mathematics classroom. According to Nicholson (2015) escape rooms are live-action, team-based games in which the players discover clues, solve puzzles, and accomplish tasks to complete a mission in a limited amount of time. Within educational research we see a steady increase in the use of escape rooms as a didactic tool (e.g. Morell et al., 2020; Ouariachi & Wim, 2020; Taraldsen et al., 2020; Veldkamp et al., 2020), where most research articles refer to the use of escape rooms in teaching in higher education (Taraldsen et al., 2020; Veldkamp et al., 2020).

In addition, for instance Borasi and Finnegan (2010) and Van der Heijden et al. (2015) highlight the potential of teachers as change agents, and Taraldsen et al. (2020) identify this potential in the teacher education student’s position as well, because teacher education students may bring new ideas to the schools where they conduct their teaching practice as students and to the schools where they eventually work as teachers. One such idea is to use escape rooms for teaching and learning in mathematics. According to the theories of John Dewey (e.g. Dewey, 1916, 1938), experience may transfer into learning, which means that teacher education students in practice periods, and then as qualified teachers, may bring new ideas, didactic tools and possibilities to the practice field, based on what they learn during their teacher education. This is not just because they learn something specific about a didactic tool such as escape rooms, but also because, in general, they go through a significant kind of learning-based metamorphosis, from being an experienced pupil to becoming a new teacher, which may affect their beliefs about mathematics teaching and learning (e.g. Beijaard et al., 2000), and therefore what priorities to make in their teaching. Van Zoest et al. (1994) reveal that teacher education students in general have had quite traditional, experience-based beliefs about teaching and learning priorities in school mathematics when they enter a teacher education programme. Through their time at a teacher education programme the students may be introduced to, and influenced by, approaches and opinions regarding mathematics teaching and learning that may challenge their beliefs. Because of its well-documented novelty, the introduction to escape rooms offered the participating teacher education students one such belief-influencing opportunity.

Therefore, the introduction of escape rooms for use in mathematics to teacher education students may have two objectives. First, escape rooms are a new, game-based, didactic tool that offers teacher education students an example of non-traditional possibilities in the mathematics classroom. Second, the introduction may offer the opportunity to gain insight into teacher education students’ development as mathematics teachers and position as possible change agents for mathematics teaching in school, through well-grounded influence on their bildung (Hohr, 2011) as mathematics teachers. Hence, attention to these two objectives was given in my study through this research question:

How do teacher education students experience an introduction to the use of escape rooms as a didactic tool in the teaching and learning of mathematics?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study a qualitative design was applied to understand teacher education students’ experiences of the use of escape rooms as a didactic tool in the teaching and learning of mathematics. 12 teacher education students, from a group of 44 students taking a 7.5 ETCS mathematics education course in the sixth semester of a five-year-long teacher education programme, were recruited to take part in the study. The data were collected in the spring of 2021. Data were collected through three stages. At the first stage the students answered a small, qualitative survey. This was followed by a stage of observation. Finally semi-structured focus group interviews were conducted. The analyses started with a preliminary, deductive analysis, with emphasis on theory-driven identification of categories related to game-based learning and escape room, and Dewey’s theory of learning through experience. Four categories related to learning were identified: experience, self-regulation, social interaction and motivation. I then used the data from both the survey and the observation to interpret and try to understand the experience that the teacher education students were involved in and identified three areas of interest: expectations, experiences and present thoughts. In a next round of deductive analysis, I analysed the transcripts from the three focus group interviews to further investigate how teacher education students experience an introduction to use of escape rooms as a didactic tool in the teaching and learning of mathematics. This round of analysis included attention to self-regulation, social interaction and motivation in addition to experience. This deduction-based analysis was followed by multiple close readings and interpretations of the transcripts. This attempt to get a revised overall understanding of the studied introduction can be described as inductive because of the influence from my revised preconception based on the conducted deductive analyses.
These analyses of teacher education students’ experiences, along with Dewey’s theory on learning, an established understanding of impact from the teacher’s beliefs and identity on the teaching of mathematics within mathematics education research, and Klafki’s theory on categorical bildung allowed me to enter an abductive phase of analysis. The introduction to escape rooms provided the teacher education students with experiences that may have an impact on their beliefs about mathematics teaching and learning, and their bildung as mathematics teachers. However, this possible influence is hidden, both for me and for them. Hence, hypotheses can only be generated regarding bildung and the teacher education students’ possible change agent influence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings show that use of escape rooms in mathematics teaching was met from a traditional perspective on teaching and learning of mathematics in school, for instance through the importance of getting to know the solutions to problems. However, the findings also implied glimpses of willingness and curiosity about the idea of trying out this new, game-based, didactic tool. It is important to emphasize that teacher education students will face and critically interpret various didactic tools on their journey towards their future positions as teachers. The introduction to escape rooms offered them opportunities for both active and passive experiences, and to critically reflect on teaching and learning of mathematics based on application of a new didactic tool. This may have made a difference when it comes to the intrinsic impact on the students’ beliefs and thereby bildung as mathematics teachers. One of the students stated that without the well-founded introduction to escape rooms she experienced, she would have been unlikely to try out escape rooms in her own teaching practice.
By bringing escape rooms into mathematics teaching in school, the teacher education student may be recognized as a mathematics teaching change agent, but such an initiative will only stem from an inner conviction about the value of making such a didactic choice, related to one’s didactic stance. The findings in this study are based on the participation of a few teacher education students, during their introduction to this particular didactic tool. Therefore, additional research on teacher education students’ use of escape rooms as a didactic tool in practice periods, or as new teachers in primary and secondary school teaching, is needed to form an impression of their position as change agents when applying an escape room based on the didactic questions of what you learn and how you learn.

References
Beijaard, D., Verloop, N., Wubbels, T., & Feiman-Nemser, S. (2000). The professional development of
teachers. In R. J. Simmons, J. van der Linden, & T. Duffy (Eds.), New learning (pp. 261–274).
Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Borasi, R. & Finnegan, K. (2010). Entrepreneurial attitudes and behaviors that can help prepare
successful change-agents in education. New Educator, 6(1), 1–29.
Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. The
Free Press.
Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. Kappa Delta Pi.
Hohr, H. (2011). Kategorial danning og kritisk-konstruktiv didaktikk – den didaktiske tilnærmingen
hos Wolfgang Klafki [Categorical bildung and critical-constructive didactics – the didactical approach of Wolfgang Klafki]. In K. Steinsholt & S. Dobson (Eds.), Dannelse. Introduksjon til et ullent pedagogisk landskap [Bildung. Introduction to a woolly pedagogical landscape], (pp. 163–175). Tapir Akademisk Forlag.
Morell, B. L. M., Eukel, H. N., & Santurri, L. E. (2020). Soft skills and implications for future
professional practice: Qualitative findings of a nursing education escape room. Nurse Education Today, 93, 104462.
Nicholson, S. (2015). Peeking behind the locked door: A survey of escape room facilities. Scott
Nicholson homepage. http://scottnicholson.com/pubs/erfacwhite.pdf
Ouariachi, T. & Wim, E. J. L. (2020). Escape rooms as tools for climate change education: an
exploration of initiatives. Environmental Education Research, 26(8), 1193–1206.
Taraldsen, L. H., Haara, F. O., Lysne, M. S., Jensen, P. R., & Jenssen, E. S. (2020). A review on use of
escape rooms in education – Touching the void. Education Inquiry, 13(2), 169–184.
Van der Heijden, H. R. M. A., Geldens, J. J. M., Beijaard, D., & Popeijus, H. L. (2015). Characteristics of
teachers as change agents. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 681–699.
Van Zoest, L. R., Jones, G. A., & Thornton, C. A. (1994). Beliefs about mathematics teaching held by
pre-service teachers involved in a first grade mentorship program. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 6(1), 37–55.
Veldkamp, A., van de Grint, L., Knippels, M.-C. P. J., & van Joolingen, W. R. (2020b). Escape
Education: A systematic review on escape rooms in education. Educational Research Review, 31, 100364.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Fair Assessment. A research with prospective teachers

Debora Aquario, Elisabetta Ghedin, Alioscia Miotto, Ignacio Pais, Federica Pasqual, Eleonora Zorzi

University of Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Aquario, Debora; Zorzi, Eleonora

An increased focus on equity and justice in education emerges from the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, where the commitment is to provide inclusive and equitable quality education at all levels, as well as from other European and international documents (OECD, 2012, 2005; UNESCO, 2015). However, little is known about the specific field of learning assessment and about the possible enhancement for assessment processes when inspired by discourses about justice, equity and fairness.

The present contribution is part of a larger research project SHIFT (Shaping and Inspiring a Fair Thinking in assessment) that aims to investigate how to shift assessment practices toward equity and justice/fairness and how the assessment methods can meet the diversity of the students. Specifically in this contribution the aim is to explore how and when an assessment process or practice is fair/equitable from the students’ perspective.

Empirical and theoretical studies have highlighted the need to investigate the students’ insights about the introduction of the issue of justice in the assessment field. A review by Struyven et al. (2005) reveals that from university students’ points of view, assessment has a positive effect on their learning and is ‘fair’ when it: (1) relates to authentic tasks; (2) represents reasonable demands; (3) encourages them to apply knowledge to realistic contexts; (4) emphasizes the need to develop a range of skills; and (5) is perceived to have long-term benefits. Other studies with university students (Lizzio et al., 2007) show the contribution of some factors of fair assessment to the perception of a fair academic environment: the transparency and objectivity (‘Students are assessed on clear and objective criteria’) and the equity (‘Rules and procedures are applied consistently and fairly’) of the learning and assessment process.

Other relevant studies (Pepper and Pathak, 2008; Scott et al., 2014; Flores et al., 2015; Murillo & Hidalgo, 2017) show that students give great attention to some aspects when defining an assessment as fair: 1) explicitness in grading criteria, 2) frequent feedback, 3) assessment capacity to meet the characteristics of each student, 4) equality for all in terms of conditions and support, 5) participation in the assessment process, 6) focus on the effort and the progress (not just the results), 7) continuity and flexibility, 8) attention to aspects not strictly related to learning, such as their attitude, empathy, respect for peers, 9) learner-centred approach to assessment.

A study by Pitt and Winstone (2018) investigates the role of anonymous marking on university students’ perspectives about fairness by exploring whether students perceive anonymous marking as fairer than non-anonymous marking. Results revealed no significant difference according to whether or not marking was anonymous. The study suggests to seriously question whether transparency and equity require anonymous marking and to distinguish between anonymous grading and anonymous feedback (Whitelegg, 2002): whilst anonymous grading has clear advantages (such as removal of bias/prejudgement), the provision of feedback on an anonymous basis is potentially problematic because it disrupts the feedback loop by removing the individualisation of feedback comments, increasing the distance between staff and students. The specific aim of the presented research is to explore these issues with a group of students enrolled in teacher education programmes. Their perspectives and insights about how to shift assessment cultures and practices towards fairness are relevant given their path for becoming teachers in addition to the fact that reflecting upon the nature and the purposes of assessment is fundamental for the development of their professional identity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
SHIFT intends to give value to the logic and the flow of the 4-D model of the Appreciative Inquiry (AI) generating the positive energy that is needed to carry out changes.
Specifically, the present contribution is aimed at focussing on a part of the second step “Dream”. It invites to ask “what might be” and how things might work well in the future, imagining and envisioning ideas and practices. A group of 250 prospective teachers were involved in a qualitative research.
Specifically, 200 students enrolled in the teacher education program at University of Padova completed a written interview. Written interviews were collected in the context of a course for pre-service teachers at the teacher education programme (Course taught: Didactics and Pedagogy for inclusion) and at the time of the course,the participants were in their third year of studies.
Moreover, 50 students from 5 different countries (UK, Turkey, Lithuania, Netherlands and Portugal) and enrolled in teacher education programs participated in 4 focus groups. All the participants were informed about the pedagogical and research purposes of the data collection, which was also to promote reflection as an important part of teachers’ professional development.
The same appreciative questions guided the reflection in written interviews and in the focus groups with the aim to foster the capacity to aspire and imagine possible and future actions about learning assessment. The students were required to reflect upon each question. They received the following guidelines: ‘Reflect upon your experiences of learning assessment. Take into account the following questions: 1) In your idea of the school of the future, what role does assessment play? How should it be? What features should it have? 2) How might we shift assessment practices toward equity, justice and fairness? How might we assess for learning and growth of all students? 3) How future assessment methods meet the diversity of the students? and 4) Have you ever felt, or do you know someone, excluded from the assessment? In your experience, is there anything that assessment has allowed you to do and enhance, or exclude?’
Data from written interviews and transcriptions of focus groups are analysed by content analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data analysis revealed the capacity of the appreciative protocol of interview to generate positive and creative answers. Collected answers contained reflections about a possible dialogue between assessment and the issues of equity and fairness as well as practical implications of introducing these dimensions in the assessment discourse and procedure. Alternative assessment practices (self-assessment, peer-assessment, portfolio) are perceived as helpful to learn in a more in-depth way and “fair procedures” (the feeling is that traditional examinations are an unfair measure of learning). Also the ‘essay’ is perceived as helpful to reduce feelings of injustice. In any case, two factors seem related to a perception of fairness in assessment: quality feedback (and communication in general) and transparency of the assessment process (above all in the phase of constructing and sharing criteria). Another issue is the connection between fairness and the discourse about the students’ rights: assessment practices are fair if able to protect students’ rights as having the opportunities to participate in the learning process and to demonstrate learning. This is in line with Elwood and Lundy (2010) sustaining that an equitable assessment is a right that implies “equality of opportunity for all, without discrimination on any grounds” (p. 345).
Further analyses are expected to reveal useful aspects to be shared and then implemented in schools. Specifically, the ideas and observations participants have envisioned in the Dream step will be translated into innovative actions and ways to bring into existence the “preferred future” about fair assessment for sustaining the change in assessment cultures and practices.

References
Elwood J., & Lundy L. (2010). Revisioning assessment through a children’s rights approach: Implications for policy, process and practice. Research Papers in Education, 25(3): 335–353.
Flores M. A., Veiga Simao A.M., Barros A. and Pereira D. (2015). Perceptions of effectiveness, fairness and feedback of assessment methods: a study in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 40, 9: 1523-1534.
Flórez Petour M. T., Rozas Assael T., Gysling J. and Olave Astorga J. M. (2018). The consequences of metrics for social justice: tensions, pending issues, and questions. Oxford Review of Education, 44, 5: 651-667.
Hanesworth P., Bracken S. and Elkington S. (2019). A typology for a social justice approach to assessment: Learning from universal design and culturally sustaining pedagogy. Teaching in Higher Education, 24 (1): 98-114.
Heritage M., Wylie C. (2018). Reaping the benefits of assessment for learning: achievement, identity, and equity. ZDM, 50 (4): 729–741.
Hidalgo N., Murillo F.J. (2016). Evaluación de Estudiantes para la Justicia Social. Propuesta de un Modelo. Revista Internacional de Educación para la Justicia Social (RIEJS), 5(2): 159-179.
Klenowski V. (2014). Towards fairer assessment. Australian Educational Researcher, 41: 445–470.
Lizzio A., Wilson K. and Hadaway V. (2007). University students’ perceptions of a fair learning environment: a social justice perspective. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 32, 2: 195-213.
McArthur J. (2016). Assessment for social justice: the role of assessment in achieving social justice. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 41, 7: 967-981.
Murillo F. J., Hidalgo N. (2017). Students’ conceptions about a fair assessment of their learning. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 53: 10-16.
Pepper M. B., Pathak S. (2008). Classroom contribution: What do students perceive as fair assessment? Journal of Education for Business, 83(6): 360–368.
Pitt E., Winstone N. (2018). The impact of anonymous marking on students’ perceptions of fairness, feedback and relationships with lecturers. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43, 7: 1183-1193.
Sambell K., McDowell L. and Montgomery C. (2013). Assessment for Learning in Higher Education. Abingdon: Routledge.
Scott S., Webber C. F., Lupart J. L., Aitken N. and Scott D. E. (2014). Fair and equitable assessment practices for all students. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 21,1: 52-70.
Tierney R. D. (2013). Fairness in classroom assessment. In: McMillan J. H., editor, SAGE Handbook of Research on Classroom Assessment (pp. 125-144). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Tierney R.D. (2014). Fairness as a multifaceted quality in classroom assessment. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 43: 55-69.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Development of a Video-Based Learning Platform to Improve the Diagnostic Competence of Teachers in Inclusive Science Education Classrooms

Max Thevißen, Eva Blumberg

University of Paderborn, Germany

Presenting Author: Thevißen, Max; Blumberg, Eva

With the ratification of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, societies worldwide faced the challenge of developing an inclusive education system that provides access to education for all children (UN, 2006). Teaching in increasingly diverse and heterogeneous classrooms requires a great deal of professional competence on the part of the teaching staff. A central aspect of being able to do justice to all children individually is the development of a distinctive didactic and diagnostic competence. In the DiPoSa project (Didaktisch diagnostische Potentiale des inklusionsorientierten Sachunterrichts), further education and training modules are being developed to help implement formative assessment as an everyday teacher activity and an elementary part of the teaching profession (Schroeder, Blumberg, Kottmann, Miller & Reh, 2021).

There are different approaches to pedagogical diagnostics that imply process- and product-oriented approaches. The different types of diagnosis have been applied in teaching practice and currently, in inclusive classrooms, it is mainly support diagnosis that is linked to an assumed improvement of the initial situation through adaptive support measures that is common (Heimlich & Kahlert, 2012). However, due to the important role of special needs education in Germany, support diagnosis also has the dual function of diagnosis and selection. The research work in the DiPoSa project is based on didactic diagnostics that are directly integrated into the classroom and are suitable for everyday use to accompany teaching-learning processes. This strength-oriented understanding of diagnostics in the heterogeneous classroom takes on a special significance when based on the increasing labelling of pupils with special educational needs in Germany in recent years, which is justified by the support-oriented diagnostics from the beginning and the political requirements (KMK, 2008; 2020).

The subject of science education, with its subject-immanent resource orientation, offers many opportunities to see diversity in the classroom as a chance to use many different potentials (Prengel, 2016). For this reason, the DiPoSa project is located in science education and offers the possibility to define a subject-specific understanding of diagnosis. Didactic diagnostics should enable teachers to support all children during lessons by designing the learning offer in such a way that it is adapted to the interests and needs of the children and problem definitions are reflected against this background (Liebers, Maier, Prengel & Schönknecht, 2013; Schönknecht & Maier, 2012 ¸ Schroeder, 2016). This form of formative assessment takes place in the didactic context of science education lessons and enables teachers to offer adaptive learning settings. In the IGEL study (2017), formative assessment was found to have positive effects on students' concept development, which is in line with previous study results that attribute a beneficial effect to the increased use of formative assessment (Decristan et al., 2017).

A special concern of the work in this project is the continuous iterative cooperation of science and practice in order to develop a training and further education offer for teachers that is suitable for practice and that promotes the development of a resource-oriented didactic diagnosis.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To have great transfer effects into practice, the design-based-research approach was chosen for DiPoSa, which requires close science-practice cooperation (Reinmann, 2005; McKenney & Reeves, 2019). The aim of this science-practice cooperation was to develop a video-based learning platform that can be used in both university teacher training and in-service teacher training to promote the didactic-diagnostic competence of all participants. At the beginning, group discussions were conducted at the participating primary schools to ascertain the current status and needs of the teachers in dealing with diversity and heterogeneity in inclusive science education. Following on from this, regular development conferences were held at which the information gathered was first discussed and then clustered into different sub-areas. These sub-areas were called "building blocks". Each "building block" is given a different name (e.g. experimentation, language, etc.) and represents the visible potential of inclusive science education from the perspective of the teachers involved. Subsequently, "building block groups" were formed, consisting of representatives from science and practice, who were to deal with their respective building block in depth. During this development process, series of lessons were videotaped in the science education lessons of the teachers involved, so that a basis was given for the video-based learning platform to be developed. These videos were jointly evaluated and assigned to the respective modules, so that there are video sequences on the learning platform for each module, which are followed by good learning tasks to improve the didactic-diagnostic competence of the teachers.
Using a pre-post vignette test design with a control group, possible effects on the improvement of the didactic-diagnostic competence of the participants of the intervention will be evaluated. For this purpose, two selected video sequences were implemented in an online questionnaire with open response formats. The teachers involved in the project viewed the videos and within 5 minutes noted down an initial professional assessment of the situation they had seen on the basis of three guiding questions. They were then able to watch the video again and add their observations to their notes without time pressure. These assessments were summarised and serve as an expert opinion to compare the statements of the training participants. In addition, the training participants ticked scales on non-cognitive aspects such as attitudes towards inclusive science education or self-efficacy beliefs about designing inclusive science education and about diagnosing in inclusive science education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The development of didactic-diagnostic competence in the sense of formative assessment is of great importance for the successful design of inclusive science teaching (e. g. Black & Wiliam, 1998; Hattie, 2013; Wylie et al., 2012). The video-based learning platform developed in the DiPoSa project together with the teachers will offer the students of the experimental group the possibility to improve their professional competence in combination with the required theoretical input. This learning platform is a learning offer that has emerged from a close science-practice cooperation and thus has the claim to demonstrate transferable effects for teaching practice. Making these effects visible should be the subject of further research.
As the work on the teaching platform is ongoing, the initial results may allow conclusions to be drawn for modifications to the video-based tool. Dealing with teaching situations from practice offers students and teachers a good learning opportunity to improve their diagnostic skills. Through the design-based-research approach, there is a great added value for teachers and especially researchers in the development and improvement of the tool (Reinmann, 2005; McKenney & Reeves, 2019). Through this close science-practice coordination, the actual diversity in German classrooms can be seen as an opportunity to develop diverse potentials, as they become more visible through the improvement of teachers' diagnostic skills in further education and training.
Enenkiel, Bartel, Walz & Roth (2022) have conducted a study in which students were able to significantly improve their diagnostic skills for secondary school students in mathematics using a video-based learning platform. Similar results are therefore expected for the competence growth of students participating in the DiPoSa project intervention.
In this poster presentation, the structure of the research project in terms of the design-based-research approach and the development status of the video-based learning platform will be presented.

References
Black, P. & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and Classroom Learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74.
Decristan, J., Hardy, I., Klieme, E., Büttner, G., Hertel, S., Kunter, M. et al. (2017). Individuelle Förderung und adaptive Lerngelegenheiten im Grundschulunterricht. In: U. Hartmann, M. Hasselhorn & A. Gold (Hrsg.), Entwicklungsverläufe verstehen -Individuelle  Förderung wirksam gestalten. Forschungsergebnisse des Frankfurter IDeA-Zentrums (S.312–326). Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.
Enenkiel, P., Bartel, M. E., Walz, M., & Roth, J. (2022). Diagnostische Fähigkeiten mit der videobasierten Lernumgebung ViviAn fördern. Journal für Mathematik-Didaktik, 43(1), 67-99.
Hattie, J. (2013). Lernen sichtbar machen. Überarbeitete deutschsprachige Ausgabe von "Visible Learning“. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider.
Heimlich, U. & Kahlert, J. (2012). Inklusion in Schule und Unterricht. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.
Kultusministerkonferenz (2008). Sonderpädagogische Förderung in Schulen 1997 bis 2006. Bonn/Berlin: Statistische Veröffentlichungen, Dokumentation Nr. 185.
Kultusministerkonferenz (2020). Sonderpädagogische Förderung in Schulen 2009 bis 2018. Berlin: Statistische Veröffentlichungen, Dokumentation Nr. 223.
Liebers, K., Maier, P., Prengel, A. & Schönknecht, G. (2013). Pädagogische Diagnostik und Lernwege von Kindern im inklusiven Sachunterricht. In S. Wittkowske & K. v. Maltzahn (Hrsg.), Lebenswirklichkeit und Sachunterricht. Erfahrungen - Ergebnisse - Entwicklungen (S. 48–62). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
McKenney, S. & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting Educational Design Research (2. Auflage). London: Routledge.
Prengel, A. (2016). Didaktische Diagnostik als Element alltäglicher Lehrerarbeit - Formatives Assessment im inklusiven Unterricht. In B. Amrhein (Hrsg.), Diagnostik im Kontext inklusiver Bildung (S. 49–63). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Reinmann, G. (2005). Innovation ohne Forschung? Ein Plädoyer für den Design-Based Research-Ansatz in der Lehr-Lernforschung. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 33(1), 52–69.
Schroeder, R. (2016). Diagnostik im inklusiven Sachunterricht - Zwischen Fachbezug und Lebenswelt. In H. Giest, T. Goll & A. Hartinger (Hrsg.), Sachunterricht - zwischen Kompetenzorientierung, Persönlichkeitsentwicklung, Lebenswelt und Fachbezug (S. 75–83). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Schroeder, R., Blumberg, E., Kottmann, B.,  Miller, S. & Reh, A. (2021). Chancen des inklusionsorientierten Sachunterrichts für didaktisch-diagnostisches Handeln – Konzeptionelle und methodologisch-methodische Grundlagen eines forschungsbasierten Entwicklungsansatzes für die Lehrer*innenbildung. Qualifizierung für Inklusion. Online-Zeitschrift zur Forschung über Aus-, Fort- und Weiterbildung pädagogischer Fachkräfte. 3(2), 1-18.
Schönknecht, G. & Maier, P. (2012). Diagnose und Förderung im Sachunterricht. Kiel: IPN.
United Nations (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities [CRPD]. Available at: http://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/convention/convoptprot-e.pdf (last accessed: 26 January 2023).
Wylie, E. C., Gullickson, A., Cummings, K., Noakes, L., Egelson, P., Norman, K. & Veeder, S. (2012). Improving Formative Assessment Practice to Empower Student Learning. Thousend Oaks: Corwin.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

What Kinds of Factors Are Related to Danish Student Teachers' Study Intensity?

Eyvind Elstad, Are Turmo, Knut-Andreas Christophersen

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Elstad, Eyvind

The teacher education in Denmark is an education that has been reformed again and again. In connection with the 2013 teacher training, admissions interviews were held with all applicants who have below 7.0 in upper secondary school average. The results of an evaluation study indicate that the admissions interviews have contributed to reducing the dropout from teacher training among students admitted via quota 2 (EVA, 2017). There is only motivation that says something with some certainty about the student teachers' dropout probability (EVA, 2017). Over time, there is a decreasing number of first-priority applicants for teacher training (apart from the year 2020), and there is a relatively high dropout rate from teacher training compared to other major professional training programs. It is therefore important to attract skilled and motivated students and to retain them in the education and in teaching.

With the 2013 reform of teacher training, a significant change followed in the relationship between vocational colleges and schools regarding the responsibility for student teachers' teaching practice. Until then, the teacher education program was responsible for the quality and quantity of the student teacher's practice, but after 2013 the school became an equal educational partner for the implementation of the student teacher's three practice modules. Since the reform, the schools have been obliged to draw up a plan, which the university of applied sciences must approve, for the content and structure of the student teacher's progress and results within the three modules, based on the modules' competence targets. The university of applied sciences' teachers supplement the guidance from the school's staff and participate in the investigation of student teachers' reflections on their practice module. However, available resources to ensure systematic contact between teacher educators from the vocational colleges and the schools' practice supervisors are not extensive.

This article focuses on study intensity. The use of time in higher education has in several countries become an increasingly important area in the debate about good education. The basis for the goal of increased study intensity is the desire for better teacher training (Goldhaber, 2019; Goldhaber, Liddle & Theobald, 2013). The quality of the teacher's work with teaching and guidance has a significant impact on student learning (Gansle, Noell & Burns, 2012; Chetty, Friedman & Rockoff, 2014). Spending time in study work is a prerequisite for dedicated learning in campus-based teaching. For this reason, we argue that study intensity is an important prerequisite for campus-based teaching to work well.

The purpose of this article is to investigate what kind of factors are statistically associated with study intensity in the campus-based part of teacher education. In this article, study intensity means the student teacher's time spent on teacher training and indicates the sum of the student's activities devoted to their studies: lectures/ group teaching/ guest lecture, dialogue-based teaching, study groups and individual study work. There is an obligation to attend the internship, but not in the campus teaching. The study intensity can therefore vary from student to student. We limit ourselves to some factors that are partly about the student teachers' motivation and self-discipline, but also about how the student teachers perceive the demands and the pressure that the study gives. The latter is connected with the fact that the development group points to a changed learning culture so that all students experience being met with high expectations (through formal requirements, more teaching hours and feedback, etc.).We assume that a student teacher's study intensity depends on the student teacher's internal factors - motivation and self-discipline - as well as how the student teacher perceives the demands made.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a research project that studies the quality dimensions of teacher education in the Nordic countries. In order to investigate and test the four hypotheses, we have carried out a quantitative questionnaire survey. The questionnaire was sent to Danish student teachers at vocational colleges in 2017. The analyzes are based on responses from 1224 student teachers from four different campuses in Jutland. In the survey, student teachers responded on a seven-point Likert scale. The indicators (Table 1) had previously been validated in a similar study in Norway and Finland
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The coefficient for students' self-discipline is significant, and the value 0.31 indicates that the correlation between self-discipline and time-on-task is moderately strong. External academic pressure (han) is somewhat weaker (0.14) associated with study intensity, but still statistically significant. On the other hand, intrinsic motivation is only weakly (0.06) associated with study intensity. The coefficient for self-determined extrinsic motivation is also weak (0.03). Neither the coefficient for intrinsic motivation nor extrinsic motivation is significantly related to study intensity.
A main result of this study is that the students' self-discipline stands out by being clearly statistically linked to the students' study intensity (time spent in study work). External academic pressure is somewhat more weakly associated with study intensity than self-discipline, but it is there.
Since much of the teaching takes place in teacher-led teaching, the individual teacher in the campus teaching has opportunities to build relationships with the student teachers. This relationship can be useful for student teachers to make an effort to fulfill the teacher educator's expectations of high study intensity (Kim & Schallert, 2011). In other words, this relationship may have an impact on whether student teachers' self-discipline is triggered in critical moments when student teachers may be tempted to low effort. Therefore, we believe that strategies to strengthen relationships and create closeness between teacher and student can be useful strategies to increase study intensity.
Self-discipline can also be seen as a characteristic of the individual student teacher. On the other hand, there are several studies that show that self-discipline can be practiced and that it is influenced by how student teachers perceive the requirements of an education.
A limitation is that we do not have variables dealing with the quality of campus teaching itself. We acknowledge this limitation and suggest that this be part of future research.

References
Ashton, P. (1984). Teacher efficacy: A motivational paradigm for effective teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 35(5), 28-32. https://doi.org/10.1177/002248718403500507
Baumeister, R., & Tierney, J. (2011). Willpower: Rediscovering the greatest human strength. Penguin.
Blickle, G. (1996). Personality traits, learning strategies, and performance. European Journal of personality, 10(5), 337–352. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1099-0984(199612)10:5<337::AID-PER258>3.0.CO;2-7
Brophy, J. (1986). Teacher influences on student achievement. American Psychologist, 41(10), 1069-1077. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.41.10.1069
Bruch, S. K., & Soss, J. (2018). Schooling as a formative political experience: Authority relations and the education of citizens. Perspectives on Politics, 16(1), 36-57. https://doi 10.21913/jps.v5i1.1483
Calderhead, J. (1991). The nature and growth of knowledge in student teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 7(5-6), 531-536. https://doi.org/10.1016/0742-051X(91)90047-S
Chetty, R., Friedman, J. N., Rockoff, J. E. (2014). Measuring the impacts of teachers II: Teacher value-added and student outcomes in adulthood. The American Economic Review, 104(9), 2633-2679. https://doi: 10.1257/aer.104.9.2633
Diseth, Å., Mathisen, F. K. S., & Samdal, O. (2020). A comparison of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation among lower and upper secondary school students. Educational Psychology, 40(8), 961-980. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2020.1778640
Duckworth, A. (2016). Grit: The power of passion and perseverance.  Scribner.
EVA (2017). Effekten af optagelsessamtaler på læreruddannelsen. Danmarks Evalueringsinstitut.
Gansle, K. A., Noell, G. H., & Burns, J. M. (2012). Do student achievement outcomes differ across teacher preparation programs? An analysis of teacher education in Louisiana. Journal of Teacher Education, 63(5), 304-317. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487112439894
Gettinger, M. (1986). Issues and trends in academic engaged time of students. Special Services in the Schools, 2(4), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1300/J008v02n04_01
Goldhaber, D. (2019). Evidence-based teacher preparation: Policy context and what we know. Journal of Teacher Education, 70(2), 90-101. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487118800712
Goldhaber, D., Liddle, S., & Theobald, R. (2013). The gateway to the profession: Assessing teacher preparation programs based on student achievement. Economics of Education Review, 34, 29-44. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2013.01.011
Grossman, P. L. (1989). Learning to teach without teacher education. Teachers College Record, 91(2), 191–208. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146818909100201
Hampson, S. E. (2012). Personality processes: Mechanisms by which personality traits “get outside the skin”. Annual review of psychology, 63, 315-339. https://doi: 10.1146/annurev-psych-120710-100419  
Hanushek, E. A., & Woessmann, L. (2020). Education, knowledge capital, and economic growth. The economics of education, 171-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-815391-8.00014-8
Kim, M., & Schallert, D. L. (2011). Building caring relationships between a teacher and students in a teacher preparation program word-by-word, moment-by-moment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(7), 1059-1067. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.05.002
Kline, R. B. (2005). Principle and practice of structural equation modeling. The Guildford Press.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Teacher Education Curricula Towards Balancing Theory and Practice: A Comparative Study of American and French-Patterned Universities in Lebanon

Talar Agopian

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Agopian, Talar

Lebanon is a socially and religiously diverse country, hence, Lebanese higher education is also diversified (Abouchedid & BouZeid, 2017). Universities are classified based on the higher education model they follow, such as the American and French models (El-Amine, 1997; BouJaoude, 2000; Ghaith, 2012). The differences in academic models can be ascribed to the philosophy of education that each model follows (Nauffal, 2009), and the curricula of each model are developed complementarily to the system they follow (Freiha, 1997).

The American-patterned universities offer undergraduate programs like those offered in the USA. They have a credit-point course system, focus on general education and elective courses (Freiha, 1997; “Education in Lebanon,” 2017), conduct assessment frequently, and have English as the language of instruction (Nauffal, 2009). The French-patterned universities use coefficients instead of credits, offer three- or four-year degrees, and provide early specialization (BouJaoude, 2000). While literature informs us of differences in higher education in general between the two models, this study will use the review of literature as a theoretical assumption to do a comparison in Teacher Education (TE) curricula between the two models. TE is offered by 15 universities in Lebanon (El-Mouhayar & BouJaoude, 2012). Teachers are required to receive three years of undergraduate education at the education department of any university to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree in Education (“Education in Lebanon,” 2017).

The theory of Lee Shulman will be used as a framework. According to Shulman (1986), prospective teachers acquire different knowledge bases during their initial preparation. Content Knowledge (CK) is highly specialized knowledge and is acquired in formal learning environments (Shulman, 1987). Previously, it was thought that specific content was what a teacher needed to know to teach (Kind, 2009, as cited in Fernandez, 2014). However, practical knowledge should supplement theoretical knowledge, hence, Pedagogical Knowledge (PK) is also essential. PK is psychological knowledge, it is not subject-specific, and it includes skills that help teachers create effective learning environments (Voss et al., 2011, as cited in Kunter et al., 2013). Additionally, Pedagogical Content Knowledge (PCK) has been conceptualized as the knowledge required by teachers to be able to transfer content to students (Kleickmann et al., 2012). PCK differentiates a pedagogue from an expert in content and is thus important for prospective teachers to acquire (Shulman, 1987). Technology Knowledge (TK) encompasses knowledge about various technologies such as computers, the Internet, and software applications (Koehler & Mishra, 2008, as cited in Öz, 2015). According to Jamieson-Proctor et al. (2010), TE programs should provide prospective teachers with TK to enable them to integrate technology into teaching. In 2006, Mishra & Koehler built on Shulman’s theory of PCK and introduced the concept of Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) to describe the integration of technology into teaching (Schmidt et al., 2009).

This study aims to explore the perceived effectiveness of TE curricula in American and French-patterned universities in Lebanon as described by graduate teachers from both systems. Other aims are to describe the content of TE curricula, to examine the knowledge bases acquired, to identify similarities and differences in programs and challenges, and to propose reforms to improve quality of curricula.

The research questions are:

1. What is the attitude of schoolteachers who have graduated from American and French-patterned universities in Lebanon about the balance between theoretical and practical courses in their TE curricula?

2. How do schoolteachers from both systems evaluate the duration and quality of their practicum experience?

3. Which knowledge bases from Shulman’s theory are acquired by prospective teachers in both systems?

4. What reforms to TE curricula do schoolteachers from both systems suggest?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will adopt the qualitative approach since it aims to identify the perception of schoolteachers about TE curricula. Qualitative research attempts to understand the meaning individuals construct about their experiences (Merriam & Grenier, 2019) and results in data about the experiences and perspectives of participants (Wray & Barrett, 2022). Through interview questions and the resulting discussions, researchers can gain an understanding of the experiences of participants (Husband, 2020). This study will follow the interpretive design, in which the research questions relate to a particular setting and time (Schwartz-Shea & Yanow, 2013), and the methods of data collection are interviews, observations, and documents (Merriam & Grenier, 2019).
Researchers should select participants who are likely to have had the experiences that the questions are asking about (Magnusson & Marecek, 2015). Therefore, I will conduct semi-structured interviews with schoolteachers who have graduated from American and French-patterned universities in Lebanon. These will be teachers who have obtained their teaching degrees within the past three years. I will interview ten graduates from each model from six universities selected for this study, making the total number of my participants twenty.
To reach out to participants, I will post advertisements in social media groups of Lebanese teachers. Once I get participants, I will use chain referral, which involves researchers asking participants to suggest names of others who could be potential participants (Creswell & Guetterman, 2021). I will also use targeted nominations, which entails researchers asking people who are not part of the study to nominate suitable participants (Magnusson & Marecek, 2015). I will ask university instructors to suggest names of TE graduates.
The process of reaching concepts, themes, and categories from the gathered data is inductive (Merriam & Grenier, 2019). My data will be analyzed using the inductive content analysis method in two stages: in the first stage, the content of the recorded interviews will be analyzed using the transcriptions, and data pertinent to my research questions will be selected. In the second stage, analysis will be performed following the thematic analysis coding technique, and the recurring themes that are generated will form the main categories that will be presented in the results and elaborated on in the discussion to answer the research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To identify expected results, it is essential to conduct a review of literature. The curricula in Lebanese universities, both American and French models, stress mainly on theoretical courses, with little emphasis given to practical courses (Freiha, 1997; Farah-Sarkis, 1997, as cited in BouJaoude, 2000; Ghaith, 2012). Moreover, in TE programs, practical field work comprises less than 25% of the whole program (Farah-Sarkis, 1997, as cited in El-Mouhayar & BouJaoude, 2012). In private universities that follow the American system, students do practice teaching for six months, whereas in universities that follow the French system, students do practice teaching for a minimum of one year (Naccache, 2021). According to El-Mouhayar & BouJaoude (2012), TE programs in Lebanon do not provide prospective teachers with the knowledge and skills necessary to cater for the needs of all kinds of students in their classrooms. However, according to Ghaith (2012), in Lebanon, TE programs highlight students’ acquisition of knowledge and skills of teaching, as well as content knowledge and pedagogical content knowledge.
In this study, by conducting interviews with participants who have graduated from universities in Lebanon and are teaching, I will examine the attitudes and perspectives of the teachers regarding the practical courses in their TE programs. This way, I will obtain evidence concurring with or contradicting previous research on Lebanese university TE programs. The expected results would be that teachers find the practicum experience and the practical courses insufficient, and they would prefer if they had acquired more practical knowledge and skills during their years of study.

References
Abouchedid, K., & BouZeid, M. (2017). Lebanon: Legacy of the past and present challenges. Education in the Arab World, 59-85.

BouJaoude, S. (2000). Science Teacher Preparation in Lebanon. In Science teacher education (pp. 45-74). Springer, Dordrecht.

Creswell, J. W., & Guetterman, T. C. (2021). Educational Research: Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research. Pearson.

Education in Lebanon. (2017, May 2). WENR. From https://wenr.wes.org/2017/05/education-in-lebanon

El-Amine, A. (1997). Higher education in Lebanon. Lebanese Association for Educational Studies Publications, Beirut.

El-Mouhayar, R., & BouJaoude, S. (2012). Structural and conceptual foundations of teacher education programs in selected universities in Lebanon. Recherches Pédagogique: Revue éditée par la Faculté de Pédagogie de l’Université Libanaise, Beyrouth, 22, 37-60.

Freiha, N. (1997). Curricula in higher education institutions. In A. El-Amine (Ed.). Higher Education in Lebanon. Beirut: Lebanese Association for Educational Sciences.

Ghaith, G. (2012). A concept note on enhancing teacher training and cooperation among faculties and departments of education in public and private universities in Lebanon. Recherches Pédagogique: Revue éditée par la Faculté de Pédagogie de l’Université Libanaise, Beyrouth, 22, 7-25.

Husband, G. (2020). Ethical data collection and recognizing the impact of semi-structured interviews on research respondents. Education Sciences, 10(8), 206.

Magnusson, E., & Marecek, J. (2015). Making decisions about participants. In Doing Interview-based Qualitative Research: A Learner's Guide (pp. 34-45). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/CBO9781107449893.004

Merriam, S. B., & Grenier, R. S. (Eds.). (2019). Qualitative research in practice: Examples for discussion and analysis. John Wiley & Sons.

Nauffal, D. I. (2009). Do educational outcomes in Lebanese universities differ based on the academic model? Education, Business and Society: Contemporary Middle Eastern Issues.

Öz, H. (2015). Assessing pre-service English as a foreign language teachers' technological pedagogical content knowledge. International Education Studies, 8(5), 119-130. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1060887

Schmidt, D. A., Baran, E., Thompson, A. D., Mishra, P., Koehler, M. J., & Shin, T. S. (2009). Technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK): The development and validation of an assessment instrument for preservice teachers. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(2), 123-149. https://web-s-ebscohost-com.ezproxy.is.cuni.cz/ehost/pdfviewer/pdfviewer?vid=0&sid=27b18fe1-e740-4cbd-87cc-93679342938d%40redis

Schwartz-Shea, P., & Yanow, D. (2013). Interpretive research design: Concepts and processes. Routledge.

Shulman, L. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-23. https://meridian.allenpress.com/her/article-abstract/57/1/1/31319/Knowledge-and-Teaching-Foundations-of-the-New

Shulman, L. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15 (2), 4-14. https://www-jstor-org.ezproxy.is.cuni.cz/stable/1175860?sid=primo&seq=1

Wray, J., & Barrett, D. (2022). In the room where it happens: in-person or remote data collection in qualitative research? Evidence-Based Nursing, 25(2), 44-45.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm11 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Improving Ability to Prove Concepts in Nerve Impulse Generation and Transmission Topic in A-Level Students Using Modeling Based Learning (MBL)

Martina Khontay, Aigul Suleimenova, Jackline Mumbi Matu, Zhuldyz Bimanova

NIS in Karaganda city, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Suleimenova, Aigul

This research study aimed to improve the ability of students to prove concepts in nerve impulse generation and transmission topic using the model-based learning approach. The objectives of this research were to explain the neuron’s structure, and location and relate this with its functions and to describe how mechanoreceptors react to the stimulus pressure and how nerve impulses are transmitted along the PNS and CNS using the Modeling Based Learning approach (MbL).

This is a descriptive research study at Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Karaganda where two groups with a total of forty grade 11 Biology students were asked what they would expect from studying the human nervous system using the model-based learning approach. The students all indicated that they expected to gain a thorough understanding of the topic as well as broaden their perspective on its significance. They also hoped to increase their analytical reasoning and abilities to prove and connect concepts in nerve impulse transmission topic.

The learning process was done with the MbL approach for six lessons. During the first lesson, students learned the concepts about neuron’s structures, functions, and location in the human body from the handbook they usually use in biology class. They learned of the mechanoreceptors (Pacinian corpuscles) and their reaction to changing stimulus, and pressure. In the second lesson, they learned the initiation and transmission of the action potential in myelinated neurons and the connection between the structure and function of the cholinergic synapse. In the next three lessons, using the guidelines of the rubric, the students discussed, prepared, and presented their models on the transmission of nerve impulses in the human nervous system. In the last lesson, they answered the formative assessment questions and filled in the questionnaire. The other group was taught without the model-based approach and formative assessment given.

For the group that went through the model-based lessons, the results showed that fifteen students out of twenty (75 %) had 70 % or above marks on their work on the worksheet. For the group that did not study by model-based learning, the results showed that seven students out of twenty (35 %) had 70 % or above marks on their work on the formative assessment worksheet. This was an indication that this group of students could not answer questions that required them to prove the concepts of the neuron’s structures, functions, location; and nerve impulse transmission along the PNS and CNS.

According to the research study, the majority of the students’ capacity to prove concepts of the human nervous system was in a good category and above. Therefore, if the concept taught has a higher complexity than the lower complexity concept, MbL can allow a strong association between thinking level and the ability to verify concepts.

Some recommendations for Biology teachers, for example, must be creative in order to diversify instructional aids based on current scientific research and technology. For example, using animation and video or modeling-based learning to explain abstract and microscopic concepts. Stand-alone learning utilities allow students to study at their own pace either in or out of school hours and gain knowledge beyond the textbook content. This pedagogical technique should begin in preschool or elementary school. If necessary, the modeling-based learning technique can be repeated in the following classes with minimal customization.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This descriptive research study used random sampling of two groups of a total of forty A-level Biology students of grade 11, in Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Karaganda, who are learning the human nervous system as their Biology curriculum requirement. This study involved students answering the questionnaire and rubric on their level of understanding of the topic of Nerve impulse generation and transmission and a formative test of the topic which contains eight structured questions following bloom’s taxonomy higher order thinking levels. The two grade 11 class groups are randomly sampled from four grade 11 class groups to answer both research instruments.

The learning process was done with the MbL approach for 6 lessons. During the first lesson, students learned the concepts about neuron structures, functions, and location in the human body from the handbook they usually use in biology class. They learned of the mechanoreceptors (Pacinian corpuscles) and their reaction to changing stimulus, and pressure. In the second lesson, they learned the initiation and transmission of the action potential in myelinated neurons and the connection between the structure and function of the cholinergic synapse. In the following three lessons, they discussed, prepared, and presented their models on the transmission of nerve impulses in the human nervous system. In the last lesson, they answered the formative assessment questions and filled in the questionnaire.

For modeling, students were offered rubrics with criteria for evaluation. With rubrics, students could evaluate not only themselves but also the work of other students and give 2 suggestions for improvement and 1 good point. This allowed students to properly organize their work and simulate the mechanism of formation and transmission of a nerve impulse successfully, linking everything into a single whole. Rubrics are used for both formative assessment (in-process feedback to be used for improvement) and summative assessment (evaluation of student learning at the conclusion of an assignment or project). Essentially, a rubric is a tool for communication between instructor and student. Students assess their own work using the rubric more effectively and submit the rubric with their assignment. This is a great basis for deep discussion about which aspects they can improve or change.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The questionnaire results for students taught with the Modeling based lessons from the Very poor to Very good categories were 3.33%, 26.67%, 46.67%, 23.33%, and 10.00%. Those taught without were 6.67%, 43.33%, 26.67%, 13.33%, and 0.00%.

In the group that went through the model-based lessons, the formative assessment results show that fifteen out of twenty (75 %) got 70 % or above marks on their work on the worksheet. For the group that did not study by model-based learning, the results show that seven students out of twenty (35 %) got 70 % or above marks on their work on the formative assessment worksheet. This is an indication that this group of students could not answer questions that required them to prove the concepts of the neuron’s structures, functions, location; and nerve impulse transmission along the PNS and CNS.

In the control group, students were not offered the use of rubrics and they went through the whole mechanism in parts and did not do the simulation at the end, which would help to visualize and see the relationship between the work of the parts of the neuron. They could not answer questions where it was asked to provide evidence. We believe that it was rubric modeling that helped students demonstrate the ability to present evidence.

We recommend using rubric modeling to improve students' understanding of different concepts so that they can bring evidence to their answers through analysis and evaluation.
Not to give topics separately, but to study in relation to other topics and sections, as is done in the reverse design method, to offer different ways of modeling to show exactly their understanding.

References
[1] Owens M.T., Tanner K.D. Teaching as Brain Changing: Exploring Connections between Neuroscience and Innovative Teaching. CBE Life Sci Educ. 2017 Summer; 16(2).
[2] Marzano R. J. and Heflebower T. Grades that show what know. 2011 69 34-9
[3] Goff E, Reindl  K, Johnson C, McClean P, Offerdahl J, Schroeder N, and White A  2017
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Education 45 226 – 34
[4 Lazarowitz R and Penso S 1992 J. Of Biological Education, 26 215–23
[5] Lestari D, Mulyani S E S, and Susanti R 2016 J. of Innovative Science Education 5 83–93
[6]Cavalho J C Q, Beltramini L M, and Bossolan N R S 2018 J. of Biological Education 53 205-16
[7]Louca L T, and Zacharia Z C 2012 Educational Review 64 471-92
[8]Fretz E B, Wu H K, Zhang B, Davis E A, Krajcik J S, and Soloway E 2002 Res. in Sci.
Education 32 567–89
[9]Penner D E 2001 Review of Research in Education 25 20
[10]Grosslight L, Unger C, Jay E and Smith C L 1991 J. of Res. in Scie. Teach. 28 799–822
[11]Harrison A G and Treagust D F 2000 Int. J. of Science Education 22 1011–26
[12]Gilbert J K and Justi R 2016 Modelling Based Teaching (Switzerland: Springer) pp 123-126
[13]Van Meter P, Cameron C, and Waters J 2017 Learning and Instruction 49 188 – 98
[14]Paivio, A 1990 Mental Representation: A Dual Coding Approach (New York: Oxford University Press, Inc)
[15]Adodo S O 2013 Mediterranean J. of Social Sciences 4 163-72
[16]Balim A G 2013 Int. Res. in Geographical and Environmental Education 22 337-52


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

How to Improve the Functional Literacy of Reading in Biology Lessons Through the Formulation of High-order Questions? Teacher's Researchnd Education

Gulmira Bessenbayeva

Nazarbaev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Bessenbayeva, Gulmira

The article sets the task of developing functional reading literacy among students in biology lessons through the performance of tasks to text material.

According to the results of PISA, we know of a certain lack of skills among students of schools in Kazakhstan. One of the main reasons for the low result of international research is the inability of students to work with the proposed information: to compare disparate fragments, correlate the general content with its concretization, purposefully search for missing information, etc. The application of the subject skills formed by schoolchildren is complicated by the fact that, solving problems, our students uncritically reproduce the usual, stereotypical ways of acting. When faced with tasks like PISA, schoolchildren, without analyzing the whole described situation on their own, reproduce the existing connections:

for examle, literary text – general reasoning, mathematical – an accurate, detailed solution.

The daily use of works with text material in biology lessons is of great importance for the development of functional reading literacy among students, which develops their skills to work with various types of texts. When performing test work, students begin to realize that reading in biology lessons will lead them to enjoy a properly completed task and create situations of success, lack of stress.

The article presents the results of an initial survey of students on the understanding of various types of texts and a survey on the achievement of exected results. The necessity of developing functional reading literacy for successful learning is also revealed. Samples of high-level tasks (analysis, synthesis and evaluation), tasks in the PISA format and various techniques of working with texts that were used in the lessons to achieve the goals. In the course of the study, different types of texts were also used, such as continuous texts, discontinuous texts. Diagrams, schemes, and graphs were used to interpret the data and apply this data when performing tasks of a high level of thinking according to Bloom's taxonomy.

In the modern world, the concept of literacy is changing and expanding, but it still remains associated with the understanding of a variety of texts. Along with printed books, a modern person can read electronic books, audiobooks are also very popular today, so the school should teach the student to work with various texts: "paper", electronic and sounding.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the course of observing students in biology lessons , I pursued the following main goals:
1. Broad consideration of the concept of "reading": reading graphs, charts, tables, etc.
2. The use of text material when performing high-order tasks;
3. Preparation for the International PISA Study;
4. Instilling students with responsibility for their learning;
5. Search for pedagogical techniques for the formation of functional reading literacy.
6. Development of students' reading skills.
Expected results: Students will be able to understand the written text, use it and reflect on it, interpret and reflect on what they have read, as well as use reading to achieve their own goals in life.
In order to ensure the content of the work, I preferred to choose information-attractive texts. The texts had to contain relevant information for the student and meet his urgent needs.  They should be free of shortcomings that make it difficult to read and do not target students to actively search for answers to the questions posed.
Methods of collecting information:
 initial survey;
 the use of various texts with the creation of high-order questions to them;
 using various techniques of working with texts;
 analysis of students' test papers
 repeated survey.
At the beginning of the school year, I conducted a questionnaire in the 8-9th grades and received the following results.
After processing the results of this questionnaire, I came to the conclusion that not all the guys understand the meaning of the scientific text, are able to work with it: they find the main thing, definitions or concepts, do not see "hints" in the text itself.
    This means that when working with a textbook or additional literature, it is necessary to pay attention to the formation of the following reading skills in students:
• purposefully, selectively read the text, articles from the textbook;
• make a plan for the read text;
• perform tasks that include drawing diagrams, tables;
 logically, consistently state the answer to the question posed;
• exchange information about the object obtained from other information sources;
• find a description of the illustrations in the text;
• compare the objects depicted in the textbook illustrations, compose questions for them
• in a group or independently perform test tasks based on the text of the textbook and additional literature.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The article describes 8 techniques of working with various texts and 12 examples of high-order tasks applied in grades 8-12.
The results of the repeated survey showed that students can make a plan for the text they read, can perform tasks that include drawing up diagrams, tables; logically consistently state the answer to the question posed, understand the text read; find a description of the illustrations in the text;
compare the objects depicted in the textbook illustrations, prepare questions for them;  they can perform test tasks in a group or independently based on the text of the textbook and additional literature.
Conclusion
The findings suggest that this approach can also be useful in other academic subjects. Conscious reading is the basis of personal self–development - a person who reads correctly understands the text, reflects on its content, easily expresses his thoughts, freely communicates. In high school, the amount of information increases dramatically, and it is necessary not only to read and memorize a lot, but mainly to analyze, generalize, and draw conclusions. Conscious reading creates a basis not only for success in Russian language and literature lessons, but also is a guarantee of success in any subject area, the basis for the development of key competencies. The realization that reading is a pleasure and that it may even be useful for mastering the educational material is already half the battle. In addition, the use of different methods of working with text and performing tasks of different types will instill in students the habit of reading.

References
1.https://kopilkaurokov.ru/nachalniyeKlassi/prochee/razvitiiefunktsionalnoighramotnostiuuchashchikhsiachieriezchtieniieipismo
2.https://infourok.ru/proekt-po-teme-formirovanie-funkcionalnoy-gramotnosti-shkolnikov-na-urokah-matematiki-489409.html
3.2007 Prokopyeva N.V. Senior lecturer of the Department of Methods of Teaching Physics at KSPU.
4.https://www.eduneo.ru/rabota-s-nesploshnymi-teksta-kak-sposob-razvitiya-navykov-funkcionalnogo-chteniya/
5.https://krippo.ru/files/PISA/task.pdf
6.https://moluch.ru/conf/ped/archive/270/12867/


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Development of Skills for Independent Study of Processes Through Practice-Oriented Training

Elmira Akimova

NIS school, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Akimova, Elmira

Chemistry is a science where, along with theoretical material, research skills and the ability to make calculations based on the data obtained are also formed. Laboratory work, organized in the form of mini-research, helps students develop practical skills in working with chemicals, teaches them how to safely handle certain substances at school and at home. By performing laboratory work, students gradually master such skills as how to properly handle laboratory equipment, chemical glassware, and measuring instruments to obtain accurate readings.

Performing experiments in chemistry lessons contributes to the formation of knowledge through observation, develops the skills and abilities of analyzing and formulating conclusions on the work done. The combination of these skills and abilities represents the stages of the experimental research method. According to L.Ya. Zorina, when performing an experiment, students learn to determine the purpose of the experiment, research problem, research hypothesis, experimental methodology, results analysis of the experiment, taking into account possible errors and draw conclusions [3].

Based on the works of A.I. Savenkov, general research skills and abilities can be understood as the following skills and abilities: to see problems; to ask questions; put forward hypotheses; define concepts; classify; compare; observe; conduct experiments and draw conclusions; establish causal relationships; structure the material work with text prove and defend their ideas[1].

Analysis and generalization of psychological and pedagogical literature allows A.I. Savenkov to highlight the principles of the formation of research skills and abilities of schoolchildren. The work on developing the skills and abilities needed for research should be carried out systematically and purposefully.

Dweck's research generally confirms that if students are told that learning ability and intelligence are improving, their grades increase. Although this does not work in all settings, Smith and Firth believe that it is worth shaping the students' concept of flexible, growing thinking and developing their positive "self-concepts"[2]. It's not a fact that this will affect the results directly, but it will certainly help the students feel more confident.

Low self-esteem leads to self-doubt, prevents students from taking on more complex and interesting tasks, makes them too nervous before tests and make mistakes due to excitement.

How to apply:

Explain that the brain is constantly changing physically when learning new things - skills and abilities can be developed;

motivate students to compare themselves not with others, but with their previous self;

it is reasonable to encourage - to praise for efforts, and not for personal qualities, and not just to cheer up, but in connection with progress.

According to the theory of psychologist Reinhard Pekrun, both positive and negative emotions are important: both can stimulate a person to learn.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
After the first summative assessment for a section in the first quarter, groups of students were identified who find it difficult to complete tasks precisely on summative assessment, although questions on these learning objectives are discussed in the classroom when studying the topic. Interviews were held with the psychological and pedagogical service of the school, with teachers of other subjects, with curators and parents of students. This work helped to find out the psychological and pedagogical characteristics of each student in the studied groups. Having identified the problem, a survey was conducted among the students.
36 students took part. The students noted the problems they face during training, how the teacher’s teaching method affects them, how ready they are to perceive the material, how much they can show independence when studying new material, how much they expect the teacher to explain the material, how much they themselves can learn the material on their own . The results of the questionnaire were analyzed, and the results of the analysis of personal data were used at the next stage, when planning a series of lessons according to the methodology of practice-oriented learning.
When planning a lesson, according to the ability of the class, assignments, descriptors, and assessment criteria were compiled. The achievements of each student were recorded in an observation log. When studying the topic: “Oxidation-reduction reactions”, examples of compiling redox reactions were analyzed on the board, then the students performed in pairs, and then the student could independently complete such tasks. Performing several exercises to compose redox reactions, the student developed skills.
When studying the topic "Electrolysis", the students easily mastered the topic, as they first performed practical work. The organization of the practical work on the “stations” made it possible to use time effectively. The students saw in practice the processes occurring at the cathode and anode, observed changes in the determination of substances released on the electrodes. Instruction sheets were provided detailing the steps to perform the experiments, leading questions, and questions that require the student to explain their observations.
For active learning, the Mix / Freeze / Pair method (Kagan, 1994) was used - a method that allows students to be active and be able to cooperate in solving a problem.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to the results of the first survey, it was revealed that some students find it difficult to learn the material on their own (30%). In each group, there are children who can work independently and do an excellent job with tasks (20%), there are students who need the support of a teacher or a classmate (50%).
After conducting a series of lessons developed through practice-oriented learning, I did not notice an improvement immediately. Pupils gradually got used to the proposed form of education, developing the skills of independent work.
According to the results of the survey, it was found that when studying a new topic, most students begin to work according to the algorithm, and then they can already complete tasks on their own. When studying new material, schoolchildren aged 15-16 are still not confident in their abilities, doubt the correctness of their answers when solving certain problems, and therefore always need the support of a teacher, because, due to their age characteristics, adolescents are not yet mature enough to follow this form of education, which requires the independence and responsibility of students.[5]
Comparing the results of the 1st and 2nd quarters, in class 10A you can see the 1st quarter -83% (5-1,4-9, 3-2), in the 2nd quarter - 100% (5-4, 4-8) the quality of knowledge improved by 17%. In grade 10, the quality of knowledge in the 1st quarter was -83%, in the second quarter -100%, which led to the maximum increase in the quality of knowledge.
Using practice-oriented learning, I noticed that students began to actively participate in the lessons, increased motivation, increased self-confidence, and also improved the ability to find and explain the cause of certain phenomena, the ability to manage attention, skills to work with information, communication skills, and time management.

References
1. A. I. Savenkov. Path into the unknown: how to develop your research skills. - M., Genesis, 2005. , 94s.
2. Suldina T.I. Pedagogical aspects of practice-oriented teaching of chemistry // Scientific review. Pedagogical Sciences. - 2017. - No. 2. - P. 107-109;
3. https://scienceforum.ru/2016/article/2016029047
4.https://spravochnick.ru/pedagogika/teoriya_obucheniya/praktiko-orientirovannye_metody_obucheniya/
5.https://www.psypharma.ru/ru/novosti/mezhdunarodnye-novosti-psihiatrii-ot-eleny-mozhaevoy/golovnoy-mozga-podrostkov-issledovaniya


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Dimension of International Mobility of Academic Personnel as a Resource for Development of Pedagogical Competence

Tamāra Pīgozne1, Arturs Medveckis2

1University of Latvia; 2Liepaja University, Latvia

Presenting Author: Pīgozne, Tamāra; Medveckis, Arturs

Adult learning is part of the concept of continuous learning that takes place throughout life (Salleh et al., 2015).

The ongoing changes in education systems require support in order to move from traditional teaching in the local environment to a more international context. One of the initiatives supporting this educational approach is the Erasmus programme.

Personnel mobility is crucial, and it usually precedes student mobility so as to prepare the flow of students between higher education institutions, thereby ensuring the quality, attractiveness and competitiveness of educational programmes (Seidahmetov et al., 2014).

The main objectives of staff mobility are:

  • expansion and enrichment of the range and content of the courses offered in the participating institutions;
  • formation and strengthening of connections among higher education institutions;
  • promote the exchange of pedagogical methods and experience;
  • motivate students to participate in mobility schemes;
  • enabling students, who do not have the opportunity to go abroad, to benefit from the foreign professors’ international experience of (internationalization at home);
  • knowledge transfer infrastructure among higher education institutions and enterprises.

When choosing one of the 2 types of staff mobility (for teaching and for training), the main reasons are: development of skills and competences as part of professional development;· strengthening the cooperation with partner institutions and creating new networks;·increase the quality of services and teaching offered to students by the respective staff members (Jahnke, 2018).

Even though in recent years the proportion of staff international mobilities has tended to increase compared to student mobilities (Teichler, 2017), staff mobility has been analysed episodically and fragmentarily in the scientific literature (Valeeva & Amirova, 2016), provoking discussions about the measurement of its added value (Palma-Vasquez, Carrasco, & Tapia-Ladino, 2021). In general, the potential offered by the mobility paradigm in the context of higher education is huge and largely unrealized and it can open up new learning and educational opportunities nowadays (Chattara & Vijayaraghvan, 2021),

The future vision of Latvia education in 2027 is characterized by the transformation of the role of educational institutions, during which educational institutions will become as "learning organizations" and offer diverse learning opportunities, environments and approaches for adults; they are organizations with a high level of professional competence of management, teachers and academic staff, strategic vision, responsibility and autonomy; they are also organizations that actively cooperate (About Educational Development Guidelines 2021-2027, 2021), although studies emphasize stronger mobility impact on short-term and personal/professional development compared to long-term or institutional impact (Lam & Ferenc, 2021).

In the context of the research, the understanding of the competence of adult educators as "being able to act in relation to certain known, unknown and unpredictable situations" is relevant, which emphasizes action (Illeris, 2011, 33) and is often the point of convergence of the education of adult educators and the needs of schools (Gümüs , 2022).

Research shows that adult learners have high competence, partly due to the activities they get engaged in, including Erasmus mobilities (Salleh et al., 2015).

Competence includes three important aspects, which are knowledge (cognitive), attitude (affective) and skills (psychomotor), which are combined in order to solve certain tasks (UNIDO, 2002).

In the context of the research, the Iceberg competence model is relevant, which is based on three main aspects, namely knowledge, attitude and skills, adapting and modifying it to 5 areas of competence or competence domains: knowledge, skills, attitude and values, cooperation, as well as achievements (Salleh et al., 2015).

Research questions:

  • What is the evaluation of the competences acquired by university teachers during Erasmus mobility?
  • Are there any and what statistically significant differences exist there depending on the profile of university lecturers (teaching and training)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to answer the research questions, a descriptive cross-sectional research design and a data collection method have been chosen - a questionnaire in the Google docs environment, structured in 2 parts - profile questions and substantive questions. The first part includes a profile question about the type of mobility of university lecturers (teaching or training), the second - about the competences acquired during mobility, where as a result of the theoretical analysis 5 competence criteria of adult educators have been identified with the corresponding indicators:
• knowledge (improvement of knowledge in the application of information and communication technology tools);
• skills (development and experimentation of new and innovative teaching methods; acquisition of industry-specific and practical skills that correspond to professional development; improvement of foreign language skills);
• attitude and values (learning from good practices abroad, improvement of job satisfaction);
• cooperation (cooperation with a partner institution, civil cooperation and labour market representatives);
• achievements (increase of social, linguistic and cultural competences; strengthening and expansion of one's professional network; improvement of one's career opportunities; development of organizational, management and leadership skills).
An online survey has been administered by applying a questionnaire containing a 6-point Likert scale (1=not applicable, 2=strongly disagree, 3=rather disagree, 4=neither agree nor disagree, 5=rather agree, 6= strongly agree), in which substantive issues have been assessed.
The Cronbach's alpha coefficient for the test reliability examination indicates good internal consistency (α=.82).

The results of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test on the non-compliance of the empirical distribution with the normal one (p=.000) have determined the application of non-parametric methods for the secondary data acquisition.
 
Empirical data processing methods using SPSS software to provide quantitative data processing methods:
• Descriptive statistics (mean, median, mode);
• Mann-Whitney U Test to detect differences between 2 independent samples.

221 respondents from Latvian higher education institutions took part in the survey: 49 respondents who have used staff mobility for teaching (outbound) and 172 who have used staff mobility for training (outbound).



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, respondents have rated the benefits of ERASMUS mobility as achievements, cooperation, skills as well as attitudes and values the highest.  
Among the achievement indicators, the respondents have rated strengthening and expansion of their professional network the highest.  
Among the indicators of cooperation, the respondents have highlighted cooperation with the partner institution.    
Out of the skills, they have rated the acquisition of industry-specific and practical skills that correspond to professional development the highest.  
Regarding attitudes and values, respondents have emphasized learning from good practices abroad.  
Depending on the profile of the respondents, there are statistically significant differences in the assessment of cooperation (p<.001) and skills (p<.001) in general and in individual indicators - respondents who have used staff mobility for training rate higher the cooperation with civil cooperation and labour market representatives (p <.001) and acquisition of industry-specific and practical skills corresponding to professional development (p<.001), compared to respondents who have used staff mobility for teaching.
This complies with the results of other studies on the impact of mobility on the professional development of lecturers (Zajadacz et al., 2021; Kafarski & Kazak, 2021), which in turn promotes the academic, professional and individual development of participants, at the same time contributing to the expansion of the global labour market (Mizikaci &Uğur Arslan , 2019), as many of the skills analysed here include the European dimension that can only be fully exploited in an international perspective (Gardel Vicente, 2022).

References
About Educational Development Guidelines 2021-2027. (2021). https://likumi.lv/ta/id/324332-par-%20izglitibas-attistibas-pamatnostadnem-%2020212027-gadam
Chattara, D.,  & Vijayaraghvan, A,P. (2021). The mobility paradigm in higher education: a phenomenological study on the shift in learning space. Smart Learning  Environments, 8(1): 15.
Gardel Vicente, A. (2022). Skills Gained through Erasmus+ Mobility: Erasmus Jobs Literature Review. https://project.erasmusjobs.org/docs/research/ErasmusJobs%20IO1_SkillsGainedThroughErasmus+Mobility_Literature_review.pdf
Gümüs, A. (2022). Twenty-First-Century Teacher Competencies and Trends in Teacher Training. In Y. Alpaydin & C. Demirli Educational Theory in the 21st Century, 243–267.
Jahnke, S. (2018). Erasmus: Why university staff should take part in mobility. https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/erasmus-why-university-staff-should-take-part-mobility-stefan-jahnke
Illeris, K. (2011). Workplaces and learning. In M. Malloch, L. Cairns, K. Evans, & B. N.O’Connor (Eds.), The Sage handbook of workplace learning (pp. 32–45). London: Sage.
Kafarski, K., & Kazak, J.K. (2021). Erasmus Staff Mobility in the Building of a European Network: The Case of a Central European University. Sustainability, 14(9), 4949. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14094949
Lam, Q.K.H.,  & Ferenc, I. (2021). Erasmus+ staff mobility comparative data analysis. ACA. https://www.cmepius.si/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/TCA-Report-12-March-2021_FINAL.pdf
Mizikaci, F., &Uğur Arslan, Z. (2019). A European Perspective in Academic Mobility: A Case of Erasmus Program. Journal of International Students, 9(2), 705-726.
Palma-Vasquez, C., Carrasco, D., & Tapia-Ladino, M. (2021). Teacher Mobility: What Is It, How Is It Measured and What Factors Determine It? A Scoping Review.
International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(4), 2313; https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19042313
About Educational Development Guidelines 2021-2027 (2021)/. https://likumi.lv/ta/id/324332-par-%20izglitibas-attistibas-pamatnostadnem-%2020212027-gadam
Salleh, K.M., Khalid, N.H., Sulaiman, N.L., Mohamad, M.M., & Sern, L.C. (2015). Competency of adult learners in learning: Application of the Iceberg Competency Model. Procedia - Social and Behavioural Sciences, 204, 326 – 334. 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.08.160  
Seidahmetov, M., Kulanova, D., Abdikerimova, G.,  Myrkhalykova, A., & Abishova, G. (2014). Problem Aspects of Academic Mobility are in Republic of Kazakhstan. Procedia - Social and Behavioural Sciences 143 (2014) 482 – 486.
UNIDO competencies: Strengthening organizational core values and managerial capabilities. (2002). Vienna, Austria: UNIDO.
Teichler, U. (2017). INTERNATIONALISATION TRENDS IN HIGHER EDUCATION AND THE CHANGING ROLE OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENT MOBILITY. Journal of International Mobility, 5, 179-216.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm12 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
12. Open Research in Education
Poster

Finding Wood in the Trees: Mapping and Connecting 25 Years of Large Scale Assessment Data

Maximilian Brinkmann1, Nora Huth-Stöckle2, Nakia El-Sayed1

1University of Hildesheim, Germany; 2University of Wuppertal, Germany

Presenting Author: Brinkmann, Maximilian

Large Scale Assessment Data (LSA) is a rich source of data on educational achievement, educational inequalities and other socio-psychological indicators surrounding schooling and learning across the world (e.g. Mullis & Martin, 2017; OECD, 2019). Exemplary are the six PISA cycles between 2000 and 2015 which resulted in over 650 peer-reviewed articles in the English language only (Hopfenbeck et al. 2018, p.337). LSA studies have also been increasingly pooled to create quasi-longitudinal data (i.e. repeated cross-sections of representative student populations) or to track a cohort from primary to secondary school (e.g. by pooling PIRLS and PISA studies). These approaches extend the boundaries of cross-sectional data and allow for closer approximations of causal inference. Productive examples of this research include studies on the effect of educational systems and institutions (e.g. Hanushek & Woessmann, 2006; Teltemann & Schunck, 2020). LSA studies like PISA, TIMSS and PIRLS therefore provide increasing opportunities for secondary and quasi-longitudinal data analysis, covering various research areas.

Yet, the richness and complexity of LSA data can also be a challenge for researchers, since over 16 000 items have been collected in 24 studies over the last 25 years. Our research project aims at helping researchers find their way around the dense jungle of observed items and constructs in LSA studies.

Working with LSA is generally not trivial, since it involves complex sampling structures and (often) so-called plausible values as measures of student achievement. However, another factor is the diversity and sheer number of items which have been collected since the first TIMSS study in 1995. LSA studies provide items from the perspective of students, parents, teachers and principals which are collected by different questionnaires that can vary considerably within (e.g. PISA 2012 to 2015) and between studies (e.g. TIMSS-8 2015 and PISA 2015). According to our own estimations, the items collected by TIMSS, PIRLS and PISA between 1995 and 2019 sum up to roughly 16 000.

The amount of items but also the differences in questionnaires over time and across studies pose obstacles for researchers, especially those who are interested in pooling several cycles and/or studies. In our own experience, pooling several LSA studies is quite challenging partly, because it is unclear from the beginning when and how certain constructs were collected and whether they can be compared across studies. As a consequence, the rich potential of LSA data is still not fully exploited. The aim of our project is to provide a comprehensive database of all items covered in regular cycles of PISA, TIMSS and PIRLS since 1995. The resulting database would include the technical name of the items, the question text, answer categories, official scales, countries covered and rates of missingness.

Most importantly, however, our research attempts to connect similar and comparable items within and across studies in order to facilitate harmonization. This step creates an underlying network structure of our database, in which ties between single items indicate their resemblance to each other. By making our data publicly available, we hope to facilitate further research with LSA data in general and research with pooled (e.g. pseudo-longitudinal) LSA studies in particular.

We believe that such a database is an important contribution to educational research. Whereas several valuable contributions exist that facilitate the use of LSA’s complex sampling structure (e.g. Breit & Schreiner, 2016), plausible values (e.g. Breit & Schreiner, 2016) or survey weights (Jerrim et al., 2017), there is so far very limited help to find a way around the dense jungle of 16 000 LSA survey items.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The challenge of mapping and connecting 16 000 items can be separated into two steps. The first step involves the compilation of the “data”, hence the items and their meta information. The second step involves matching items based on their similarity.

In the first step, we gathered all questionnaires and codebooks at the  student, parent, teacher and principal level for all 24 studies. Because questionnaires are only available in PDF format, retrieval of information from questionnaires is challenging, since PDF data structure does not correspond to any regular structure representing tables. We therefore employed the new Excel function of Windows 365, which allowed us to transfer questionnaires automatically from PDF to Excel. Retrieving information from the LSA codebooks was even more challenging, since PDF formats changed throughout the years. We therefore collected the data from the actual LSA datasets (i.e. stored variable and value labels) and matched them with our data on question texts.

In the second step we prepare for the matching of similar items. This step is complex because, for instance, questions from the principal’s questionnaires alone sum up to about 4000 items, resulting in a number of roughly 4000²/2 theoretically possible matching combinations. We tested several approaches to handle this task, including machine learning approaches and string matching based on item questions and labels. However, machine learning was ruled out due to the lack of training data and the comparatively short and interpretative data input. We considered string-matching algorithms based on item questions and labels, but initial results turned out to be unsatisfactory.

Therefore, Instead of sophisticated data-wrangling tools, we decided to use an inductive method and exploited the inner structure of LSA surveys. A lot of items or constructs have been designed to reflect specific dimensions of education, organization of education, school life, learning activities and so on. We therefore started to inductively code single items into larger, mutually-exclusive categories. Where feasible, these categories have been further distinguished to represent mutually-exclusive sub-categories. This allows us to reduce the number of possible combinations considerably. So far, we have employed this approach for the principal’s questionnaires and obtained satisfactory results.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We are still in the process of retrieving the complete LSA data (i.e. teacher data) and preparing the matching of items with each. Initial results of the matching process with the principal's questions indicate that our approach of sorting items into mutually exclusive categories is both practical and effective to match similar items. We expect to have finished the matching process by August and are confident to present first preliminary results.

We are inspired by the goal of providing a public resource for educational researchers. Thus, we are particularly interested in receiving feedback and comments from researchers who worked or wish to work with this kind of data in order to create a public resource that is tailored towards the needs of practitioners.

This project is the base and first part of a larger research project that aims to harmonize items and concepts across existing LSA studies in order to facilitate research with pooled LSA data.

References
Breit, S., & Schreiner, C. (Eds.). (2016). Large-Scale Assessment mit R: methodische Grunglagen der österreichischen Bildungsstandard-Überprüfung. facultas.

Hanushek, E. A., & W ößmann, L. (2006). Does educational tracking affect performance and inequality? Differences‐in‐differences evidence across countries. The Economic Journal, 116(510), C63-C76.
Hopfenbeck, T. N., Lenkeit, J., El Masri, Y., Cantrell, K., Ryan, J., & Baird, J. A. (2018). Lessons learned from PISA: A systematic review of peer-reviewed articles on the programme for international student assessment. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 333-353.
Jerrim, J., Lopez-Agudo, L. A., Marcenaro-Gutierrez, O. D., & Shure, N. (2017, June). To weight or not to weight?: the case of PISA data. In Proceedings of the XXVI Meeting of the Economics of Education Association, Murcia, Spain (pp. 29-30).

Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2017). TIMSS 2019 Assessment Frameworks. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: http://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/frameworks/
OECD (2019), PISA 2018 Assessment and Analytical Framework, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris,
https://doi.org/10.1787/b25efab8-en.
Teltemann, J., & Schunck, R. (2020). Standardized Testing, Use of Assessment Data, and Low Reading Performance of Immigrant and Non-immigrant Students in OECD Countries. Frontiers in sociology, 5.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm14 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

Primary Teachers' Learning Experiences in the Pursuit of Family-school partnerships in a Multilingual Context.

Ria Goedhart1, Eddie Denessen2, Maaike Hajer1, Cok Bakker1

1Utrecht University of Applied Sciences/Utrecht University Graduate School of Humanities; 2Radboud University

Presenting Author: Goedhart, Ria

Family-school partnerships in a multilingual context

Research indicates that cooperation between parents and school contributes to the academic and social-emotional development of children (Bakker et al., 2013; Epstein, 2020). Governments therefore encourage teachers to invest in family-school partnerships (De Bruïne et al., 2014). However, teachers feel ill-prepared to work together with parents (De Bruïne et al., 2014, 2018; Epstein & Sanders, 2006; Hannon & O’Donnell, 2021). Even more in the education of newcomer students, teachers experience many problems in the pursuit of family-school partnerships (FSP), such as the lack of a shared language, differences in school systems and upbringing and different expectations regarding mutual accessibility, availability and responsibilities.

Analyses of the difficulties that teachers experience in the pursuit of FSP in multilingual contexts reveal that teachers attribute challenges to linguistic, cultural, attitudinal, practical, socio-economic and political factors (Anthony-Newman, 2019; Bakker et al., 2013; Bouakaz, 2007). Researchers recommend teachers to adopt a personal approach (Bouakaz, 2007; Georgis et al., 2014), encourage parental input (Anthony-Newman, 2019) and adopt a responsive attitude to the home language and cultural backgrounds (Bakker et al., 2013; Georgis et al., 2014). However it is not entirely clear what this means concretely for action, nor what this promising approaches mean for teacher preparation.

Teacher training

Over the years several researchers have advocated for curriculum improvement in teacher education with attention to the importance of FSP, improving communication skills, school-wide approaches and policies, the role and attitude of teachers in entering into partnerships and building valuable relationships with parents based on equality (Epstein, 2020; De Bruïne et al., 2018; Hannon & O’Donnell, 2021; Kassenberg et al., 2016). Positive attitudes towards parents and the presence of well-developed communication skills would be crucial for teachers to enter into FSP (Esptein & Sanders, 2006). Nevertheless, the improvements are hardly applied due to an overcrowded curriculum (Mutton et al., 2018).

Meanwhile student teachers wish to learn how to build meaningful relationships with parents on the basis of equality and to improve their communication skills. They want to expand their competences ‘by gaining real-life experiences with parents, and by talking to and learning from more experienced teachers in service’ (De Bruïne et al., 2018, p. 392). In addition, by sharing good practice experiences, more information can be collected about practical tools, responsive training and support (Epstein, 2020).

Practical experiences appear to be an important resource in preparing student teachers. However, it is known that practical experiences alone do not necessarily improve learning. They become important to the learning process when meaning is given to them. By reflecting on practical experiences, they become learning experiences (Stappers et al., 2018). To achieve deeper learning experiences, it is recommended to reflect on positive experiences instead of negative ones (Korthagen, 2012).

Research question

Though research on FSP often focuses on what teachers in mainstream primary education need and on the problems experienced by teachers in multilingual contexts, little is known about how teachers can prepare for FSP in a multilingual context and what this means for their attitude and communication. Student teachers and researchers (De Bruïne et al., 2018; Epstein, 2020) indicate that practical experiences of experienced teachers can be a valuable resource. To find out how these learning experiences can contribute to the professionalization of teachers it is important to investigate how experienced teachers have developed in this.

Our study therefore focuses on the following research question: What are the learning experiences of experienced primary school teachers in the pursuit of family-school partnerships in a multilingual context with regard to their attitude and communication?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In 2021/2022, an interpretive study was conducted on the learning experiences of primary school teachers in pursuing FSP in a multilingual context. The aims of the study were first to describe teachers’ learning experiences that can give direction to teacher professionalization and second to operationalize the concepts 'attitude' and 'communication' in multilingual contexts to support teachers and student teachers in pursuing FSP in practice.
A narrative approach was chosen to collect the data (Creswell, 2009). Narrative interviews were held with ten experienced primary school teachers of newcomers. The respondents were asked to tell three successful experience stories, which characterize their attitudes and communication in the pursuit of FSP in a multilingual context. Then reflection question related to their experiences, attitudes and communication were asked, such as 'What characterizes your attitude in the success stories you've shared?'. Through these reflection questions, the experiences were discussed on a deeper level.
The respondents worked at five different primary schools ranging from special schools for newcomer education to regular schools with a few newcomer students. All schools had FSP as a focus, which means that extra attention is paid to professionalization, facilities and activities aimed at FSP. Respondents were invited to participate in the survey because they were seen by their management and team members as examples of pursuing FSP in a multilingual context.
The qualitative data analysis was performed in two phases. In the first phase, a thematic analysis (Clarke & Braun, 2013; Verhoeven, 2020) was performed on the fully transcribed interviews. The fragments were linked to the concepts ‘learning experiences’, ‘attitude’ and ‘communication’. Subsequently, all fragments of the concepts ‘attitude’ and ‘communication’ were coded and thematized. This involved both an inductive and a deductive process (Verhoeven, 2020). An audit trail was used to describe the steps that were taken and to justify the choices in the analysis process (Akkerman et al., 2008).
A chronological analysis was used to describe the learning experiences (Creswell, 2009). A distinction was made between learning experiences with regard to attitude and learning experiences with regard to communication. The chronological analysis leads to a description of insights that have been built up over time and provides insight into the learning process. The insights were summarized by the researcher and presented to the respondents for a member check. This added a validation check to the analysis (Creswell & Miller, 2000).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The description of experienced teachers' learning experiences provides a rich database of illustrations of solutions to problems experienced by teachers in the pursuit of FSP in a multilingual context. The insights of the respondents sometimes differ greatly, for example with regard to the pursuit of equality. Respondent J. says about this: 'I have learned that equality in contacts with parents is not always possible. Sometimes my attitude is omniscient and I am very clear about the expectations and possibilities'. On the opposite, respondent A. says: 'I have learned to give parents the space to make their own decisions, perhaps less effective, but I think it is important that they are empowered’.
The description of the learning experiences also shows that investing in cooperation with parents in the education of newcomers is a continuous learning process. In the eyes of the respondents, this requires a learning attitude that is characterized by motivation to invest, daring to be vulnerable, daring to make mistakes, learning to deal with surprises, sharing practical experiences with the team, reflecting on experiences, having self-knowledge, being solution-oriented and willing to change.
The operationalization of the concepts 'attitude' and 'communication' each lead to six themes. The six themes that were extracted from the fragments relating to attitude are:
1. Being inviting
2. Being understanding
3. Being diligent
4. Being willing to learn
5. Being responsible
6. Being cooperative
The six themes that were extracted from the fragments relating to communication are:
1. Choosing the languages
2. Choosing the purpose
3. Choosing the channel
4. Choosing the setting
5. Choosing the conversation techniques
6. Choosing the non-verbal communication
During the presentation we would like to discuss what the results of this research can mean for further research and teacher professionalization.

References
Akkerman, S., Admiraal, W., Brekelmans, M., & Oost, H. (2006). Auditing Quality of Research in Social Sciences. Quality & Quantity 42(2), 257–274.
Anthony-Newman, M. (2019). Parental involvement of immigrant parents: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 71(3), 362-381.
Bouakaz, L., & Persson, S. (2007). What hinders and what motivates parents' engagement in school? International Journal about Parents in Education, 1(0), 97-107.
De Bruïne, E., Willemse, T.M., Franssens, J., Van Eynde, S., Vloeberghs, L., & Vandermarliere, L. (2018). Small-scale curriculum changes for improving preservice teachers’ preparation for Family-School Partnerships. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(3), 381-396.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychologie. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Bakker, J., Denessen, E., Dennissen, M., & Oolbekking-Marchand, H. (2013). Leraren en ouderbetrokkenheid. Een reviewstudie naar de effectiviteit van ouderbetrokkenheid en de rol die leraren daarbij kunnen vervullen. Nijmegen: BSI/Radboud Docenten Academie, Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen (NWO-project: 411-11-662).
Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research Design. California: SAGA Publications.
Creswell, J.W., & Miller, D.L. (2010). Determining Validity in Qualitative Inquiry. Theory Into Practice 39(3), 124-130.
Epstein., J.B. [EERA edu]. (2020, Augustus 21). Imperative Connections: Using Research to Develop Programs of School, Familiy and Community Partnerships for Student Success in School. Retrieved Januari 15, 2023 from https://youtu.be/Z050jwYrVXQ.
Epstein, J. L., &  Sanders, M.G. (2006). Prospects for Change: Preparing Educators for School, Family, and Community Partnerships. Peabody Journal of Education 81(2), 81–120.
Georgis, R., Gokiert, R.J., Ford, D.M., & Ali, M. (2014). Creating inclusive parent engagement practices: Lessons learned from a school community collaborative supporting newcomer refugee families. Multicultural Education, 21(3-4), 23-27.
Hannon, L., & O’Donnell, G.M. (2022). Teachers, parents, and familyschool partnerships: emotions, experiences, and advocacy. Journal of Education for Teaching, 48(2), 241–255.
Kassenberg, A., Petri, D., & Doornenbal, J. (2016). Competenties van leraren in het samenwerken met ouders: een literatuurstudie. Pedagogiek 36(3), 211-226.
Korthagen, F. (2012). Over opleiding en reflecteren: ongemakkelijke waarheden en wenkende Perspectieven. Tijdschrift voor Lerarenopleiders, 33(1), 4-11.
Mutton,T., Burn, K., & Thompson, I. (2018). Preparation for familyschool partnerships within initial teacher education programmes in England. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(3), 278-295.
Stappers, J., Van Hout, M., Adams, T., & Koster, B. (2018). Van een positieve praktijkervaring naar een leerervaring. Tijdschrift voor Lerarenopleiders, 39(2), 69-81.
Verhoeven, N. (2020). Thematische analyse. Amsterdam: Boom.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

Measuring Science-Related Beliefs and Attitudes of Parents: Building Students’ Future Science Task Value

M. Gail Jones1, Katherine Chesnutt2, Megan Enness3, Daniel Macher4, Manuela Paechter4

1NC State University, United States of America; 2Appalachian State University; 3University of Florida; 4University of Graz

Presenting Author: Jones, M. Gail

There is increasing evidence that the family plays a critical role in the development of students’ interests and career aspirations (e.g., Howard & Reynolds, 2008; Johnson & Hull, 2014). Within science education, researchers are showing that family engagement with science is linked to students’ perception of science as a future career (e.g., Author, 2021). To better understand how family engagement influences the career aspirations of youth, the present study examined factors that are related to parents’ perception of the future value of science. By understanding how parents’ perceptions of science, we can design and build more effective educational programs to enhance interest and engagement with science.

Researchers have shown that parent involvement in education and youth can contribute to higher school achievement (Lee, 1993; Sui-Chu & Willms, 1996), fewer behavioral problems at school (Lee, 1993), lower dropout rates (McNeal, 1999), higher grades in school (Muller, 1993) and enhanced aspirations to attend college (Cabrera, & La Nasa, 2000). Understanding the influences of the family on career interests and aspirations is particularly crucial in the fields of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) where there are significant discrepancies in course enrollment and career aspirations for many minority groups (National Science Foundation, National Center for Science and Engineering Statistics, 2017). However, there is limited research that examines how family engagement and attitudes in STEM influence students’ interests (e.g., Aschbacher et al., 2010; Ferry et al, 2000; Gilmartin et al, 2006).

Archer et al., (2012) applied the concepts of science capital and family habitus (“the ways and settings in which families operate… [that] encompass[es] values and everyday practices” p. 886) to measure factors that were associated with youth science aspirations. They found that the attitudes of the parents were key to the formation of youth’s science career aspirations. A study by Maltese and Cooper (2017) reported that when parents were involved in STEM-related experiences, their children were more likely to choose a STEM field than students whose parents were not involved. The influence of parental beliefs and expectations on the development of interests and career aspirations is an understudied area and this study begins to fill this gap by proposing a new tool to assess parental experiences, expectations for their child, and science achievement value.

A recent study (Author, 2021) used expectancy value theory to examine factors that are influential in the career aspirations of youth. This study found exposure to STEM practitioners, tool access, and STEM experiences were associated with higher science achievement value and perceptions of family science achievement value. The study found evidence that a student’s perception of the value the family places on science was a key factor in determining interests and career goals. These findings led us to develop the assessment described here to measure parents’ science capital (access to experiences and science-related tools) and the family habitus for science (the degree to which the family sees science as something they do).

Research Question

In the previous studies described above we developed and validated assessments (NextGen Scientist Survey) to measure expectancy value factors for elementary and middle school youth (Author 2020; 2021). The present study builds on these assessments with the development of a new parallel version that investigates these factors with parents. The research question explored in this study was: What is the factorial structure of the NextGen Scientist Survey- Parents? Being able to assess the expectancy value factors for parents and youth can inform the field about how parent’s values and expectations are related to those held by their children. Furthermore, this assessment documents science capital and family habitus variables that can contribute to expectancy values.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to examine the structure of the survey we conducted a confirmatory factor analysis of the data. The constructs for the survey were congruent with the research literature on expectancy value, science capital, and family habitus.

Data Sources
The parent version of The NextGen Scientist Survey was designed to be a parallel version of the previously validated NextGen Scientist Survey Middle School (Author A) and the NextGen Scientist Survey Elementary (Author B). The final survey was established after review by an expert panel and a pilot study with 5 parents.

The final NextGen Science Survey- Parents, consists of 39 items that are assessed on a 5-point Likert scale for the degree to which the respondent identifies with science and has self-efficacy for science (12 items), sees STEM as a future career for their child (4 items), along with whether or not they had experiences with science as a child (4 items), childhood career considerations (3 items), science communication experiences (7 items), active science experiences as an adult (5 items), and science tool experiences (4 items) (see Table 2 for items).

The Sample and Descriptive Statistics
Parent participants were contacted at afterschool programs sponsored by a non-profit group for youth in grades 3-5 who are from underserved groups located in several communities in a southeastern state of the US. The participants identified as 17.7% female, 81.6 % male, 53.4% White, 33.9% Black, 6.1% Hispanic, 1.4% Asian, and 5.1% Other race/ethnicity. The parents indicated they lived in rural (39.4%), suburban (35.0%), and urban (25.3%) areas.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) resulted in a 7-factor solution that best fit the data (see Strijbos et al., 2021).
The n=275; A/C 24709.85; B/C 25223.43; X2= 1276.85; df=677; CFI=0.902; RMSEA= 0.057; SRMR= 0.056.

RMSEA and SRMR are within the desired boundary. CFI has an adequate fit value . The seven factors show acceptable to good reliability with Cronbach's α between .629 ≤ αt ≤ .935. Item to factor loadings and fit indices were satisfactory.


The CFA shows that the NextGen Scientist Survey- Parents has seven correlated factors that have been shown to influence future task value for science. The instrument allows for the measurement of self-efficacy and academic identity (Science Achievement Value), parent perceptions of future career options for their child (Future Science Task Value for My Child), measures of prior childhood experiences (Childhood Science Experiences), careers the parent considered when a child (Childhood Science Experiences), experiences reading and discussing science (Science Communication Experiences) and finally, the scales Active Science Experiences and Science Tool Experiences assessed the parent’s experiences with science as well as using science-related materials. All of these items assess elements of science capital that have been shown to contribute to career aspirations and interest in science (Archer et al., 2012).

This study demonstrates that we can reliably measure components of science capital and family habitus that contribute to interests and career aspirations for science. This session will engage researchers in considering how to use this type of assessment in designing more effective educational programs as well as thinking about ways to honor cultural capital while building social capital. With the growing recognition of the role of the family in the development of interests and career aspirations this instrument can open up new studies to examine different factors related to the development of youth and parental expectations over time.



References
Archer, L., DeWitt, J., Osborne, J., Dillon, J., Willis, B., & Wong, B. (2012). Science aspirations, capital and family habitus: How families shape children's engagement and identification with science. American Educational Research Journal, 49(5), 881–908. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831211433290
Aschbacher, P. R., Li, E., & Roth, E. J. (2010). Is science me? High school students’ identities, participation, and aspirations in science, engineering, and medicine. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(5), 564–582.
Cabrera, A. F., & La Nasa, S. M. (2000). Overcoming the tasks on the path to college for America's disadvantaged. New directions for institutional research, 2000(107), 31-43.
Ferry, T. R., Fouad, N., & Smith, P. (2000). The roles of family contest in a social cognitive model for career-related choice behavior: A math and science perspective. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 57, 348-364.
Howard, T. C., & Reynolds, R. (2008). Examining parent involvement in reversing the underachievement of African American students in middle-class schools. Educational Foundations, 22, 79-98.
Johnson, U. Y., & Hull, D. M. (2014). Parent involvement and science achievement: A cross-classified multilevel latent growth curve analysis. The Journal of Educational Research, 107(5), 399-409.
Lee, S. A. (1993). Family structure effects on student outcomes. In B. Schneider & J. S. Coleman (Eds.), Parents, their children, and school (pp. 43 –75). Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
National Science Foundation, National Center for Science and Engineering Statistics. (2017). Women, Minorities, and Persons with Disabilities in Science and Engineering: 2017. Special Report NSF 17–310. Arlington, VA. www.nsf.gov/statistics/wmpd/.
Maltese, A. V., & Cooper, C. S. (2017). STEM pathways: do men and women differ in why they enter and exit? AERA Open, 3(3), 1–16.
McNeal Jr, R. B. (1999). Parental involvement as social capital: Differential effectiveness on science achievement, truancy, and dropping out. Social forces, 78(1), 117-144.
Muller, C. (1993). Parent involvement and academic achievement: An analysis of family resources available to the child. In B. Schneider & J. S. Coleman (Eds.), Parents, their children, and school (pp. 77–113). Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Plasman, J. S., Gottfried, M., & Williams, D. (2021). Following in their Footsteps: the Relationship Between Parent STEM Occupation and Student STEM Course taking in High School. Journal for STEM Education Research, 4(1), 27-46.
Strijbos, W., Pat-El, R., & Narciss, S. (2021). Structural validity and invariance of the feedback perceptions. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 68, 100980.
Sui-Chu, E. H., & Willms, J. D. (1996). Effects of parental involvement on eighth-grade achievement. Sociology of education, 126-141.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

What Should Teachers Know and Be Able to Do to Increase Parent Involvement: Perspectives of Dutch Parents and Teachers.

Peter Vries

University of Groningen (the Netherlands)

Presenting Author: Vries, Peter

According to research, parent involvement is important for the development of children (Bakker, Denessen, Dennissen, & Oolbekkink-Marchand, 2013). Teachers must therefore be prepared during training for cooperation with parents and increasing parental involvement in order to know how they can give pupils optimal opportunities through parental involvement. What competences do they need for this and to what extent is parental involvement a theme in primary school teacher training? Several (mainly American) studies indicate that teachers are insufficiently prepared for working with parents (Ferrara & Ferrar, 2010; Caspe, Lopez, Chu & Weiss, 2011; Evans, 2012; Lindberg, 2014). Three studies on the Dutch situation paint a comparable picture (Bakker, Denessen, Kerkhof & Kloppenburg, 2009; De Bruïne et al, 2014; Willemse, Vloeberghs, De Bruïne & Van Eynde, 2016). Preparation for parental involvement appears to be largely dependent on the preferences of individual teacher educators (De Bruïne et al, 2014).

In my PhD research at the University of Groningen I am looking for the competences teachers need to be able to collaborate with parents and to increase parental involvement. This concerns competencies that emerge from previous empirical research, but also competencies that are found in focus group interviews among teachers and parents. I my PhD research I compare the competencies I found with curricula of various teacher training colleges in the Netherlands. In a poster presentation at the Emerging Researchers' Conference, I focus on the competencies that teachers and parents believe are needed. These competencies have been distilled from focus group interviews with teachers and parents. These interviews provide insight into the expertise required for parent involvement from the perspective of teachers and parents, but also in the experiences of teachers and parents.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main question of my PhD research is: does the curriculum of teacher training in primary education in the Netherlands meet the requirements that different forms of parental involvement place on the competences of teachers? To answer this main question, one of the sub-questions of my research is: which competencies of teachers do teachers and parents consider important to promote parental involvement? To answer this sub-question I worked with two types of expert panels (focus groups): three expert panels of teachers (N= 23) and three expert panels of parents (N= 22). The panels provided insight into what teachers need to know and be able to do to increase parent involvement from the perspectives of parents and teachers. The parents and teachers who participated in the expert panels came from both schools that focused on the theme of parent involvement and schools that did nothing specifically with the theme of parent involvement. To get a representative picture, teachers and parents were recruited from all over the Netherlands (e.g. from villages and urban contexts), represented each age group of the children and came from schools with different backgrounds (public schools, Christian schools, special education schools , Montessori schools and so on). During these panel discussions, the vignette method was used in the first part. The vignettes were intended to allow participants to discuss their ideas. The vignettes gave an overview of concrete situations that can occur at school or at home and that have to do with the quality of the cooperation and communication between teacher and parents. As a researcher, I reconstruct the competences based on the conversations between the teachers themselves and between the parents. In the second part of the panel discussions, teachers and parents respectively were asked which competencies of teachers they consider important to promote parental involvement.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A preliminary analysis of the focus group interviews shows that both teachers and parents particularly value communicative skills. They both mention, for example, a good listening attitude, being able to connect with the target group of parents with whom the teacher works, being able to empathize with the parents and dealing with diversity. When it comes to knowledge, only knowledge of different cultures is mentioned as important for understanding parents. Another first conclusion is that teachers and parents often have different expectations of the role that parents should play. Teachers sometimes have expectations that according to parents are not fitting for their role, for example practicing topography at home with the child or going on field trips. This influences opinions of teachers about what a teacher should be able to do, for example convince parents of the necessity of homework and enthuse them for school activities. Parents indicate that teachers must be able to make their expectations clear and communicate clearly. Teachers indicate that self-knowledge is important for teachers in the communication with parents. If you don't know yourself, it's difficult to empathize with someone else and it's difficult to set boundaries, for example towards parents. According to teachers, you need to know what your norms and values are.
References
Bakker, J.T.A., Denessen, E.J.P.G., Kerkhof, M. & Kloppenburg, H.L.(2009). Teacher - Parent Partnerships: Preservice Teacher Competences and Attitudes during Teacher Training in the Netherlands. International Journal About Parents in Education,3(1), 29-36.

Bakker, J.T.A., Denessen, E.J.P.G., Dennissen, M., & Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. (2013). Leerkrachten en ouderbetrokkenheid. Een reviewstudie naar de effectiviteit van ouderbetrokkenheid en de rol die leraren daarbij kunnen vervullen. Nijmegen: Radboud Universiteit.

Bruïne de, E.J., Willemse, T.M., D’Haem, J., Griswold, P. Vloeberghs, L. & Eynde, S. van (2014). Preparing teacher candidates for family–school partnerships. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(4), 409-425.

Caspe, M., Lopez, M.L., Chu, A., Weis, H.B. (2011). Teaching the Teachers: Preparing Educators tot Engage Families for Student Achievement. Issue Brief National PTA & Harvard Family Research Project, May 2011.

Evans, M.P. (2013). Educating preservice teachers for family, school, and community engagement. Teaching Education, 24(2), 123-133.

Ferrara, M.M. & Ferrar, P.J. (2005). Parents as Partners: Raising Awareness as a Teacher Preparation Program. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 79(2), 77-82.

Lindberg, E.N. (2014). Final Year Faculty of Education Students’ Views Concerning Parent Involvement. Educational Sciences: Theory and Practice, 14(4), 1352-1361.

Willemse, T.M., Vloeberghs, L., Bruïne. E.J. de & Eynde, S. van (2016). Preparing teachers for family–school partnerships: a Dutch and Belgian perspective. Teaching Education, 27(2), 212-228.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm15 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Poster

Scaffolding Students’ Professional Development: learning & teaching in complex educational settings

Linda Van Ooijen - Van Der Linden, Didi M. E. Griffioen

Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Van Ooijen - Van Der Linden, Linda

Professionals need increasingly to be able to address complex issues through collaboration blending diverse forms of knowledge in responsive and pro-active professional behaviour (Barnett & Bengtsen, 2017; Griffioen, 2019; Markauskaite & Goodyear, 2017, p. 41). Higher education responds to these attributes by offering students in bachelor programmes the opportunity to learn in living labs and other rich learning environments, furthermore called ‘labs’ (Rogers et al., 2021; Schipper, Vos, & Wallner, 2022). Though many variants exist, labs focused on student learning commonly share that they offer realistic, authentic tasks, multidisciplinarity, and social interactions (Admiraal et al., 2019). Given the complexity of multiple actors shaping the learning processes of students in labs, constructive alignment of professional, pedagogical and assessment practices in labs (PPAP-in-lab) require careful design (Biggs, 1996). Moreover, the framing of learning activities in labs is relatively weak; students’ roles are more diverse and less prescribed in specific actions than in common activities in classrooms (Barnett & Coate, p. 34). This agility required from the students requires teachers to model this agility in their pedagogy (McLaughlan & Lodge, 2019). Following this, learning in labs requires engaging uncertainty and shifting and paying attention as the interactions take shape over time (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2020). Generally, teachers and others in labs focused on learning state to struggle to guide students to the intended learning outcomes (Griffioen & van Heijningen, in review; Helleman, Majoor, Smit, & Walraven, 2019; Huber et al., 2020). Therefore, it remains unclear what guidance practices students need in the provided highly complex, real-life learning situations.

Markauskaite and Goodyear (2017, p. 210) offer a helpful framework based on three narratives that are part of a higher professional education context: a professional discourse following professional practice; a pedagogical discourse encompassing assignments designed for learning; and an accountability discourse designed for assessment. The question is what role each of these narratives play in the design of scaffolding practices that can guide students successfully through the afore described complex learning environments.

An initial answer to this question will be given through a two year education innovation project awarded by the Dutch Ministry of Education that started in September 2022 and sets out to deliver well-founded professional, pedagogical, and assessment practices for labs (PPAP-in-lab) in the Faculty of Social Sciences and Law of Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences. Building on current knowledge on the social learning spaces that labs offer (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2020), literature on learning, curriculum design and student partnership (e.g. Bovill et al., 2016; de Kleijn, 2021), on individual functioning and development (Dweck, 2017) and on lab examples from local and international higher education practices (e.g. Cremers, 2016; McLaughlan & Lodge, 2019) design principles and a guideline for designing and implementing PPAP-in-Lab that will allow transformative learning will be developed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
At the time of submission the project is still in its preparatory phase. The design of the project and initial findings will be presented on the poster to be discussed for feedback.

 For the project as a whole, an educational design research approach in three phases is used (McKenney, Nieveen, & van den Akker, 2006; Plomp & Nieveen, 2013). In Phase 1, the literature (Bovill et al., 2016; Cremers, 2016; Dweck, 2017; McLaughlan & Lodge, 2019; Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2020) was integrated into concept design principles for PPAP-in-lab and concept guidelines for their usage. The content and framing of both concepts are finetuned based on semi-structured interviews with teachers, students and professionals, five of each, from labs of the Faculty of Social Sciences and Law of Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences. The interview guide was designed to elicit thoughts on professional, pedagogical and assessment practices and their (un)balance in labs (Markauskaite and Goodyear, 2017, p. 210). The results of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) of the interview transcripts (verbatim) will inform finetuning of the concept PPAP-in-lab and guidelines.

 In Phase 2, teachers and students in three labs (in parallel iterations) will collaboratively redesign and redevelop their PPAP-in-lab, using the concept PPAP-in-lab design principles and guidelines. Participating labs offer students a learning environment with realistic, authentic tasks, multidisciplinarity, and diverse social interactions (see Admiraal et al. 2019). The redesign sessions will centralize the rationale of student learning in the lab, following Van den Akker’s curricular spiderweb (2003). Guided by the rationale, the other curriculum elements can be designed, aligned, and developed. Each lab will have a reflection session, and at least one cross-lab exchange session will be held.

Afterward, in Phase 3, a cross-lab evaluation will be held. The reflection sessions and the evaluation session will be recorded, transcribed, coded and analyzed, similar to the interviews in the preparation phase. This will allow overall evaluation of the design principles, accompanying guidelines and collaboration processes in their usage. Integration of findings in phase 1, 2, and 3 will result in finalization and dissemination in open access design principles and guidelines for PPAP in labs in the social sector.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the time of submission, only a preliminary preview, anticipating further progress in writing the concept PPAP-in-lab, the guidelines and their finetuning, can be given. As stated before, meaningful learning and sustainable partner involvement in labs is argued to require alignment of professional, pedagogical and assessment practices in labs.

 The design principles and accompanying guidelines are expected to consist of at least the curriculum elements of learning in labs as described under Phase 2 (Van den Akker, 2003), possible mindsets of the different actors, relevant intra- and interpersonal processes, including individual and collective meaning making and focusing and shifting of attention, possible outcomes, and their relations. The accompanying guidelines are expected to describe at least the following: how to envision and create wanted processes, how to prevent unwanted processes, and deliberately work towards students obtaining the intended learning outcomes, even in the face of the inevitable unexpected events, complemented by ways to ensure partners’ interests are served as was agreed upon. Instructions and their framing, collaboration and feedback practices and balancing formative and summative assessment are expected to receive ample attention throughout the project.

 At the time of ECER 2023, the Phase 1 findings - concept PPAP-in-lab and concept accompanying guidelines, both finetuned based on the interviews - can be presented.

References
Admiraal, W., Post, L., Guo, P., Saab, N., Makinen, S., Rainio, O., . . . Danford, G. (2019). Students as future workers: Cross-border multidisciplinary learning labs in higher education. International Journal of Technology in Education and Science (IJTES), 3(2), 85-94. Retrieved from www.ijtes.net.

Barnett, R. and Coate, K. (2005). Engaging the Curriculum in Higher Education. Open University Press.

Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing Teaching Through Constructive Alignment. Higher Education 32: 347-364.

Bovill, C., Cook-Sather, A., Felten, P., Millard, L., & Moore-Cherry, N. (2016). Addressing potential challenges in co-creating learning and teaching: overcoming resistance, navigating institutional norms and ensuring inclusivity in student–staff partnerships. Higher Education, 71(2), 195-208. doi:10.1007/s10734-015-9896-4

Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3(2): 77-101.

Cremers, P. (2016). Designing hybrid learning configurations at the interface between school and workplace. (PhD Dissertation), Wageningen University, Retrieved from https://research.hanze.nl/ws/files/16392522/Cremers_designing_hybrid_learning_configurations.pdf

Dweck, C. S. (2017). From needs to goals and representations: Foundations for a unified theory of motivation, personality, and development. Psychological Review 124(6): 689-719.

Griffioen, D. M. E. (2019). Higher education’s responsibility for balanced professionalism. Methodology beyond Research. (Inaugural lecture). Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences, Amsterdam. Retrieved from https://www.hva.nl/content/evenementen/oraties/2019/10/didi-griffioen.html

Griffioen, D. M. E., & Heijningen, M. Living Labs as social constellations to connect higher education learning to societal innovation. [Manuscript submitted for publication]. Department Higher Education, Research, and Innovation, Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences.

Markauskaite, L., & Goodyear, P. (2017). Epistemic Fluency and Professional Education. Innovation, Knowledgeable Action and Actionable Knowledge. Professional and Practice-based Learning. Dordrecht: Springer.

McLaughlan, R., & Lodge, J. M. (2019). Facilitating epistemic fluency through design thinking: a strategy for the broader application of studio pedagogy within higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 24(1), 81-97. doi:10.1080/13562517.2018.1461621

McKenney, S., Nieveen, N., & van den Akker, J. (2006). Design research from a curriculum perspective. In Educational design research (pp. 79-102). Routledge.

Van den Akker, J. J. H. (2003). Curriculum Perspectives: An Introduction. In J. J. H. Van den Akker, W. Kuiper, & U. Hameyer (Eds.), Curriculum landscapes and trends (pp. 1-10). Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Schipper, T., Vos, M., & Wallner, C. (Eds.). (2022). National position paper Learning Communities (commisioned by Dutch Organisation for Scientific Research). Zwolle: University of Applied Sciences Windesheim.

Wenger-Trayner, E. and Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to make a difference. Value creation in Social Learning Spaces. Cambridge University Press.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm16 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster

Systematic Literature Review of Definitions of Blended Learning (2000 – 2022)

Tomisin Fadamoro1, Rachel Shanks1, John Mynott1, Martin Barker2

1School of Education, University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom; 2School of Biological Sciences, University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Fadamoro, Tomisin

1.0 Introduction

Blended Learning (BL) has been defined by several authors in different ways. The most frequently used definitions are those that refer to the blend of online and offline learning. Several authors describe BL as a combination or integration of the strengths of traditional face-to-face instruction (e.g., live instruction and classroom interaction) and computer-mediated instruction or online teaching (e.g., technologically mediated interactions between students, teachers and learning resources). The traditional structure is a teacher-centred approach, where the teacher is actively involved in teaching, while students listen and follow the teacher's instruction (Sankar et al., 2022), while online learning is learning related to the internet using computer devices, gadgets. Garrison and Kanuka, (2004); Graham, (2006); Osguthorpe and Graham, (2003); Watson, (2008); Voci and Young, (2001), were among the first set of people to use the word BL defined it as the type of learning that combines more traditional methods of teaching (such as instructor-led classes held in a physical classroom) with Internet-delivered content that is learner-driven and self-paced. Some researchers have also noted that blended learning is used to describe other blends, such as combining different instructional methods, pedagogical approaches, and technologies, although these blends are not aligned with influential blended learning definitions (Hrastinski, 2019; Graham, 2013).

BL is becoming increasingly popular as a means of accommodating an increasingly varied student population while also adding value to the learning environment using online teaching materials (Humairah and Asbah, 2019). However, there is still disagreement on the meaning of BL, as a result, diverse understandings of the word have emerged among higher education teachers.

BL has evolved over many years, and different institutions have provided varied descriptions of it. Today, BL is considered the most effective and most popular mode of instruction adopted by educational institutions due to its perceived effectiveness in providing flexible, timely and continuous learning (Bond, (2021), Rasheed et al., (2020). With recent challenges in education, such as the impact of the pandemic and the inclusion of displaced learners from Ukraine in Member States, blended learning has gained more urgency in Europe; As a result, this study will advance researchers' and educators' understanding of how BL can promote a more resilient, responsive, and inclusive education and contribute to knowledge on effective blended learning policy and practise.

Finding efficient and adaptable delivery methods has been strongly supported in higher education to give all students easier access to high-quality learning opportunities than is achievable with just standard on-campus programmes (Hodges et al., 2020). Today, BL is suggested as one option to fulfil both student learning and organisational needs in higher education. The benefits of both traditional and e-learning methods are combined in a BL environment, including the benefits of face-to-face interaction. Face-to-face learning environments offer the social connection necessary for learning, whilst e-learning environments provide the flexibility and efficacy that cannot be obtained in a classroom setting. One major issue that has constrained the acceptance of BL is the adoption of a unified definition by all teachers and researchers. As part of the literature review for a doctoral thesis, the authors seek to analyse the existing definitions of `blended learning to improve our understanding of the concept and the key elements needed to define the concept. Therefore, the aim of this research is to do a literature review of the different definitions several researchers have created for BL over the course of three decades and critic the definitions based on the researchers understanding of BL.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The definitions of BL were collected by searching for peer-reviewed articles from Google scholar and Research gate. The following terms were used to collect the articles:
• Search field: Define BL
• Custom range limited to 2000-2022
• Document type: Journal Article
• Language: English
The search results from this query were then used to retrieve the full text articles in which
definitions of BL were present. The resulting articles were reviewed individually to extract the specific definition used in the article.
To answer this question, I have considered the features of BL, I also considered the application by the authors.
Some important features of BL include but are not limited to.
• It should have elements of traditional learning and online learning (online learning is learning being delivered using the internet for teaching and learning)
• Should use the two learning methods in harmony. i.e., it must be synergistic
• There must be instructor involvement
• There must be student-teacher interaction while doing the online learning as it is in the classroom.
• There must be peer interaction also while doing the online learning.
• Reduce physical contact time.
Blended learning can be broadly defined as the combination of traditional face to face classroom learning and online learning using electronic devices that rely on the internet for teacher-student interaction and the dissemination of class materials.
Search Result
In collecting different definitions spanning from 2000 to 2022, searched google scholar database using the keyword “blended learning” and “definition” because we were interested in obtaining all the different ways in which the concept of blended learning has been defined in peer-reviewed journal articles in the years under review. Only research articles that were in English were considered and a total of 60 articles were reviewed which were narrowed down to include the articles that contained explicit definitions or citations for definitions for blended learning. In all, a total of 25 definitions were obtained. These definitions were divided into three different groups according to the year of publication.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The authors initiated this research to carry out a systematic literature review of the definitions of blended learning. The discovery of the varied definitions and the confusion among scholars and researchers that comes with the realization that there is no generic definition of blended learning was unexpected. It was also discovered that most researchers or authors define blended learning according to the purpose of their research and/or its application which is one of the reasons the filed of blended learning is still grappling with the confusion and the overuse of the term as different researchers keep using it to define other blends that do not involve the traditional learning and online learning such as the blends of different instructional/teaching methods. Also, it was found from the search of literature that the best applications of BL were when it was synergistic and not additive. Moreover, it should be emphasized that the online learning element of the BL must have ‘learning’ taking place and not just only the presence of internet or technology.
References
Bond, M., 2021. Schools and emergency remote education during the COVID-19 pandemic: A living rapid systematic review. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(2), pp.191-247.
Garrison, D.R. and Kanuka, H., 2004. Blended learning: Uncovering its transformative potential in higher education. The internet and higher education, 7(2), pp.95-105.
Graham, C.R., 2006. Blended learning systems. The handbook of blended learning: Global perspectives, local designs, 1, pp.3-21.
Graham, C.R., 2013. Emerging practice and research in blended learning. In Handbook of distance education (pp. 351-368). Routledge.
Hodges, C.B., Moore, S., Lockee, B.B., Trust, T. and Bond, M.A., 2020. The difference between emergency remote teaching and online learning.
Hrastinski, S., 2019. What do we mean by blended learning? TechTrends, 63(5), pp.564-569.
Humaira, H. and Asbah, A., 2019. Investigating the Effect of Blended Learning Activity in Teaching Reading at Second Grade Senior High School. Linguistics and ELT Journal, 6(1), pp.30-46.
Osguthorpe, R.T. and Graham, C.R., 2003. Blended learning environments: Definitions and directions. Quarterly review of distance education, 4(3), pp.227-33.
Rasheed, R.A., Kamsin, A. and Abdullah, N.A., 2020. Challenges in the online component of blended learning: A systematic review. Computers & Education, 144, p.103701.
Sankar, J.P., Kalaichelvi, R., Elumalai, K.V. and Alqahtani, M.S.M., 2022. Effective blended learning in higher education during COVID-19. Information Technologies and Learning Tools, 88(2), pp.214-228.
Voci, E. and Young, K., 2001. Blended learning working in a leadership development programme. Industrial and commercial training.
Watson, J., 2008. Blended Learning: The Convergence of Online and Face-to-Face Education. Promising Practices in Online Learning. North American Council for Online Learning.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster

"Facts against Fakes: Implementing Phenomenon-based Teaching and Learning in Secondary Schools to Counteract Disinformation"

Michael Reicho

University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Reicho, Michael

The increasingly sophisticated production and dissemination of fake news and disinformation in online environments poses an increasing threat to social and democratic structures. Several contemporary developments around the world highlighted the importance of teaching and learning about disinformation already at a young age in school. The popularity of social media, the facilitated access to digital information, the diversification in the use of ICT-supported tools and the ease of spreading and consuming information, requires an urgent strengthening of pupil’s digital competencies (Loveless & Williamson, 2013; Burnett & Merchant, 2011).

The term disinformation (or fake news) is used, when “false information is knowingly shared to cause harm” (Wardle & Derakhshan, 2017, 5). Recognising disinformation is particularly difficult for young people, as online information is trusted more than traditional media and disinformation is made increasingly trustworthy by emotionalising it (Buchner, 2023). Studies show that young people are more willing to share content if it aligns with their interests, regardless of its truthfulness. Further, the appearance of newsworthy information ensures that information will be shared with other young people, regardless of the nature of the content (Herrero-Diz et al., 2020). This emphasises the necessity that young people should be able to use the internet confidently, ask questions, find needed information, critically evaluate this information, combine information from different sources and share the gained knowledge with others (Loos et al., 2018).

Therefore, pupils need educational offers that promote both digital competencies and critical awareness of fake news (Buchner, 2023). Since the skills and knowledge required for educational interventions span a range of areas, the term multiliteracy is helpful as an "umbrella term encompassing concepts such as media literacy, visual literacy and advertising literacy" (Kangas & Rasi, 2021, 3). Further, to address meaningful educational activities, pedagogical approaches are needed that allow pupils to develop their multiliteracy competencies in authentic ways.

For this reason, this research proposes using a phenomenon-based learning approach to address counteracting disinformation and to support the development of multiliteracies in secondary schools. Phenomenon-based learning is said to train a diversity of required multiliteracies (Kangas & Rasi, 2021) as well as to build resilience to disinformation. The model focuses on learners investigating and solving problems using their own research questions. Phenomenon-based learning suggests that pupils seek information independently, evaluate and compare sources of information and summarise their findings creatively using digital tools. Pupils learn the basics of digital competencies in interdisciplinary project lessons together with different subject teachers. Teachers are seen as facilitators that encourage their pupils (Lonka, 2018). Phenomenon-based learning has potential to increase the diversity of pedagogical approaches through transdisciplinary subject teaching as well as to support teachers to address specific needs of individual pupils with varying prior knowledge.

According to the results of the previous step of this PhD project, the training of pupils’ multiliteracies should be implemented with a cross-curricular, mandatory and reoccurring approach, so that these skills can be supported in all subjects, starting from the pupils’ age of 10 (Fasching & Schubatzky, 2022). In the current phase of the research, the implementation of phenomenon-based learning is accompanied and evaluated to test the practicality in secondary schools and to incorporate the teachers' feedback into the further development of the concept. In a future step, feedback from pupils will also be considered for a potential implementation in the curriculum of basic digital education in Austria.

The leading research question of this presentation is, how suitable seems 'phenomenon-based learning of multiliteracy against disinformation' for teachers in practical implementation in Austrian’s secondary schools?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research aimed to investigate phenomenon-based learning to counteract disinformation in secondary schools. Results from qualitative semi-structured in-depth interviews will be presented with teachers (n= 6) of pilot classes after the implementation of phenomenon-based learning (Helfferich, 2014; Vaughn et al., 1996). The interviews were examined with a qualitative content analysis to ground this analysis of teaching and learning to counteract disinformation (Mayring, 2004). A differentiation of rural and urban schools helped to better understand local needs in secondary schools.

Limitations may arise from the focus on a small number of pilot classes (including teachers and pupils), the conscious selection of schools, the incomplete coverage of the target group of pupils and teachers and the focus on only one federal district in Austria (Styria). All aspects regarding ethics and GDPR were considered.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I conclude with a proposal on the educational consequences, pedagogical approaches and requirements of involved stakeholders. The results show that teachers thought that phenomenon-based learning might be a suitable pedagogical approach for teaching multiliteracies in classrooms for 10-14 year old pupils. Teachers highlighted that the implementation of phenomenon-based learning can help pupils to understand the importance of verifying information and to develop required skills to evaluate the credibility of sources. They stress that training of multiliteracies, such as evaluating sources, pupils might be better prepared to respond to disinformation.

The results show that teachers identified the flexibility in implementing phenomenon-based learning of multiliteracy as an advantage. Teachers emphasised that this form of teaching promotes independence and self-organisation among pupils. In addition, synergies in the division of labour among teachers can lead to facilitation. Teachers criticised the lack of best practice examples as assistance for guidance and also the difficulty of convincing colleagues for a joint project. Teachers also asked for a collection of potential digital tools that can be used without risking copyright violations. To improve phenomenon-based learning regarding disinformation, teachers suggested to show examples of fake news during the kick-off in the subject context to sensitise pupils to possible manipulated sources. The teacher suggested that they need detailed information to prepare their pupils adequately on how to deal with disinformation, and that this needs to be prepared at an age appropriate level, so they can successfully apply it in different subject topics. The pedagogical framework was adapted based on those suggestions.

References
Buchner, J. (2023). Effekte eines Augmented Reality Escape Games auf das Lernen über Fake News. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 51, 65-86.
Burnett, C., & Merchant, G. (2011). Is There a Space for Critical Literacy in the Context of Social Media?. English Teaching: Practice and Critique, 10(1), 41-57.
Fasching, M., & Schubatzky, T. (2022). Beyond truth: Teaching digital competences in secondary school against disinformation: Experts' views on practical teaching frameworks for basic digital education in Austria. Medienimpulse, 60(3), 65-Seiten.
Helfferich, C. (2014). Leitfaden- und Experteninterviews. In N. Baur & J.Blasius (Eds.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (559–574). Springer.
Herrero-Diz, P., Conde-Jiménez, J., & Reyes de Cózar, S. (2020). Teens’ motivations to spread fake news on WhatsApp. Social Media+ Society, 6(3), 2056305120942879.
Kangas, M., & Rasi, P. (2021). Phenomenon-based learning of multiliteracy in a Finnish upper secondary school. Media Practice and Education, 22(4), 342-359.
Lonka, K., Makkonen, J., Berg, M., Talvio, M., Maksniemi, E., Kruskopf, M., ... & Westling, S. K. (2018). Phenomenal learning from Finland. Edita.
Loos, E., Ivan, L., & Leu, D. (2018). “Save The Pacific Northwest Tree Octopus”: a hoax revisited. Or: how vulnerable are school children to Fake News?. Information and Learning Science.
Loveless, Avril, and Ben Williamson. Learning identities in a digital age: Rethinking creativity, education and technology. Routledge, 2013.
Mayring, P. (2004). Qualitative content analysis. A companion to qualitative research, 1(2), 159-176.
Vaughn, S., Schumm, J. S., & Sinagub, J. M. (1996). Focus group interviews in education and psychology. Sage.
Wardle, C., & Derakhshan, H. (2017). Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research and policymaking.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster

Analysis of Differences in Cognitive Load Using Eye Blink According to Online Education

Dongsim Kim1, Dahyeon Ryoo2

1Hanshin University; 2Ewha Womans University

Presenting Author: Kim, Dongsim

The rapid advancement of technology and the COVID-19 pandemic have led to an increase in the use of online education. However, this has resulted in issues such as decreased attention and academic performance among learners (Chen, Jiao, & Hu, 2021; Munastiwi & Puryono, 2021; Purwanto, 2020). Despite these challenges, online education is now a necessity for personalized learning in the future. Therefore, the aim of this study is to measure and evaluate students' learning progress using objective biometric data, in order to develop an online education feedback system to support students' learning. Especially, the purpose of this study is to confirm whether there is a difference in cognitive load depending on the achievement of online education using eye blink frequency and duration.

Cognitive load refers to the sum of mental activities that affect working memory in processing information (Sweller, 1988). For something to be learned, information must be processed in working memory. The problem between the amount of information that working memory can process and the information is called cognitive load (Kim & Kim, 2004). It can be divided into three types: intrinsic, extraneous, and germane cognitive load. Cognitive load theory suggests that if the cognitive load exceeds an individual's processing capacity, it may lead to poor learning outcomes and decreased motivation. Therefore, it is important to consider cognitive load when designing instructional materials and activities, in order to help learners process and retain information more effectively (Lee, 2017).

Self-report questionnaires and interviews were mainly used to measure cognitive load. However, there is a way to objectively measure cognitive load based on physiological responses (Park, Kim, & Jo, 2019). In particular, Abdurrahman et al. (2021) emphasized the importance of physiological monitoring to measure mental workload during learning transfer. Coral (2016) confirmed the increasing relationship between eye-related measurement variables and cognitive load. It was explained that the higher the eye blink duration and blink frequency, the greater the cognitive load. The research question of this study is, can the difference in cognitive load according to the achievement group be known through eye blink frequency and duration in the online learning environment?

We provided 73 university students with educational content on Korean grammar, and eye tracking was conducted. There was no difference in the pre-test results on Korean grammar between the control and experimental groups. Eye blink frequency and duration were measured using gaze points GP3 HD Eye Tracker (150 Hz) and self-reported survey. Based on the post-test average score, the gaze tracking data and self-reported data was analyzed by dividing the group into high-achievement and low-achievement groups. The post-test in the 10-point test had an average score of 5.521. Based on this, 33 students were placed in the high-achievement group and 40 students were placed in the low-achievement group.

As a result, the difference in cognitive load by the self-report questionnaire was not significant. But eye blink frequency was higher in the lower achievement group than in the high- achievement group, but it was not significant. Eye blink duration was longer in the lower- achievement group than in the high- achievement group and had a significant difference.

In this study, it was confirmed whether this measurement is meaningful to objectively measure learners' cognitive load based on eye blink frequency and duration. It was confirmed that the longer the blinking duration, the greater the cognitive load, and it was verified that the eye-tracking data could be meaningfully used to prepare a support plan for online learning. Through this, it was suggested that a system be developed so that the instructor can immediately recognize the learner's cognitive load status and give feedback even in real-time online education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study targeted 73 university students (male: 28, female: 45) in Korea. For the stable collection of gaze data, those with a history of functional bodily impairment (e.g., eye disease) and those who underwent eye-related surgery (e.g., LASIK surgery) were excluded in advance. This study was approved by the H University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to protect research participants and comply with research ethics (H University 2022-01-006). Written consent to participate in the study was obtained from the research subjects, and permission was obtained for the study again after informing the purpose of the research and information about recording before proceeding with the experiment.
A 10-minute and 42-second online content about the types of sentences in Korean grammar was produced. Although the research participants are fluent in Korean, Korean grammar is not familiar to most Koreans as it is a learning area that must be studied separately as an optional subject for the SAT. To check the Korean level, pre-and post-tests were conducted as homomorphic tests. Korean language teachers in high school reviewed the viability of the test. Based on the average score of the post-test, it was divided into a high-achievement group and a low-achievement group. In addition, a t-test was conducted to confirm the difference between the pre-test and post-test by the group.
In addition, to check the cognitive load, gaze points GP3 HD Eye Tracker (150Hz) was used to measure the eye blink frequency and duration, and a self-report questionnaire was also conducted. The self-report questionnaire used the cognitive load tool measured by Ryu & Lim (2009) with 20 questions divided into self-evaluation, physical effort, mental effort, material design, and task difficulty.
To confirm the significance of the difference in the number and time of blinking according to the group according the grade, a non-parametric test was conducted as it did not follow a normal distribution, and each data was analyzed through SPSS

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study examined whether there is a difference in cognitive load according to the higher and lower achievement in online education through eye blink frequency and duration. First, through the self-report questionnaire, which has been actively used to measure cognitive load, differences in sub-factors of cognitive load, such as self-evaluation, physical effort, mental effort, material design, and task difficulty, were confirmed by the achievement group. It was confirmed that the cognitive load of the group with higher achievement was lower than the low-achievement group, but the difference between them was not significant.
Next, considering that the eye blink frequency and duration increases as the cognitive load increases in previous studies, the difference between the eye blink frequency and duration, which is biometric data, was confirmed. It was confirmed that the number of eye blink frequency was higher in the lower achievement group than the higher achievement group, but the difference between them was not significant. Instead, it was confirmed that the eye blink duration was longer in the lower achievement group than the higher achievement group, and the difference between them was significant. However, the cognitive load could not be confirmed through self-report questionnaires but verified through eye blink duration.
Therefore, this study confirmed the meaning of eye tracking to check the learner's cognitive load in developing an online support system to enhance the learner's educational performance. Therefore, it was possible to confirm the implications of creating a system that can provide real-time feedback to reduce the cognitive load by immediately checking the learner's reaction.

References
Abdurrahman, U. A., Yeh, S. C., Wong, Y., & Wei, L. (2021). Effects of neuro-cognitive load on learning transfer using a virtual reality-based driving system. Big Data and Cognitive Computing, 5(4), 54.
Chen, Z., Jiao, J., & Hu, K. (2021). Formative assessment as an online instruction intervention: Student engagement, outcomes, and perceptions. International Journal of Distance Education Technologies (IJDET), 19(1), 50-65.
Coral, M. P. (2016). Analyzing cognitive workload through eye-related measurements: A meta-analysis. Doctoral dissertation, Wright State University.
Kim, K., & Kim, D. (2004). The effects of modality of text and timing of information presentation on cognitive load, effectiveness and efficiency in web based learning. communication books. Journal of Educational Technology, 20(4), 111-145.
Lee, E. (2017). Difference in cognitive load according to learner's prior knowledge level and learning section in video learning environment : Focused on the pupil dilation. Master dissertation, Ewha Womans University.
Munastiwi, E., & Puryono, S. (2021). Unprepared management decreases education performance in kindergartens during Covid-19 pandemic. Heliyon, 7(5), e07138.
Park, H., Kim, D., & Jo, I. (2019). Correlation between the change of cognitive load and learning performance in video-based learning. The Journal of Educational Information and Media, 25(4), 797-826.
Purwanto, A. (2020). University students online learning system during Covid-19 pandemic: Advantages, constraints and solutions. Sys Rev Pharm, 11(7), 570-576.
Ryu, J., & Lim, J. (2009). An exploratory validation for the constructs of cognitive load. Journal of Korean Association for Educational Information and Media, 15(2), 1-27.
Sweller, J. (1988). Cognitive load during problem solving: Effects on learning. Cognitive Science, 12(2), 257-285.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster

A Framework for Including ICT and Collaborative Skills in Teaching

Wenche Mörck Riekki

University of Gävle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Mörck Riekki, Wenche

Future skills or 21st century skills (Ananiadou & Claro, 2009) are discussed both nationally in a Swedish context, and international, and skills such as creativity and innovation, collaboration, communication, and critical thinking become increasingly central when discussing school issues. Both future skills and digital capabilities are highlighted as necessary for citizens in a future society and legitimacy in various policy documents (Davidsen & Vanderlinde, 2016). In Sweden has a revised curriculum with clearly outlined requirements regarding digitization implementation, both in terms of teaching strategy and the infrastructure of artifacts in the classroom. To respond to new policy writings, more and more schools are investing in 1:1, which means that every student and teachers have access to their own computer or tablet. By implementing digital tools in education, however, the student-centered teaching is reinforced (Holmberg, 2018), which also tends to lead to a form of pedagogy where students learn from each other and collaborate through various collaborative and communicative methods. Against the background of the agenda set out in policy the teaching profession is expected to change its teaching based on ICT, that the digital the strategies must enable a form of learning that would not be conceivable without ICT (Holmberg, Fransson & Fors, 2018) and therefore create increased added value in teaching. Overall, this requires greater flexibility in the teaching environment. In addition, the demands on primary school teachers to know themselves are increasing familiar with various digital tools and resources to develop innovative learning environments where both a new teaching role, new strategies and new knowledge may be needed in teaching (Willermark, 2018).

New pedagogical ideas, working methods and student views have a great influence on the school's architecture, as well view of the school's mission, which contributes to working away from a more traditional one teaching (Dovey & Fisher, 2014). Martin (2002, cited in Bøjer, 2019) believes that the classroom layout reflects the pedagogical practice in the room. For example, it came out more teacher-centered the teaching from an arrangement where the students sit in rows or in the shape of a horseshoe, while it learner-centred takes place in more flexible environments. ICT and a more digitized teaching can be seen as a change agent where you go from more teacher-centered teaching to more student-centered (Holmberg, 2018).

The purpose of the study is to investigate how teachers say they
design their teaching to promote students’ collaborative work through digital units in school years 1–6 and through the teachers’ statements see what influencing factors, abilities, subject content, and technology support a design of digital teaching for the benefit of collaboration and student-to-student interaction in digital arenas.

Previous research in the subject has been based on student collaboration and digital learning environments; then have one investigated design and students' collaborative learning with a focus on collaborating face-to-face. This means that the students sit next to each other, around the digital and collaborate on different tasks (Davidsen & Vanderlinde, 2016). In my survey, the questions partly refer to side-by-side cooperation but above all on teachers' design for collaboration where students collaborate and communicate through the tablet or the computer. Considering this reasoning, it becomes appropriate to examine how teachers report using technology to support students' work with future key competencies, such as collaboration and communication, where the digital unit in a 1:1-systems can promote added value and new opportunities. At the same time, one should examine the methods and didactic choices that the teachers say they use in the pedagogical practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The purpose of the study is to investigate how teachers say they design their teaching to promote students’ collaborative work through digital units in school years 1–6 and through the teachers’ statements see what influencing factors, abilities, subject content, and technology support a design of digital teaching for the benefit of collaboration and student-to-student interaction in digital arenas.
The method is one interview survey where teachers recount examples of their pedagogical practice and demonstrate their perspectives on the conditions, methods and didactic choices used when they design learning for collaboration. The answers given by the teachers can then, through analysis, provide a picture of digitalization's potential opportunities and challenges for students' collaborative learning.
The survey and its practical examples seek answers to the question of whether teachers change their pedagogical practice when collaborative and communicative opportunities are provided in digital arenas. This is a qualitative interview survey where the author will start from a methodological more individualistic perspective as the informants in this survey answer questions based on their own individual behaviors, perceptions and attitudes and the institutional contexts in which the individual the teacher is (Bryman, 2011; Denscombe, 2018). This means that from the individualistic perspective, the informants are expected through a semi-structured interview be able to state how they, as teachers, say they design their teaching to allow the students work collaboratively through digital devices.
The survey uses a semi-structured interview technique with thematic openings.

To visualize how teachers operationalize collaborative learning in their pedagogical activities, the model of TPACK in situ was used (Willermark, 2018).  In the analysis of the examples that the teachers reproduced based on TPACK in situ, the results of the study show many innovative learning processes where students interact with their tablets and how the teachers design their teaching to interact with different kinds of subject content. By using Learning Design Sequences (Selander, 2008;2017) as an analysis tool, further understanding was reached of how, when and in what way technology supports the collaborative processes and in which phases of learning this happens. In this way, institutional patterns became prominent through the influence of the physical learning environment, which increased the understanding of how around or through 1:1 also can be placed in a spatial contex (Dovey& Fisher, 2014).inally, Learning Design Sequences (Selander, 2008;2017) were used to identify opportunities and challenges for teachers in designing for collaborative learning through 1:1.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Different perspectives on teachers´ design of the collaborative processes in terms of interaction through the digital device or processes that occurred around the device were found. Based on the answers from the teachers in this survey, a result could be crystallized where it digital competence from a collaborative student-student perspective came to be about physical as well learning environment as the learning tablet's possible added value and affordances in pedagogical practice.
The result shows that for the teachers, digital competence in this research perspective is situated, that it is manifested in how one chooses to use the learning tablet. The digital added value is more related to the teacher's idea of how the device can be used than the possibilities of the digital tool can offer. This affects how teachers relate to integrating and choosing digital tools and resources in teaching to stimulate students' collaborative work processes through digital tools.
Based on the conclusions the author presents a didactic model for teachers to take into consideration when designing their pedagogical activities for practicing collaborative skills in the 1:1 classroom. The model is based on Willermark's (2018) operationalization of educational activities, TPACK in situ. The didactic model can function as a contribution to teachers' work with design of collaborative processes through 1:1. The model can contribute to teaching through 1:1 can be used to a greater extent based on their potential in the physical classroom. The model must relate to certain general conditions and specific points:
subject content, collaborative abilities, collaborative processes, communicative contexts, physical and virtual learning environment as well as common digital arena.

References
Ananiadou, K. & Claro, M. (2009). 21st Century Skills and Competences for New Millennium
Learners in OECD Countries, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 41, Paris: OECD
Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/218525261154

Bryman, A. (2011). Samhällsvetenskapliga metoder. (2. [rev.] uppl.) Malmö: Liber

Bøjer, B. (2019). Unlocking learning spaces: An examination of the interplay between the designof learning
spaces and pedagogical practices (Industrial PhD Thesis, Rune Fjord Studio & The royal Danish
Academy of Fine Arts, Schools of Architecture, Design and Conservation, Köpenhamn)
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/338044292_UNLOCKING_LEARNING_SPACES__an_examination_of_the_relationship_between_the_design_of_learning_spaces_and_pedagogical_practices/link/5e3c2597458515072d8411c6/download

Davidsen, J. & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). You should collaborate, children: a study of teachers’
design and facilitation of children’s collaboration around touchscreens. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 25(5), 573–593

Denscombe, M. (2018). Forskningshandboken: för småskaliga forskningsprojekt inom
samhällsvetenskaperna.(4.uppl.).Studentlitteratur

Dovey, K. & Fisher, K. (2014). Designing for adaptation: the school as socio-spatial assemblage,
The Journal of Architecture,

Holmberg, J. (2019). Designing for added pedagogical value: a design-based research study of teachers’ educational design with ICT. Diss. Stockholm: Stockholm’s Universitet

Holmberg, J., Fransson, G. & Fors, Uno. (2018). Teachers' Pedagogical Reasoning and
Reframing of Practice in Digital Contexts. International Journal of Information and
Learning Technology, 35(2), 130–142


Selander. S. (2008). Designs for learning- a theoretical perspective. Designs for learning, 1(1), 10–24
Selander, S. (2017). Didaktiken efter Vygotskij: design för lärande. Stockholm: Liber.

Willermark, S. (2018). Digital Didaktisk Design: Att utveckla undervisning i och för en
digitaliserad skola. Diss. Trollhättan: Högskolan Väst
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm19 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
12:15pm - 1:15pm20 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster

Video Analysis for Studying Rural Teacher's Agency in Digital Age

Qiandong Zhou

Durham university, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Zhou, Qiandong
To implement a new educational reform policy - known as 'Education Informatization 2.0' - the Chinese Ministry of Education has asked teachers to upload "technology-based classroom practice recording" to the teacher training platform and other online public platforms as digital educational resources, also form part of their training assignments and performance evaluations (MoE, 2019). The current plan of China is to use technology to change education from an exam-driven and reactive teaching approach to an innovative and interactive approach. In terms of technology for educational change, teachers are considered the most important agent affecting the result, as they have agency in determining how learning tools are used as part of their educational practice (Biesta et al., 2015). Although teacher agency in the traditional classroom has been increasingly discussed in studies, how teachers excise their agency in the field of the digital world, which holds a particular set of educational tastes, beliefs, and rules of practice (Feenberg, 1991), has not been questioned so far. Teacher agency could be evidenced in teaching practices and the transformation of practices is one of the objectives of educational change (Riveros et al., 2012). Therefore, it is necessary to understand teacher agency in the digital age by exploring how technology affects the role of teachers, not only in terms of what they do in practice but also in terms of the conditions that influence their practice in a given context. This study aims to explore how teachers excise their agency in rural settings and how teacher agency is affected by digital technology.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative approach was applied for the purposes of this research and in accordance with the epistemological perspective. Videos analysis is an innovative way of studying agentic behaviour in the digital age using digital data. The classroom recordings uploaded by rural teachers were collected in this study. Videos were selected from a Chinese Social Media Platform: Bilibili.com, a video Content Sharing Social Media, and full classroom recordings can be collected (around 40 minutes per lesson). The videos from the selected platform have been used in other studies (e.g., Chen, 2020), and it is an accepted ethical practice within the academic community. Followed by Goldman's (2007) approach to video selection, inclusion and exclusion criteria were set for selecting videos. In total, ten videos were selected. The video transcription used a narrative approach, accompanying the description of the video content itself and constructing a narrative between classroom teaching practice and the concept of teacher agency to contextualise the video with meaning. At the same time, as defined by Bezemer (2012), a multimodal approach combined with thematic analysis to examine the transcripts further to describe the factors that influence teachers' agency in the classroom.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As part of a PhD project, this study will be completed in July 2023. So, the poster for this conference will mainly present the design of video analysis in the study. The expected outcomes include (1) the data itself and the results of the analysis to answer the research question, and (2) the exploration of innovative methodological and analytic processes that have been applied.
References
Bezemer, J. (2012). What is multimodality? MODE: Multimodal Methodologies. https://mode.ioe.ac.uk/2012/02/16/what-is-multimodality/

Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and teaching, 21(6), 624-640.

Chen, Z. T. (2020). Slice of life in a live and wired masquerade: Playful prosumption as identity work and performance in an identity college Bilibili. Global Media and China, 5(3), 319–337.

Feenberg, A. (1991). Critical theory of technology (Vol. 5). Oxford University Press New York.

Goldman, R. (2007). Video representations and the perspectivity framework: Epistemology, ethnography, evaluation, and ethics. na.

MoE. (2019). 教育部关于实施全国中小学教师信息技术应用能力提升工程2.0的意见 [Government website]. Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China.

Riveros, A., Newton, P., & Burgess, D. (2012). A situated account of teacher agency and learning: critical reflections on professional learning communities. Canadian journal of education, 35(1), 202-216.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm22 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

The Teaching and Assessment of "Learning to Learn" Competence in the Degree of Pedagogy at the University of Valencia

Bernardo Gargallo López1, Eloïna García Félix2, Laura Osete Cortina2, Susana Valero Carrero1, Salomé Moreno Navarro2, Gemma Cortijo Ruiz1

1University of Valencia, Spain; 2Polytechnic University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Gargallo López, Bernardo

This work focuses on the teaching and assessment of the learning-to-learn (LTL) competence in university degrees, and its results come from a three-year research project [1]. LTL is a key competence for lifelong learning in the European education systems (EU, 2006 & 2018). The definition of LTL relies mainly on the scientific literature on Strategic Learning (Weinsten, 1988) and Self-Regulated Learning (Pintrich, 2004; Zimmerman, 2002).

At the beginning, the researchers included three dimensions to explain how students ‘learn to learn’: cognitive (skills, strategies and techniques related to information processing), metacognitive (awareness and management of the learning processes) and affective-motivational (self-concept, motivation, etc.) (Hoskins & Fredriksson, 2008).

Later, a fourth dimension was added: the social/relational dimension, rooted in the social-cognitive theory (Thoutenhoofd & Pirrie, 2013). These ideas clearly influenced the current proposal of the EU (2018), who has renamed LTL as ‘personal, social and learning to learn competence’ (Caena, 2019; European Comission et al., 2020).

Based on a literature review, our research team developed a model on LTL, including these four dimensions and we added an ethical dimension (Gargallo et al. 2020). The student has to learn respecting ethical codes and contributing to create an increasingly equitable society (OECD, 2005; Cortina, 2013; Buxarrais & Conceiçao, 2017).

The objective of the European Union was for the students to achieve an adequate mastery of LTL at the end of compulsory schooling. However, it is not proved that university students handle it with an adequate skill, and they need specific training (Cameron and Rideout, 2020; Viejo and Ortega-Ruiz, 2018).

That’s why we are developing an intervention model to teach this competence, which can be useful for European researchers and university professors. We are trying to test functional proposals to teach the competence, integrated into the teaching of university degree subjects. To do this, we defend a “constructive alignment” (Biggs, 2005), in which competences, contents, learning outcomes, and teaching and assessment procedures are aligned to achieve learning of quality.

In this way, the learning tasks to teach the competence can be used as assessment procedures, from a perspective of authentic tasks and authentic assessment: learning projects, problem solving, case studies, portfolios, etc. Furthermore, organized, and systematic observation will be a good procedure to assess the achievement of LTL.

Then, we developed the curricular design of LTL, specifying dimensions and sub-dimensions to work on, in the different subjects of the university degrees and in their academic years. We also concretized assessable learning results, contents and teaching and assessment procedures, and made the necessary materials.

Later, we are applying the training proposals organized in the previous phase, in two universities of Valencia (Spain) in different degrees (Education, Medicine, Engineering, and Architecture), and collecting evidence to assess the possible success achieved.

In this work, we present the results of the training proposals developed in the previous phase, in one of the subjects of the Education area. This is a first test to validate our proposal, specifically in the Theory of Education subject, which is taught in the 1st year of the Pedagogy degree at the University of Valencia.

[1] ‘The learning to learn competence in the university, its design and curriculum development. a model of intervention and its application in university degrees’ Project PID2021-123523NB-I00, funded by the MCIN/AEI /10.13039/501100011033 and by ERDF A way of making Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research used quantitative methodology (a pre-experimental design, with pretest-posttest) and qualitative methodology (a focus group with 7 students participating in the training program).
The sample consisted of 42 students, who were assessed in pretest and posttest and participated in the training sessions of the program.
To assess the competence, the QELtLCUS questionnaire (Gargallo et al., 2021) was used, as well as the assessment of two deliveries of a portfolio (authentic assessment). The first one was carried out before the application of the training program, and the second one after their application. These two deliveries were assessed by means of a rubric. The rubric analyzed the management of the components of the LTL competence necessary to develop a good portfolio (Planning, Self-assessment, Organization, Understanding, Communication abilities, etc.).
The QELtLCUS questionnaire consists of 85 items organized in 5 scales, that assess the five dimensions listed above and 21 subdimensions. The questionnaire has a self-report format, and the student answers the items with a Likert-type scale, agree-disagree.
As we have already said, the training program was applied in the subject of Theory of Education, in the 1st year of the Pedagogy degree at the University of Valencia, in five sessions of about one hour integrated into teaching. The subject is assigned 6 credits and 23 sessions of two and a half hours in the first semester of the 2022-23 academic year.

In this subject, among other methods, the portfolio is used as a key instrument with which students demonstrate the achievement of the learning objectives. Students make two deliveries of the portfolio, one in the middle of the semester and another at the end, which collect their work and practical activities to demonstrate their learning. This is an authentic assessment, since the learning of the dimensions worked on in the program is analyzed in the portfolio, which complements the information collected through the QELtLCUS questionnaire.
In the training program, several components of the cognitive (search skills, selection, elaboration, organization, understanding of information, critical thinking, and written expression skills), metacognitive (planning and self-assessment) and ethics dimension (hard work, responsible and committed) were worked, all of them linked to the contents that were being worked on in the subject.

The objective of the program was to improve the quality of the processes and skills corresponding to the dimensions and components of the competence involved in learning through portfolios.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Statistical analyses were performed by SPSS 25, performing non-parametric pre- and post-test (Wilcoxon's Z), given the non-normality of the sample.
The QELtLCUS results showed significant differences in the cognitive dimension (Z= 2.432, p<.05) and in two subdimensions: Information management (Z= 2.255, p<.05) and Communication skills (Z= 2.395, p<.05). Scores improved on the post-test.
There were significant differences in the assessment rubric in 15 out of the 18 items, with better scores in the post-test: Self-assessment- and Self-regulation (Z= 4.756, p<.001), Information search (Z= 3.874, p<.001), Elaboration (Z= 3.646, p<.001), Organization (Z= 3.8021, p<.001), Comprehension (Z= 3.400, p<.001), Absence of conceptual errors (Z= 3.589, p<.001), Correct presentation (Z= 3.574, p<.001), Portfolio components (Z= 2.982, p<.001), Management of ICTs (Z= 3.844, p<.001), Paraphrasing of the text (Z= 3.020, p<.01), Spelling (Z= 3.802, p<.001), Critical Thinking (Z= 4.327, p<.001), and Honesty-Values (Z= 4.823, p<.001). There was no significant difference in three skills: Planning (Z= 1,811, p=.070), Bibliographic reference citation system (Z= 1,402, p=.161) and Compliance with delivery deadlines (Z= 1,000, p= .317), with better results in the post-test.
The QELtLCUS results come from the answers of the students and from their subjective perception. The results of the rubric reflect the real execution by the students of a complex task, the portfolio. They were obtained from the portfolio correction made by three professors of the subject (there are three different groups with three professors), and they were assessed by taking the average of the scores awarded.
The results of the focus group were also good, as the students assessed the training program developed very positively.
For us, these are very promising results, which support the quality of the training program, and which encourage us to go on in this way, approaching the teaching of LTL with authentic tasks and authentic assessment linked to the contents of the subjects.

References
Buxarrais, Mª R. & Conceiçao, Mª (2017). Competencias y competencia ética en la educación superior. En E. Vila (Coord.) Competencias éticas y deontología profesional en la universidad (pp. 89-128). Aljibe.
Caena, F. (2019). Developing a European Framework for the Personal, Social & Learning lo Learn Key Competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https://bit.ly/2vBzK8A
Cameron, R. B. & Rideout. C.A. (2020). It’s been a challenge finding new ways to learn: fist-year students’ perceptions of adapting to learning in a university environment. Studies in Higher Education, 42 (11), 2153-2169. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2020.1783525.
Cortina, A. (2013) ¿Para qué sirve realmente la ética? Barcelona: Paidós.
European Commission (2006). Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 Decembrer 2006 on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/news/recommendation-18-december-2006-key-competences-lifelong-learning
European Commission. (2018). Accompanying the document Proposal for a COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission. Retrieved from http://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-5464-2018-ADD-2/EN/pdf
European Commission, Joint Research Centre, Sala, A., Punie, Y. & Garkov, V. (2020). LifeComp : the European Framework for personal, social and learning to learn key competence, Publications Office of the European Union, 2020, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/302967
Gargallo Lopez, B.; Perez-Perez, C.; Garcia-Garcia, F.J.; Gimenez Beut, J.A., & Portillo Poblador, N. (2020). The skill of learning to learn at university. Proposal for a theoretical model. Educación XX1, 23(1), 19-44, http://doi.org/0000-0002-7158-6737
 Gargallo-López, B., Suárez-Rodríguez, J.M., Pérez-Pérez, C., Almerich Cerveró, G., & Garcia-Garcia, F.J. (2021). The QELtLCUS questionnaire. An instrument for evaluating the learning to learn competence in university students. RELIEVE, 27(1), art. 1. http://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v27i1.20760
Hoskins, B. & Fredriksson, U. (2008). Learning to learn: what is it and can it be measured. Ispra: Joint Research Centre, Institute for the Protection and Security of the Citizen. Centre for Research on Lifelong Learning (CRELL).
OCDE. (2005). La definición y selección de competencias clave. Recuperado de http://comclave.educarex.es/pluginfile.php/130/mod_resource/content/3/DESECO.pdf
Pintrich, P. R. (2004). A conceptual framework for assessing motivation and self-regulated learning in college students. Educational Psychology Review, 16(4), 385-407.
Thoutenhoofd, E.D. & Pirrie, A. (2015). From self-regulation to learning to learn: observations on the construction of self and learning. British Educational Research Journal, 4 (1), 72-84. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3128
Viejo, C. & Ortega-Ruiz, R. (2018). Competencias para la investigación: el trabajo de fin de Máster y su potencialidad formativa. Revista de innovación y buenas prácticas docentes, 5, 46-56. https://doi.org/10.21071/ripadoc.v5i.10970
Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: an overview. Theory into Practice, 41, 64-70.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Stop Dropout: An international Best Practice Study on Preventing Student Attrition and Improving Student Success

Christian Gehart, Erna Nairz, Klaus Feldmann

Vienna University of Economics and Business - Education Science Group

Presenting Author: Gehart, Christian; Nairz, Erna

During the last decades, the number of non-traditional students (NTS) at European Universities has grown significantly (Hauschildt et al., 2021). There are different ways to define NTS – in our poster presentation we take one possible definition of Schuetze and Slowey and define NTS as first-in-family students whose parents did not graduate in higher education (Schuezte and Slowey, 2002). Numbers for this specific group of students vary across Europe and the actual share of first-in-family students – respectively NTS – ranges between approx. 20 % (Norway) and 70 % (Turkey), in Austria approximately 60 % of the students are first-in-family students (Unger et al., 2020). Despite this development, there are still barriers to and in university based on social inequality (Zaussinger et al., 2016). Not only is the access to university but also student attrition affected by social inequality. NTS also have a higher dropout risk than students with a more privileged background – in an economic, social and cultural sense (Lehmann, 2007; Gury 2009; Quinn, 2013; Nairz‑Wirth and Feldmann, 2018; Cessna et al., 2018). Independent from the distinction between non-traditional and traditional students, the matter of student attrition and dropout is socially relevant as well as for education policy. European universities already report of high dropout rates – in Austria, the average dropout rate is estimated between 30 % and 50 % – depending on the calculation method (Vossensteyn et al., 2015; Unger et al. 2020) as well. Dropping out from university is connected to high costs, a lack of innovation, a lack of skilled labor as well as a loss of competitiveness and diversity (Thaler and Unger, 2014; Nairz-Wirth and Feldmann, 2018). Geisinger and Raman (2013) for example point out that potential students with a diverse background are needed to solve societal problems of inequality and the challenges of sustainability. Furthermore, one of the European Union’s stated goals is to achieve greater equality in educational opportunities, which also makes it necessary to reduce dropout rates (European Union, 2013; European Commission, 2015). Due to the above stated developments universities face a growing pressure to implement measures that prevent student attrition (Thaler/Unger 2014; Bornkessel, 2018) – especially focusing on the needs of NTS (Cessna et al., 2018).

Therefore, universities implement different measures in order to prevent student dropout and longer duration of studies. The poster illustrates the results of a best practice study and delivers options and suggestions for problem solving strategies, organizational innovations and knowledge networking at different levels. Based on theoretical concepts and an extensive literature review, principles, types and categories of measures were developed that can prevent student dropout and improve study success. Scientifically proved and internationally approved measures are outreach programs (collaborations between schools and university), summer courses, transition programs, mentoring, tutoring, learning communities, service learning and research-based learning and teaching during the first semesters.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on theoretical conceptions and an extensive literature review on student dropout prevention, a “master template” was developed including the following criteria: relevance, effectiveness, efficiency, sustainability, system-suitability and inter-organization-network. This template facilitates describing different measures in a consistent way. Afterwards, an international best practice study on dropout prevention of NTS was conducted. As a result, 51 scientifically evaluated and/or well-documented programs and interventions of the recent past that were implemented by universities across the USA, Australia and Europe were identified and described consistently via the master template. Furthermore, during our research process we considered that the specific programs and interventions are also suitable for implementation in the Austrian university sector.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Experiences of successful universities with low dropout rates  show that proved and evaluated measures begin as early as possible – partly even before students begin studying. These measures especially improve the chances of study success for students who face a higher dropout risk. For example, early mentorship and tutoring implemented into the transition phase between school completion and the start of studies can improve the retention rates amongst all students – but especially supports NTS because it may help them to compensate their lack of capitals that again influences their academic skills and habitus.  The study illustrates that a NTS-sensitive designed teaching and learning environment at universities, as well as promoted social integration, helps NTS to become part of academia , which also leads to higher diversity amongst university staff and scientists on the long run. In this way, both university and society can benefit from the implementation of such programs and measures in an economical and societal sense.
References
Bornkessel, P. (2018): Erfolg im Studium: Konzeptionen, Befunde und Desiderate. Bielefeld: wbv Media GmbH & Co. KG.

Cessna, S. et al. (2018): Border Crossings: A Narrative Framework for Interventions Aimed at Improving URM and First-Generation College Student Retention in STEM. In: Cessna, Stephen/Kishbaugh, Tara (Hrsg.): Increasing Retention of Under-Represented Students in STEM through Affective and Cognitive Interventions. Washington, DC: American Chemical Society: 3-16.

Council of the European Union (2013): Council Conclusions on the Social Dimension of Higher Education. Brussels, Belgium: Council of the European Union.

European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2015): The European higher education area in 2015: Bologna process implementation report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.

Geisinger, Brandi N./Raman, D. Raj (2013): Why They Leave: Understanding Student Attrition 148 from Engineering Majors. In: International Journal of Engineering Education, 29 (4): 914-925.

Gury, N. (2009): Dropping out of higher education in France: A micro-economic approach using survival analysis. Education Economics 19(1): 51–64.
Hauschildt, K. et al. (2021): Social and Economic Conditions of Student Life in Europe. EUROTSTUDENT VII Synopsis of Indicators 2018-2021. Bielefeld: wbv Media GmbH & Co. KG.

Lehmann, W. (2007): ‘I just didn’t feel like I fit in’: The role of habitus in university drop-out decisions. Canadian Journal of Higher Education Volume 37(2): 89–110.

Nairz-Wirth, E./Feldmann, K. (2018): Hochschulen relational betrachtet In: AQ Austria –Agentur für Qualitätssicherung und Akkreditierung Austria (Hrsg.): Durchlässigkeit in der Hochschulbildung. Beiträge zur 5. AQ Austria Jahrestagung 2017. Wien: facultas: 79-94.

Quinn, J. (2013) Drop-Out and Completion in Higher Education in Europe: Among Students from Under-Represented Groups, 2013: European Commission DG Education and Culture.

Schuetze, H. G./Slowey, M. (2002): Participation and Exclusion: A Comparative Analysis of Non-Traditional Students and Lifelong Learners in Higher Education. In: Higher Education, 44 (3/4): 309-327.

Thaler, B./Unger, M. (2014): Dropouts ≠ Dropouts. Wege nach dem Abgang von der Universität. Wien: Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS).

Unger, M. et al. (2020): Studierenden-Sozialerhebung 2019. Kernbericht. Wien: Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS).

Vossensteyn, H. et al. (2015): Dropout and Completion in Higher Education in Europe. Main Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union: European Commission (EC).

Wodak, R./Fairclough, N. (2010): Recontextualizing European higher education policies: The cases of Austria and Romania. Critical Discourse Studies 7(1): 19–40.

Zaussinger, S. et al. (2016): Studierendensozialerhebung 2015: Bericht zur sozialen Lage der Studierenden. Band 1: Hochschulzugang und Studienanfängerinnen. Vienna, Austria: Institut für Höhere Studien.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Boost 4 Career – A distance intervention for the promotion of career resources

Sandra Santos1, Filipa Seabra1,2, Sílvia Monteiro1, Leandro Almeida1

1CIEd - Research Centre on Education, University of Minho, Portugal; 2LE@D – Laboratory of Distance Education and eLearning, Universidade Aberta, Portugal

Presenting Author: Santos, Sandra

The current labour market presents ever-increasing challenges to people entering the workforce, leading to more flexible, but also unpredictable and undefined employment prospects (Savickas, 2013). Holding a degree is no longer a passport to employment (ILO, 2017), and therefore Higher Education institutions, as part of their social responsibility (Brown & Cloke, 2009), are called to intervene, fostering students’ career resources and better equipping them to face those challenges. This is particularly relevant since career resources have shown to be susceptible to being intentionally promoted (Monteiro et al., 2023; Soares et al., 2022).

Distance interventions in the career development context are a particularly interesting way of trying to promote such career resources (Bimrose et al., 2015; Kettunen et al., 2013; Pordelan & Hosseinian, 2022). Distance interventions are particularly adept at reaching diverse publics, and, thus, promoting equity and inclusion by reaching audiences that tend to be excluded from face-to-face interventions, such as working students, adult students, and students with disabilities or learning difficulties, among others. Therefore, they present an opportunity for the inclusion of vulnerable groups, not only in the intervention programmes themselves but also in the labour market.

This poster presents a distance intervention designed to promote career resources, developed and implemented in Portugal, in two public Universities (one based on face-to-face education, and another on distance education) – the Boost 4 Career programme. In the poster, we present the project’s background, structure, and pedagogical approach.

Career resources can be defined as “anything that helps an individual attain his or her career goals” (Hirschi, 2018, p. 4). Such career resources are not limited to individual traits, such as knowledge, motivation, and skills, but encompass an environmental dimension, acknowledging that career development does not happen in a void, but is intrinsically connected with the contexts where individuals develop (Haenggli & Hirschi, 2020).

The Boost 4 Career programme aims to help HE students with diverse characteristics to (a) explore the working contexts where they may wish to enter, and the competencies they will need to succeed at their job and throughout their career; (b) to inform them about the opportunities their HE institutions and the surrounding environment have at their disposal to provide them with knowledge and foster competencies’ development, and; (c) to reflect on their experiences and their competencies, their needs, and mostly, the career trajectory they want to pursue. Based on the diagnosis of needs (Seabra, et al., 2022), the programme focuses on career exploration, job market knowledge, occupational expertise, soft skills, continuous learning, organizational career support, networking, career clarity, and career confidence. Each week includes individual and shared activities and was developed to include the possibility of choice, in line with the self-determination theory (Deci & Ryan, 2009). The pedagogical model used is based on the Virtual Pedagogical Model of the Universidade Aberta (Portugal) (Pereira et al., 2007).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology (FCT) within the scope of the project PTDC/CED-EDG/0122/2020 ((Re)Search for Career: Distance career intervention, employability and social equity in the access to the labour market) and the projects UIDB/01661/2020 and UIDP/01661/2020. This study was approved by the Ethical Committees of both universities engaged in the project (CEISCH 076-2021).
After a pilot stage, the first round of implementation will begin in February 2023. We will begin with five groups of 60 participants each – a total of three-hundred participants. Future rounds of implementation should be scheduled later this year. Each group will have a dedicated moderator who is a member of the research team, as well as support from a common team of consultants.
The programme, which spans 6 weeks, includes activities with different levels of complexity (Anderson et al., 2001; Krathwohl, 2002), which are directed at promoting exploration, reflection, and decision-making. The participants are invited to build a portfolio by gathering, documenting, and reflecting on the learning they developed. The programme is moderated by elements of the research team, who have a pivotal role in keeping motivation, fostering participation, and answering participants’ doubts.
The evaluation of the programme will be conducted with the following instruments: Career Resources Questionnaire (QRC) (Monteiro & Almeida, 2021), Career Exploration Survey (CES) (Stumpf et al., 1983, adapted by Taveira, 1997), Intrinsic Motivation Inventory (Deci et al., 1994), Basic Psychological Need Scale (BPNS) - Basic Need Satisfaction in General (Deci & Ryan, 2009), Digital Competences of Higher Education Students (adapted by Aires and collaborators from the Internet Skills Scale) (van Deursen et al., 2015), and a sociodemographic questionnaire. A qualitative evaluation of the process, through focus groups, will also be considered. A control group will be compared with the intervention group.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In face of a complex and rapidly shifting labour market, the need for students to develop, not only technical skills, but also career resources, is crucial (Haenggli & Hirschi, 2020), and higher education institutions are gradually acknowledging this as part of their social responsibility. Diverse audiences and matters of social equity are central in this perspective, and promoting career resources through a distance programme intends to address inequality in access to career development programmes. We expect the programme to be socially relevant, promoting greater equity in graduates’ access to the labour market.
References
Bimrose, J., Kettunen, J., & Goddard, T. (2015). ICT – the new frontier? Pushing the boundaries of career practice. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 43(1), 8–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2014.975677
Brown, E. & Cloke, J. (2009). Corporate social responsibility in higher education. ACME, 8(3), 474–483. https://doi.org/10.1002/csr.1731
Deci, E.L., Eghrari, H., Patrick, B.C., & Leone, D.R. (1994). Facilitating internalization: The self-determination theory perspective. Journal of Personality, 62(1), 119–142. https://doi.org/10.1111/J.1467-6494.1994.TB00797.X
Deci, E.L. & Ryan, R.M. (2009). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01
Haenggli, M., & Hirschi, A. (2020). Career adaptability and career success in the context of a broader career resources framework. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 119(1):103414. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JVB.2020.103414
Hirschi, A. (2018). The fourth industrial revolution: Issues and implications for career research and practice. Career Development Quarterly, 66(3), 192–204. https://doi.org/10.1002/CDQ.12142
ILO (2017). Global employment trends for youth 2017: Paths to a better working future. ILO.
Kettunen, J., Vuorinen, R., & Sampson, J.P. (2013). Career practitioners’ conceptions of social media in career services. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 41(3), 302–317. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2013.781572
Krathwohl, D.R. (2002). A revision of Bloom’s taxonomy: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(4), 212–218. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4104_2
Monteiro, S., & Almeida, L. (2021). Adaptation and initial validation of the Career Resources Questionnaire for Portuguese – HE Students form. Análise Psicológica, 39(2), 287–298. https://doi.org/10.14417/ap.1841
Monteiro, S., Almeida, L.S., Sánchez, T.G., Quintela, N.R., & Uzquiano, M.P. (2023). Career resources among higher education students: A mixed-methods study. Educacion XX1, 26(1), 93–115.
Pereira, A., Quintas-Mendes, A., Morgado, L., Amante, L., & Bidarra, J. (2007). Modelo pedagógico virtual da Universidade Aberta: Para uma universidade do futuro. Universidade Aberta. https://repositorioaberto.uab.pt/bitstream/10400.2/1295/1/Modelo Pedagogico Virtual.pdf
Pordelan, N., & Hosseinian, S. (2022). Design and development of the online career counselling: a tool for better career decision-making. Behaviour and Information Technology, 41(1), 118–138. https://doi.org/10.1080/0144929X.2020.1795262
Savickas, M. L. (2013). Career construction theory and practice. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Eds.), Career development and counseling: Putting theory and research to work (pp. 147–183). Wiley.
Stumpf, S. A., Colarelli, S. M., & Hartman, K. (1983). Development of the Career Exploration Survey (CES). Journal of Vocational Behavior, 22(2), 191–226. https://doi.org/10.1016/0001-8791(83)90028-3
van Deursen, A. J. A. M., Helsper, E. J., & Eynon, R. (2015). Development and validation of the Internet Skills Scale (ISS). Information, Communication & Society, 19(6), 804–823. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2015.107883


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

The Development of Educational Quality Through Multi-institutional Higher Education Networks

Johanna Ruge, Marianne Merkt

University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Ruge, Johanna

A recent trend in funding programmes of the German Ministry of Education and Research in the last decade was to promote multi-institutional higher education networks aiming on the maintenance and further development of higher education quality. Current challenges such as digitalisation and diversity were addressed and innovative solutions fostered. Change processes were initiated by e.g. establishing further education programmes for lecturers or developing teaching materials or infrastructures. Funding was provided for professional support staff and discipline-based educational development. Funded projects open new opportunities for higher education institutions but also come alongside with challenging conditions like start-up or time-limited funding for specific project applications and additional staff members that are employed on time-restricted contracts. Many funded higher education networks do not survive the end of the funding period which often comes alongside with the loss of experienced staff, of established innovative solutions and of practical institutional knowledge. This arises questions about the factors that influence the success or the failure of such networks.

Regarding these general conditions, it is necessary to assume that different organisational logics of action (e.g. educational orientation at the project level, strategic logics of action at the governance level) must be balanced so that conducive structures for the further development of teaching and learning can be established. How this is achieved in the collaborative work of management and staff member from several higher education institutions has not been investigated sufficiently so far.

In a collaborative research project, we aim to clarify the conditions for successful cooperation in such multi-institutional higher education networks and to provide knowledge about promising actor- and governance-constellations for future initiatives and projects. We focus on formalised bodies, in which several higher education institutions hold membership.

Our understanding of educational quality is derived from the idea of Bildung. From this perspective higher education should be oriented towards universalistic values of the common good. Educational quality, thus, is social value-based and it is related to democratic citizenship. This educational theoretical stance allows to derive general goals of higher education: Student’s development of academic identity and personality; education for maturity and solidarity; and reflection skills necessary for scientific communication, for taking social responsibility and a commitment to democracy (cf. Merkt, 2021, pp. 93-96). Such an education cannot be decreed from above and cannot be sufficiently be expressed in performance indicators. We therefore ask: How can multi-institutional projects contribute to foster educational quality in higher education?

Drawing on the educational-governance-approach (Altrichter, 2018, 2010), we analyse multi-institutional higher education networks’ effort to contribute to an organisational learning process for improved teaching and learning conditions. Such processes are explained from the perspective of negotiating different logics of action in specific actor constellations in the multi-level system of educational organisations: Organisational and teaching development processes are analysed in terms of the extent to which the objectives and logics of action of different actors (e.g. administrative staff, third-space professionals, lecturers and students) take part in negotiating and making decisions that frame the conditions of teaching and learning.

  • To what extent do education-oriented logics of action prevail in negotiation processes and become established?
  • What strategies and considerations do leaders and staff members pursue with/in their projects?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical model of the collaborative research project includes both qualitative and quantitative research methods, which are interwoven through triangulation. The poster focuses on results obtained with a qualitative-reconstructive research approach. Our reconstructions delve into the practices of three multi-institutional higher education networks that serve as illustrative examples for the broad field of such networks. In the sampling process, we ensured that different network constellations were represented and that the different groups of actors were considered in data collection. Narrative interviews with actors working in networks and supplementary document analyses serve as the data basis for the reconstruction of logics of action and necessary coordination practices.
Data collection, analysis and interpretation are based on the grounded theory approach and proceeded in iterative phases of continuous change between data collection, analysis and interpretative theory building (Mey & Mruck, 2011). Both authors coded the interviews for aspects that the interviewees addressed with regard to their activities in the multi-institutional higher education networks. Abstraction from initial codes to open categories took place by comparing the data material according to commonalities and differences. This took place in joint interpretation sessions (cf. Mey & Mruck 2011, pp. 24-26). In order to reconstruct the range of activities, developments, everyday challenges and conflicts within the multi-institutional higher education network, the interviews were openly categorised according to relevant topics set by the interviewees.
Sensitising concepts stemmed from the educational-governance approach (Altrichter, 2018, Langer & Brüsemeister, 2019) and practice-oriented organisational (learning) theory (Göhlich et al., 2018). Further sensitising concepts were developed in the research process and serve as a "categorial framework for interpreting, describing and explaining the empirical world" (Kelle 2011, p. 249, translation by authors). The framework is constantly reflected and changed on the basis of the empirical material, so that no essential aspects are lost in the research process (ibid., pp. 249-251).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Leaders and staff members of multi-institutional higher education networks are confronted with a diverse set of areas of tensions. Value-conflicts are thematised by the interviewees that bring to the fore education-oriented stances. In several episodes, education-oriented stances and logics of action clash with strategic-political aims. Within this clash, several areas of tensions are intermingled with each other. We want to illustrate this, by unravelling concrete struggles between convictions based on educational theory and criteria for acquiring funding.
The specific case goes beyond concrete multi-institutional higher education networks and addresses the funding structure and interpretation of those.

References
Altrichter, H. (2018). Governance als Gegenstand der Organisationspädagogik. In M. Göhlich, A. Schröer, & S.M. Weber (Eds.). Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (pp. 443-454). Springer VS.
Altrichter, H. (2010). Theory and Evidence on Governance: conceptual and empirical strategies of research on governance in education. European Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147-158.
Göhlich, M., A. Schröer, A. & S.M. Weber, S. M., (2018). Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Springer VS.

Merkt, M. (2021). Hochschulbildung und Hochschuldidaktik. wbv.
Mey, G. & Mruck, (2011). Grounded-Theory-Methodologie: Entwicklung, Stand, Perspektiven. In G. Mey & K. Mruck (Eds.). Grounded Theory Reader (pp. 11-48). Springer VS.
Kelle, U. (2011). „Emergence“ oder „Forcing“? Einige methodologische Überlegungen zu einem zentralen Problem der Grounded-Theory. In G. Mey & K. Mruck (Eds.). Grounded Theory Reader (pp. 235–260). Springer VS.
Langer, R., & Brüsemeister, T. (2019). Handbuch Educational Governance Theorien. Springer VS.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Learning Curves, Clashes and Compromises – How Curriculum Construction Supports the Transition into First-year STEM Educations

Laura Cordes Felby, Kirstine Terese Stoksted

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Felby, Laura Cordes; Stoksted, Kirstine Terese

In recent years many universities have expanded tremendously due to massification and widening participation (Hovdhaugen, 2009). This has led to an increasingly diverse student cohort across disciplines. Although more students than ever enrol in HE, a large number of students terminate their studies prematurely. In particular the dropout rate in HE within the first year of study is about 30% across many countries and disciplines (Berka & Marek, 2021). This tendency is especially a problem within STEM subjects (Ulriksen et al., 2010).

Why do students leave early? What issues discourage students from continuing to study beyond the personal? This poster presents an original and ongoing investigation of the possible connection between dropout and curriculum construction in Higher Education (HE). The study presents an organisational perspective on dropout. We are interested in how the structure and construction of education and curricula influence the student's integration and sense of belonging and ultimately influences the decision to stay or leave. This perspective contributes to new insights and knowledge of how the institutional framework influences student experience.

The research question that guides this study is:

  • How can curriculum construction during the first and second semesters support the goal of reducing dropout rates in the first year of study?

To investigate these questions, this study uses a broad range of retention- and first year theory as the theoretical framework. A large part of the research in this theoretical field shows that dropout results from individual opportunities, characteristics, and educational structure. In this field, there is a tendency to focus on the perspective of the individual and their experience rather than the institutional range of possibilities (Qvortrup & Lykkegaard, 2022; Tinto, 2012).

Two overarching themes in the literature – structure and phases – have been chosen as frameworks for the analysis and the two will be further described in the following.

The structure of dropout:

Much of the literature on dropout and retention studies the interaction between the individual and the institution. In other words, the interplay, counterplay and encounter between students' individual characteristics, including their social and academic opportunities and limitations, and the institutional framework are examined (Briggs et al., 2012). Tinto’s 'Institutional Departure Model' (Tinto, 1993) is often used as a framework for the structure of possible influences on dropout. The model contains a series of possible factors that influence the student's social and academic integration. The influence of the institution, the norms of the academic system and the structural conditions of education are seen as significant factors in several studies (Braxton et al., 2000; Schaeper, 2020; Ulriksen et al., 2010), also, within the STEM subjects (Deeken et al., 2020; Ulriksen & Gregersen, 2022).

The phases of dropout:

It has been demonstrated that the decision to drop out is a process influenced by several factors over time (Braxton et al., 2000; Tinto, 1988; Ulriksen et al., 2010). Heublein (2014) describes the decision-making process as divided into three phases. The first phase is the background variables; the second phase is the student’s study experience, which leads to the third phase, where the actual decision to leave or not to leave is made (Heublein, 2014). Similar findings can be found in a study by Berka and Marek (2021), who argue that background variables have the most significant importance for dropout within the first year, after which other things, such as grades, become more relevant, and thereby they point to the fact that the dropout factors change over time (Berka & Marek, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to investigate how the construction of the first-year curriculum and dropouts potentially affect each other, two qualitative cases at a Danish University were selected. The two cases consisted of two undergraduate degree programmes; in Physics and in Mathematics, during the academic year 2021-2022. In the study, we draw on Creswell's description of the case study as an interest in an in-depth insight into a pre-defined field (Creswell, 2013). The two cases were chosen based on a number of parameters, including that both studies have a relatively high first-year dropout (Math: 25,3%; Physics: 31,2%), with a preponderance of dropouts in the second semester (Math: 21,8%; Physics: 18,3%). In addition, the two cases are similar being placed at the Faculty of Natural Sciences, admissions, and because both subjects (Math and Physics) are familiar from students’ previous schooling. These similarities are seen as an advantage for recognising patterns and seeing the minor differences that will emerge more clearly in a comparative context.

The qualitative data is drawn from a close reading of study programmes, course descriptions and similar written curricular material. To provide further data, two individual semi-structured interviews were carried out with educational leaders from the two case studies. The interviews focus on how the programs supported the social and professional transition to university and which support schemes were available to the students. In addition, the interviews illuminate each study's academic structure, including the subjects' abstraction, the intention behind the placement of the subjects, thoughts about dropping out, etc. The two interviews are recorded and subsequently transcribed for coding.  

An analysis of the data was carried out through a separate thematic coding, followed by a comparison and discussion of the results by both authors independently. This initial coding suggested that parts of the data should be re-coded, using a more theory-driven strategy, where two theoretical frameworks were used: a theoretical framework for transferable skills (Mello & Wattret, 2021) and the theoretical framework of the SOLO-taxonomy (‘Structure of the observed learning outcome’), as formulated by Biggs & Tang (2011). The same method was used in analysing the interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first analysis of the curriculum data from the two undergraduate degree programmes indicated that the students are expected to follow a specific learning curve. By coding the curriculum in the framework of the SOLO taxonomy (Biggs & Tang, 2011), the data suggested a movement from surface learning to deep learning throughout the first and second semesters and across the different courses. A preliminary finding was that a movement from novice to expert, or from surface to depth, was more abrupt in Mathematics than in Physics. While the Physics students were often articulated as novices, the Math students were less often articulated as novices. Using such terms may or may not affect how students experience a sense of progress during their first year of study and their academic and social integration, and we suggest that this might be further researched.  

In the preliminary analysis (from late 2022), three themes emerged concerning the two research questions. The three themes are:  

- Connection between courses  
- Increased requirement for the level of abstraction  
- The courses' (lack of) orientation to the outside world  

The three themes function as a framework for the analysis of the interviews.  

This ongoing research project has the potential to illuminate points of attention in both further research and has practical implications for curriculum development. In supplementary research, the findings can be used to inform a broader picture of the institutional opportunity space.

References
Berka, P., & Marek, L. (2021). Bachelor’s degree student dropouts: Who tend to stay and who tend to leave? Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70, 100999. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.100999

Biggs, J. B., & Tang, C. S. (2011). Teaching for quality learning at university: What the student does (4th edition). McGraw-Hill, Society for Research into Higher Education & Open University Press.

Braxton, J., Bray, N., & Berger, J. (2000). Faculty Teaching Skills and Their Influence on the College Student Departure Process. Journal of College Student Development, 41(2), 215–227.

Briggs, A., Clark, J., & Hall, I. (2012). Building bridges: Understanding student transition to university. Quality in Higher Education, 18, 3–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2011.614468

Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed). SAGE Publications.

Deeken, C., Neumann, I., & Heinze, A. (2020). Mathematical Prerequisites for STEM Programs: What do University Instructors Expect from New STEM Undergraduates? International Journal of Research in Undergraduate Mathematics Education, 6(1), 23–41. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40753-019-00098-1

Heublein, U. (2014). Student Drop-out from German Higher Education Institutions. European Journal of Education, 49(4), 497–513. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12097

Hovdhaugen, E. (2009). Transfer and dropout: Different forms of student departure in Norway. Studies in Higher Education, 34(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070802457009

Mello, L. V., & Wattret, G. (2021). Developing transferable skills through embedding reflection in the science curriculum. Biophysical reviews, 13(6), 897–903. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12551-021-00852-3

Qvortrup, A., & Lykkegaard, E. (2022). Study environment factors associated with retention in higher education. Higher Education Pedagogies, 7(1), 37–64. https://doi.org/10.1080/23752696.2022.2072361

Schaeper, H. (2020). The first year in higher education: The role of individual factors and the learning environment for academic integration. Higher Education, 79(1), 95–110. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-019-00398-0

Tinto, V. (1988). Stages of Student Departure: Reflections on the Longitudinal Character of Student Leaving. The Journal of Higher Education, 59(4), 438–455.

Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving College: Rethinking the Causes and Cures of Student Attrition. University of Chicago Press. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226922461.001.0001

Tinto, V. (2012). Enhancing student success: Taking the classroom success seriously. The International Journal of the First Year in Higher Education, 3(1), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.5204/intjfyhe.v3i1.119

Ulriksen, L., & Gregersen, A. (2022). Expectations and Challenges of First-Year Biotechnology Students: The Importance of Social Relations. Nordic Studies in Science Education, 18(2), 199–213. https://doi.org/10.5617/nordina.8679

Ulriksen, L., Madsen, L. M., & Holmegaard, H. T. (2010). What do we know about explanations for drop out/opt out among young people from STM higher education programmes? Studies in Science Education, 46(2), 209–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2010.504549


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

University's Impact on the Community Through Service-Learning Projects. A Research Proposal

Ígor Mella-Núñez, Jesús García-Álvarez, David García-Romero

University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Mella-Núñez, Ígor

Nowadays, universities need to dialog with society, to offer responses to the main problems of humanity, and to face the social and environmental crisis. Their role cannot be depleted in the conventional tasks of a Higher Education institution, focused on the coordination of teaching programs and research lines (Santos Rego et al., 2015). They have the obligation to reflect on their civic mission, being able to change and improve their surrounding environment and contributing to a more inclusive society.

The adaptation to the European Higher Education Area was a good opportunity for reflection, renewal and improvement for universities. This is how the introduction of methodologies such as service-learning, centered on the student and which strengthen the social dimension of university education, is promoted. Service-learning is defined as an educational purpose that combines the traditional processes of learning with a community service in a single project in which students learn meanwhile they work on real needs of their community with the objective of solving them (Puig et al., 2007).

Traditionally, research has focused on studying the impact of this methodology on students, in terms of improvements in learning and development of skills (Santos Rego et al., 2021). Despite the importance of the community in this process, we lack solid research on the impact of service-learning on the community and how this relationship may have affected the university (Redondo and Fuentes, 2020).

It is therefore appropriate to study the impact of service-learning on organizations and their users (Shek et al., 2021), along with the way in which this theoretical impact could favor the learning and innovation processes in the university. In this case we acknowledge the concept of 'reciprocity' as a basic principle for the inclusion of this methodology in the university context. Reciprocity means adherence to the principles of respect, trust, genuine commitment, balance of power, shared resources, and clear communication between universities and community agents (Jacoby, 2015). The aim is to promote, using service-learning as a pedagogical strategy, the relationships of exchange and mutual benefit between Academia and social actors (Asghar and Rowe, 2017).

There are works that confirmed the benefits for the community derived from its involvement in service-learning courses, and in which the exchange of knowledge and meeting the needs of entities or groups were the main focal points (Nduna, 2007; Van Rensburg et al., 2019). However, the way in which the content of the project is perceived, the quality of the project provider, and the benefits received are predictors of the overall satisfaction of the recipients and the community (Shek et al., 2021).

Despite the relevance of the issue, one cannot state that research attention has been lavish (Butin, 2003; Ward and Wolf-Wendel, 2000). According to Reeb and Folger (2013), the studies that focused on this area showed serious limitations, especially from a methodological point of view, since the results obtained were based solely on the impressions of community members, teachers or students.

In this paper we present the design of an extensive research carried out by researchers from nine Spanish and three foreign universities. These are the main objectives:

  • Analyze the reciprocity between the university and the community as an element to improve quality of the service-learning projects, which conditions their impact on the entities, their users and the university.
  • Study the possibilities of service-learning as a methodological approach capable of contributing to the achievement of the objectives of the 2030 Agenda in community organizations and in the university.

This paper is framed in the Research Project “The impact of the university in the community through service-learning projects. A study focused on reciprocity (SL(C))” (PID2021-122827OB-I00).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research will be developed in four phases. The first one is a descriptive study, to identify what is meant by “community” in service-learning projects, and its role in this methodology. The instruments to be used in this phase are:
- Questionnaire addressed to social entities/organizations to collect information about its nature and its degree of knowledge, training and involvement in service-learning projects.
- Questionnaire for teachers who have developed service-learning projects to identify the sense and scope of the community, and analyze its role in the projects.
- In-depth interview with the managers of entities participating in service-learning in order to analyze the third mission of the University, the role of the community in the university project, and the service-learning-SDG connection.
- Discussion groups with teachers (participating and non-participating in SL projects from different areas of knowledge) in order to analyze the third mission of the University and the role of the community in the university project, as well as the SL-SDG connection.
In the second phase we will focus on analyzing the level of service-learning institutionalization in each university, since it may condition the impact on the community. These are the instruments:
- Analysis of institutional documents and the official websites to identify service-learning in the university policy.
- In-depth interviews with the managers of the institutions (key informants) to analyze the institutionalization indicators.
- Rubric for institutionalizing service-learning at the university.
The third phase will be the assessment of the impact of service-learning projects on the community. We will use a quasi-experimental design of two non-equivalent groups, with pretest and posttest. From a qualitative point of view, we decided to use participatory action research. The following instruments will be used:
- Questionnaire for the supervisors of the organizations (pretest-posttest).
- Questionnaire for teachers about their SL project.
- Questionnaire for students (pretest and posttest) on civic-social competences and self-efficacy.
- Follow-up protocol for each service-learning project.
- Group interview with recipients of the service, and/or Osgood scale to collect their perceptions of the service.
- Service-learning portfolio to promote students’ reflection.
- Osgood scale of the project as a whole.
- Group interview with the managers of entities and teachers.
In the fourth and final phase, we will follow up with students and entities and focus on designing, implementing and assessing an evidence-based training program for teachers and organizations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is worth mentioning the fact that there is hardly any solid and consistent research study on the proposed topic in Europe, especially if we refer to an experimental methodology, that will be complemented with the use of qualitative research techniques and strategies. In addition, the instruments designed and validated represent a very significant support for assessing the quality of the projects in future processes.
The project integrates both national and international expert researchers, thus favoring the assumption of relevant objectives from a scientific, social and economic perspective, as well as contributing to the international projection of their research.
The circumstance of collaborating with universities that have already reached an advanced stage in the process of institutionalization of service-learning, together with others that are taking their first steps in the subject, will help research to become a driving force for innovation processes in the university, involving the community in an active way, and turning it into a main actor in the educational process.
The research will very likely have a clear impact on training, innovation and transfer, of undoubted benefit to the university (managers, faculty and students) and the community (organizations, entities, individuals etc.). What we seek is to improve links between higher education and community, between research and educational practice at the university, trying to promote dialog in favor of innovation, which can contribute to raising social welfare indicators.
In addition, it is intended to strengthen research in one of the least worked dimensions of service-learning, that is, service to the community itself. This will help to strengthen and optimize the introduction of this methodology in European universities, where in recent decades there have already been numerous studies that have revealed its potential in student learning.

References
Asghar, M., and Rowe, N. (2017). Reciprocity and critical reflection as the key to social justice in service learning: A case study. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54(2), 117-125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2016.1273788
Butin, D. (2003). Of what use is it? Multiple conceptualizations of service-learning within education. Teachers College Record, 105(9), 1674-1692. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1467-9620.2003.00305.x
Jacoby, B. (2015). Service-learning essentials. Jossey-Bass.
Nduna, N. (2007). The community voice on service-learning: A good practice guide for higher education. Education as Change, 11(3), 69-78. https://doi.org/10.1080/16823200709487180
Puig, J. M., Batlle, R., Bosch, C., and Palos, J. (2007). Aprendizaje servicio. Educar para la ciudadanía. Ministerio de Educación y Ciencia / Octaedro.
Redondo, P., and Fuentes, J.L. (2020). La investigación sobre el aprendizaje-servicio en la producción científica española: una revisión sistemática. Revista Complutense de Educación, 31(1), 69-82. https://doi.org/10.5209/rced.61836
Reeb, R., and Folger, S. (2013). Community outcomes of service-learning. Research and practice from a systems theory perspective. In P. Clayton, R. Bringle, and J. Hatcher (Eds.), Research on service-learning. Conceptual frameworks and assessment. Volume 2B: communities, institutions, and partnerships (pp. 389-418). Stylus.
Santos Rego, M.A., Mella, I., Naval, C., and Vázquez, V. (2021). The evaluation of social and profesional life competences of university students through service-learning. Frontiers in Education, 6(606304). https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.606304
Santos Rego, M.A., Sotelino, A., and Lorenzo, M. (2015). Aprendizaje-servicio y misión cívica de la universidad: una propuesta de desarrollo. Octaedro.
Shek, D., Yang, Z., Ma, C., and Chai, C. (2021). Subjective Outcome Evaluation of Service-Learning by the Service Recipients: Scale Development, Normative Profiles and Predictors. Child Indicators Research, 14, 411-434. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-020-09765-1
Van Rensburg, E., van der Merwe, T., and Erasmus, M. (2019). Community outcomes of occupational therapy service-learning engagements: perceptions of community representatives. South African Journal of Occupational Therapy, 49(1), 12-18. https://doi.org/10.17159/2310-3833/2019/vol49n1a3
Ward, K., and Wolf-Wendel, L. (2000). Community-centered service-learning. Moving from doing for to doing with. American Behavioral Scientist, 43(5), 767-780. https://doi.org/10.1177/00027640021955586


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Practitioners’ Perceptions of the Design of Lifelong Learning in Higher Education: An Exploratory Case Study

Finola McCarthy1, Leslie Cordie2

1University College Cork, Ireland; 2Auburn University, United States of America

Presenting Author: McCarthy, Finola; Cordie, Leslie

This research study will be an in-depth exploration of practitioners’ processes to illustrate broader lessons that could be learned for higher education institutions wanting to diversify their curricula to provide lifelong and life-wide learning opportunities. This research project will critically explore three diversely designed curricula at one Adult Continuing Education Department (ACE) of a university in Ireland. The participants and researcher will create a visual artifact (concept map) outlining the individual and subjective curriculum design processes of each of the three participants (Novak, 1998). This collaborative method aims to make explicit the dynamic and complex praxiological endeavour of curriculum design for adult education practitioners in the higher education context. It will also provide a visual representation of the meaning making that was co-constructed between the research participant and the researcher during this case study.

Research Questions:

  • What are practitioner/educators’ perceptions of course or curriculum design for lifelong learning?
  • What are the critical elements in course or curriculum design in lifelong learning environments?
  • What are the important theories, topics, skills and/or activities for lifelong learning design?
  • What, according to practitioners, is ‘good practice’ in curriculum design?

Conceptual Framework:

Life-wide learning recognizes that people inhabit a number of different learning spaces, with the lifelong journey providing the learner with a variety of experiences (Jackson, 2011). This learning embraces all forms and types of learning and curriculum is driven by learner interest, needs, and intrinsic values. The exploration of the practitioners and researchers processes and assumptions will be framed within the concept of life-wide learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This single qualitative case study will analyze the complex phenomena of life-wide learning curricula development in one adult education and continuing education department that is part of a larger Irish university (the case) (Yin, 2018). Data will be gathered through three semi-structured interviews, the generation of concept maps and evaluative reports of the courses.

Data will come from:

- The wider social and political environment that has shaped each of the three cases
- Critical reflexivity from the collaboration between the researchers and participants
- Praxis – the practical application of adult education teaching and learning in a higher education context.

Participant created visual data process:

1. Initial data elicitation will be through three semi-structured interviews (in person, 60 mins). These interviews will have a defined concept-mapping component and the participants and the researcher jointly generating a hand-drawn concept map exploring perceptions of the design of the course and exploring their curriculum design processes. The participants will be provided with a list of possible categories (theories, topics, skills, activities, approaches, methods) as a guide but they will decide on the various elements for inclusion, the links between them and their significance to lifelong and life-wide learning.
2. The researcher will digitise the concept map (CANVA) and cross-check with the interview transcripts.
3. Three short (30 mins) semi-structured interviews will aim to refine and validate the concept map (online through MS Teams).
Thematic analysis (Guest et. al., 2012) will be conducted by reading through the data (transcripts and concept maps) to identify patterns in meaning across the data to derive themes. Thematic analysis involves an active process of reflexivity with both of the researchers working in together to identity their own judgements, practices, and beliefs.
This process requires each of the researchers to understand their positionality in terms of the social and political context of the study.

The participants for this research:

- Purposefully chosen as researcher felt they will provide the best information for the the case
- Are course coordinators at ACE in UCC from different disciplines - social care, community development and third area (TBD)
- Instruct on different courses - Professional development/Community development/Course evolved from learner needs (as an off-shoot of another course)
- Teach in different learning environments, both online and in the community
- Connect with diverse external stakeholders – Professional body (HSE)/Community (Learning Neighbourhoods)
- Have different levels of experience, age, education (demographics)
- Provide formal (accredited) and informal (cert of completion) content

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected findings:

- These individual stories will provide practical applications on how curriculum is developed in the real-world for learners in a variety of lifelong learning contexts.
- Perceptions from the practitioners on how that they identify as both teachers and lifelong learners.
- That learning is not formulaic but requires an understanding and respect for the adult learner and the learning process – a holistic process
- That lifelong learning is developed in the wider political and societal context of the 21st century in alignment with the individual learner’s needs.
- To isolate the elements of what is considered ‘good practice’ in curriculum design for lifelong and life-wide learning in higher education
- To provide a case study on life-wide learning that contributes to a greater understanding of the concept that will add to the literature

References
Barnett, R. (2011). Lifewide education: A new and transformative concept for higher education. In N. Jackson (Ed.), Learning for a complex world: A Lifewide concept of learning, education and personal development (pp. 22-38). Lifewide Education.

Conceição, S. C., Samuel, A., & Yelich Biniecki, S. M. (2017). Using concept mapping as a tool for conducting research: An analysis of three approaches. Cogent Social Sciences, 3(1), 1404753. https://doi.org/10.1080/23311886.2017.1404753

Cowan, J. (2011). Freedom to learn: A radically revised pedagogy to facilitate lifewide learning in the academic curriculum. In N. Jackson (Ed.), Learning for a complex world: A Lifewide concept of learning, education and personal development (pp. 122-136). Lifewide Education. https://www.lifewideeducation.uk/uploads/1/3/5/4/13542890/chapter_7.pdf

Guest, G., MacQueen, K. M., & Namey, E. E. (2012). Applied thematic analysis. SAGE.
Jackson, N. J. (2012). Lifewide learning: History of an idea. In N. Jackson, & B. Cooper (Eds.), Lifewide learning, education & personal development, (pp. 1-30). Lifewide Education. https://www.lifewideeducation.uk/lifewide-learning-education--personal-development.html

Illeris, K. (2017). Peter Jarvis and the understanding of adult learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 36(1-2), 35-44, https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2016.1252226

Novak, J. D. (1998). Concept maps and how to use them. INSIGHT, 6(2), 15-16. https://doi.org/10.1002/inst.20046215.

Reischmann, J. (2017). Lifewide learning–Challenges for andragogy. Journal of Adult Learning, Knowledge and Innovation, 1(1), 43-50. https://akjournals.com/view/journals/2059/1/1/article-p43.xml

Reischmann, J. (2014). Lifelong and lifewide learning-a perspective. IACE Hall of Fame Repository. https://trace.tennessee.edu/utk_IACE-browseall/465/

Stabback, P. (2016). What Makes a Quality Curriculum? In-Progress Reflection No. 2 on “Current and Critical Issues in Curriculum and Learning.” UNESCO International Bureau of Education. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED573609


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Envisioned Professionalism by 1st Year Bachelor Students

Kasja Weenink, Natalie Park, Didi Griffioen

Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Weenink, Kasja

Topic, objective and conceptual framework

Students in higher professionals education are being prepared for high level professional practice. Research among university students has shown that one of the prerogatives for this transformation is that students are aware of this need to transform and that they are willing to transform interacting with powerful bodies of knowledge (Ashwin et al., 2014). However, in higher professional education interactions are provided with professional knowledge, theoretical knowledge and professional practice to develop their professionalism. Professionalism is a prerogative to be able to function as a professional. ‘Professionalism’ is here defined as a functional integration of professional knowledge (including embodied knowledge), professional identity and the capability to act professionally (Barnett, 2009; Griffioen, 2019; Guile, 2014). It has been suggested that for a student, each step taken requests a transformation and therefore a rebalancing of knowledge, identity and action (Trede et al., 2012; Young & Muller, 2014).

Several studies consider separate aspects of this trajectory, such as the student’s step from high school to college (Scanlon et al., 2007), or the transition from study to professional life in relation to professional identity and professional practice (Tomlinson & Jackson, 2021). (Barnett et al., 2001) conceptualize knowledge, action and self to describe their balance higher education curricula, theorizing a similar process, although ‘action’ is here related to the action needed for learning by the student within the educational system. While the assumption is that bachelor students in professional education develop all three areas while becoming professionals (Griffioen, 2019), how the three notions that comprise professionalism develop in relation with each other in students has however not yet been studied. This poster presents the first two measurements in a four year bachelor trajectory, indicating how students’ professionalism changes in the first study year.

Research question

How does the self-preceived professionalism (knowledge, identity and action) of bachelor students in professional higher education change during their studies? What influences their perceptions over time?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This longitudinal research project follows the development of professionalism of 36 students in total at Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences (AUAS) in four different programs during their four-year bachelor program. The four bachelor programs included are:  Aviation, Creative Business, Social Work and Physical Therapy. These four programs are chosen in line with the life/non-life, and hard/soft of Biglan’s (1973a, 1973b) disciplinary model, following a previous study indicating students experiencing differences in inclusion of research in their programs (Griffioen, 2020).
The longitudinal design was based on the study by (Ashwin et al., 2014) about the change of student’s accounts of sociology over time. Semi-structured interviews were conducted five times: at the begin of each study year and at the end of their studies. From the second interview onward an educational product was brought by the student to showcase their professionalism.
The interviews are transcribed verbatim and analyzed holistically (Saldaña, 2021, p. 214)to capture the student’s professionalism as a whole. For each interview quotes are selected that concerned utterances about professionalism or its elements. The quotes were interpreted and positioned in relation to professional knowledge, identity and action, or more than one. The analysis was based on a qualitative interpretation of the foundations of Perry’s (1968) study on student’s development. He found that students go through several phases in their intellectual development, and develop multiple modes to engage with social complexity as they proceed in their knowledge engagements. This principle of layers of development is here applied to the ‘maps’ generated by the plotted quotes, resulting in a development scheme of each knowledge, action and identity. Combined these result in a development in layers of student’s professionalism. This paper presents the first two measurement points, resulting in a development of student’s self-perceived professionalism from before to after the first study year.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show that students before they start their bachelor trajectory have a limited view on their future professions. The interviews are short (those for year 3 and 4 are much longer), and they literally do not have much text concerning their professional knowledge, identity and actions. Their ideals are oftentimes grounded in personal interests and not much related to a professional identity and actions. Some however have a view of which knowledge and skills they expect to learn. The findings for the first year sustain the importance of the transition to higher education for the  development of an identity as a student identity as identified by (Scanlon et al., 2007), less as a professional.
There are some differences between programs, whereby it is salient that students from social work value the development of their own professional identity in relation with multiple knowledge conceptions and for example reflect much on their professional actions , whereas students in physical therapy reason about the value of codified knowledge such as standard procedures for professional practice. Several students in Aviation have furthermore the ambition to become a pilot, though the study does not provide the professional education thereto.

References
Ashwin, P., Abbas, A., & McLean, M. (2014). How do students’ accounts of sociology change over the course of their undergraduate degrees? Higher Education, 67(2), 219–234. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-013-9659-z

Barnett, R. (2009). Knowing and becoming in the higher education curriculum. Studies in Higher Education, 34(4), 429–440. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070902771978

Barnett, R., Parry, G., & Coate, K. (2001). Conceptualising Curriculum Change. Teaching in Higher Education, 6(4), 435–449. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562510120078009

Biglan, A. (1973a). Relationships between subject matter characteristics and the structure and output of university departments. Journal of Applied Psychology, 57(3), 204–213.

Biglan, A. (1973b). The characteristics of subject matter in different academic areas. Journal of Applied Psychology, 57(3), 195–203.

Griffioen, D. M. E. (2019). Higher education’s responsibility for balanced professionalism; methodology beyond research. Openbare les.

Griffioen, D. M. E. (2020). Differences in students’ experiences of research involvement: study years and disciplines compared. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 44(4), 454–466. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2019.1579894

Guile, D. (2014). Professional knowledge and professional practice as continuous contextualization. A social perspective. In M. Young & J. Muller (Eds.), Knowledge, Expertise and the Professions (pp. 78–92). Routledge.

Perry, W. G. Jr. (1968). Forms of ethical and intellectual development in the college years. A scheme (1999th ed.). Josey-Bass Inc. .

Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (4E ed.). Sage Publications Ltd.

Scanlon, L., Rowling, L., & Weber, Z. (2007). “You don’t have like an identity... you are just lost in a crowd”: Forming a Student Identity in the First-year Transition to University. Journal of Youth Studies, 10(2), 223–241. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676260600983684

Tomlinson, M., & Jackson, D. (2021). Professional identity formation in contemporary higher education students. Studies in Higher Education, 46(4), 885–900. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1659763

Trede, F., Macklin, R., & Bridges, D. (2012). Professional identity development: a review of the higher education literature. Studies in Higher Education, 37(3), 365–384.

Young, M., & Muller, J. (2014). From the sociology of professions to the sociology of professional knowledge. In M. F. D. Young & J. Muller (Eds.), Knowledge, Expertise and the Professions (pp. 3–17). Routledge.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Methodological Proposals to Develop the "Learning to Learn" Competence in University Students, Experiences at the Universitat Politècnica de València.

Laura Osete-Cortina1, Maria Salome Moreno Navarro1, Eloína García-Félix1, Verónica Riquelme-Soto2

1Universitat Politècnica de València, Spain; 2Universitat de València, Spain

Presenting Author: Osete-Cortina, Laura; Moreno Navarro, Maria Salome

This work presents the designs of two methodological proposals for the teaching and assessment of the learning-to-learn (LTL) competence in university degrees, in the context of a research project[1] focused on the development of an intervention model for its teaching and learning.

In previous investigations, our research group elaborated a model to define the LTL skill, considering its four dimensions according to literature: cognitive, metacognitive, affective-motivational and social/relational (Hoskins & Fredriksson, 2008) (Thoutenhoofd & Pirrie, 2013), and including a fifth dimension related to ethics (Gargallo et al. 2020). This dimension refers to responsibility and honesty in learning; being guided by civic and moral values, developing one's potential while respecting others and contributing to the creation of a fairer and more equitable society.

Despite the relevance of LTL competence for the students’ personal and professional development (OCDE, 2015; EU, 2006 & 2018), it has not been included, at least explicitly, among the generic competences for university degrees, although there are many that can be considered as part of it, such as collaborative work, planning, organisation and time management, autonomous and self-regulated learning, effective management of information and communication processes, among others. Nevertheless, the transversal and dynamic characteristics of this skill are the main difficulties that hinder the application of appropriate teaching and learning approaches aimed at its development and assessment in the educational context.

The implementation of active methodologies consisting of authentic tasks in which students take part in their own learning process and face real situations, such as problem solving, projects, portfolios or case studies, stands out among other more passive methodological proposals, facilitating the learning of the competence (Fernández, 2006). In previous experiences, case study methodology has provided a favourable learning environment for the development and assessment of LTL competence with the aim of providing learners with a better understanding of optimal learning strategies (Osete and García, 2020).

At the current stage of the research, different strategies for teaching and learning some of the specific dimensions and sub-dimensions of this skill are being developed and implemented. Given the wide range of dimensions and sub-dimensions of the learning to learn competence (21 in total), in these first experiences it was decided to limit the study to two sub-dimensions. Specifically, we present here the methodological proposal for the development of the specific sub-dimension of problem solving from the metacognitive dimension and the sub-dimension of ICT usage from the cognitive dimension. These will be tested in a first-year undergraduate course of the degree in Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritage from the Faculty of Fine Arts and in a second-year subject of the degree in Public Works Engineering from the School of Civil Engineering at the Universitat Politècnica de València.

The implementation of these designs will constitute a first experimental approach for the validation of the methodological proposal and the achievement of the necessary adjustments in the teaching process for the development of the competence in further educational experiences.

[1] ‘The learning to learn competence in the university, its design and curriculum development. a model of intervention and its application in university degrees’ Project PID2021-123523NB-I00, funded by the MCIN/AEI /10.13039/501100011033 and by ERDF A way of making Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Both quantitative and qualitative methodologies will be used for this study, consisting of a pre- and post-test experimental design, focus group with 7 students and 10 individual interviews.
The QELtLCUS questionnaire (Gargallo et al., 2021) will be applied for the evaluation of competence. This questionnaire has a self-report format and comprises 85 items grouped into 5 scales assessing the 5 dimensions and 21 sub-dimensions listed above. The student answers the items using a Likert-type scale, agree-disagree.
Experience 1: Degree in Public Works Engineering from the School of Civil Engineering
The training programme was applied in the subject of Urban Planning and Territory, in the practical workshop of 20 face-to-face hours, which is developed throughout the course, with sessions of approximately two hours. The subject has been assigned 4.5 credits and 22 two-hour sessions and is aimed at enabling students to carry out simple territorial analyses using open-source tools and public databases.
The sample consists of 24 students who, in addition to taking the pre- and post-tests and answering the QELtLCUS questionnaire, will be evaluated through six deliveries made according to a professional report-memory model (authentic evaluation).  In this model of authentic assessment, students record their achievement of the different learning objectives throughout the course. Each submission is made at the end of each of the activities that make up the workshop and is assessed using a rubric. The rubric analyses the handling of the LTL competence component related to the efficient use of ICT.
Experience 2: Degree in Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritage from the Faculty of Fine Arts
The population consists of two groups of about 50 students, a control group and an experimental group, in the subject Fundamentals of Physics and Chemistry Applied to Conservation, with 6 credits and 30 two-hour sessions.
In this case, the work on the problem solving sub-dimension is approached through the use of concept maps by means of 5 activities, starting with a previous training session on the elaboration of these maps. During the following activities, the concept map is used to identify the problem, the variables involved, the hierarchy and relationship between the concepts/properties involved, and finally the solution to the problem and its evaluation. The proposed design includes the delivery by the student of the results of each of the products of these phases. A rubric is used to evaluate the concept map.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The experiences presented aim to develop some of the dimensions of the learning to learn competence. In this sense, it is important to plan both the monitoring of learning (difficulties that may arise, decision-making, etc.) and the evidence to be collected at key moments, with the aim of accompanying the student in the process of growth in autonomy.
Both proposals intend to focus on monitoring learning, in Experience 1 through a guided workshop in groups of two to measure progress in the effective use of ICT. Each group will have individual mentoring at mid-course which will be assessed using an observation guide. In Experience 2, planning in the form of 5 deliverables and conducting group tutorials at the beginning and middle of the process allows for this monitoring.
The results obtained from both experiences by using different learning methodologies, will allow us to test and to adjust the monitoring and support during the work process and to analyse the evidence collected at key moments which, will enable us to identify good practices that contribute to the development of learning to learn competence in the university environment.
On the basis of these findings, the aim is to increase the number of experiences to accomplish the development of a curricular design of competence in these degrees, and ultimately to achieve quality learning.

References
European Commission (2006). Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 Decembrer 2006 on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/news/recommendation-18-december-2006-key-competences-lifelong-learning
European Commission. (2018). Accompanying the document Proposal for a COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission. Retrieved from http://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-5464-2018-ADD-2/EN/pdf
Fernández, A. (2006). Metodologías activas para la formación de competencias. Educatio siglo XXI., 24. Pp. 35-56. https://revistas.um.es/educatio/article/view/152
Gargallo López, B.; Pérez-Pérez, C.; García-García, F.J.; Giménez Beut, J.A., & Portillo Poblador, N. (2020). The skill of learning to learn at university. Proposal for a theoretical model. Educación XX1, 23(1), 19-44, http://doi.org/0000-0002-7158-6737
Gargallo-López, B., Suárez-Rodríguez, J.M., Pérez-Pérez, C., Almerich Cerveró, G., & Garcia-Garcia, F.J. (2021). The QELtLCUS questionnaire. An instrument for evaluating the learning to learn competence in university students. RELIEVE, 27(1), art. 1. http://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v27i1.20760
Hoskins, B. & Fredriksson, U. (2008). Learning to learn: what is it and can it be measured. Ispra: Joint Research Centre, Institute for the Protection and Security of the Citizen. Centre for Research on Lifelong Learning (CRELL).
OCDE. (2005). La definición y selección de competencias clave. Retrieved from http://comclave.educarex.es/pluginfile.php/130/mod_resource/content/3/DESECO.pdf
Osete-Cortina, L., García-Félix, V.E., (2020) Aprender a aprender a través del estudio de casos. Una primera aproximación empírica. In López-Meneses. E et al., (coord.) Claves para la innovación pedagógica ante los nuevos retos: respuestas en la vanguardia de la práctica educativa (pp. 1870-1879). Octahedro. https://www.innovagogia.es/claves-para-la-innovacion-pedagogica-ante-los-nuevos-retos/
Thoutenhoofd, E.D. & Pirrie, A. (2015). From self-regulation to learning to learn: observations on the construction of self and learning. British Educational Research Journal, 4 (1), 72-84. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3128


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Enhancing Transformative Education through Flipped Classroom in Higher Education: Insights from the Erasmus+ Project "Developing Flipped Methods for Teaching"

Piedade Vaz-Rebelo1, Graça Bidarra2, Simone Almeida3, Carlos Barreira4, Carlos Rebelo5

1University of Coimbra, Portugal; 2University of Coimbra, Portugal; 3University of Coimbra, Portugal; 4University of Coimbra, Portugal; 5University of Coimbra, Portugal

Presenting Author: Vaz-Rebelo, Piedade

This study aims to describe how a learner centred and transformative education may be implemented when using flipped classroom practices. There are different conceptions about flipped classroom that can include particular pedagogical activities or resources A key idea is centred on the flipped concept, meaning “that events that have traditionally taken place inside the classroom now take place outside the classroom and vice versa” (Lage, Platt & Treglia, 2020). The change in teacher and students’ roles from a teacher centred pedagogy to a learner centred and active pedagogy can also be considered a charactheristic of the flipped classroom. In this scope, one can say that flipped classroonm fits the paradigm change that characterize contemporary education, from a pedagogical model centred on teaching and teachers, on information giving, a banking education, to a lifelong pedagogical model, that focus on the student as participants in knowledge creation, and thus education as transformative. Flipped classroom can include particular pedagogical activities implemented or resources used, in particular, that highlight the use of videos as a key resource. Lundin, Bergviken Rensfeldt, Hillman, Lantz-Andersson, & Peterson (2018) referred that ‘the flipped classroom is a new pedagogical method, which employs asynchronous video lectures and practice problems as homework, and active, group-based problem solving activities in the classroom. The use of videos and technological resources, althgouhg controversial, are is also mentioned in other definitons, for instance “the flipped classroom is a pedagogical model in which the typical lecture and homework elements of a course are reversed ‘in the flipped learning model, teachers shift direct learning out of the large group learning space and move it into the individual learning space, with the help of one of several technologies. Teachers record and narrate screencasts of work they do on their computer desktops, create videos of themselves teaching, or curate video lessons from internet sites (Hamdan, McKnight, McKnight & Arfstrom, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This poster highlights the flipped classroom practices developed as part of the Erasmus+ project "Developing Flipped Methods for Teaching." Sixty higher education students pursuing a bachelor's degree in education participated in the project. The practices included various elements of the flipped classroom, such as pre-class video watching, pre-test, in-class group activities, post-test and questionnaires, individual reflective summaries, and team reports. The lesson topics covered a range of subjects including educational and developmental psychology, development phases, emotions, and motivation. The activities involved analyzing and discussing problems, role-playing, and sharing experiences.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of pre- and post-tests showed an improvement in the post-test scores. The analysis of the reports confirms the active participation and knowledge building that took place during the sessions, as well as its transformative impact on the students.
References
Lundin, M., Bergviken Rensfeldt, A., Hillman, T., Lantz-Andersson, A., & Peterson, L. (2018). Higher education dominance and siloed knowledge: A systematic review of flipped classroom research. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 15, article 20, pp 1-30

Lage, M. J., Platt, G. J., & Treglia, M. (2000). Inverting the Classroom: A Gateway to Creating an Inclusive Learning Environment. The Journal of Economic Education, 31, 30-43. http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/1183338

Hamdan, N., McKnight, P., McKnight, K., & Arfstrom, K. (2013).A Review of Flipped Learning: Flipped Learning Network.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

How International Graduates Navigate their Post-Study Route: Differences by the Degree Levels

Georgina Kasza

Tempus Public Foundation, Hungary

Presenting Author: Kasza, Georgina

The transition from higher education to the world of work has become a prominent research topic over the last two decades. As a result of the Bologna process, and the European integration, the universities have tended to be more responsive to the labour market needs (Hrubos, 2010). In Hungary, the graduates’ post-study career, and the various aspects of their labour market performance are essential indicators in order to monitor and evaluate the higher education institutions. The most significant step was achieved in 2005 when the national government launched the Graduate Tracking System (GTS). After some considerable improvements, the integration of various (mainly administrative) databases (e.g., tax data, higher education data) has become the central element of this national-level system (Nyüsti & Veroszta, 2013). The tracking of international graduates leaving Hungary after their study is not possible, though. Therefore, and due to the missing empirical studies, little knowledge existed about international graduates’ careers. This gap has been filled by the practice-oriented research conducted among international graduates having completed their full-time studies under the framework of Stipendium Hungaricum Scholarship programme (SH) in Hungary.

The conceptual framework guided the research is mainly based on the concept of employability. Drawing on the broader employability literature, the research focuses on questions of employment obtainment, satisfaction, personal and employability skills (Cai, 2013; Pham & Jackson, 2020). The other theoretical approach was the implementation science in order to better understand and evaluate the implementation of a scholarship programme (Nilsen, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Regarding the research method, quantitative method was applied. In 2021 and 2022, between March and May of each year, an online questionnaire has been distributed among all SH scholarship beneficiaries who have completed their studies. The response rate was 26% (N=1165) in 2020, and 28% (N=1902) in 2021. The questionnaire consists of three main sections: the post-study route and work experience, the satisfaction of their current position, and the impact of COVID-19 pandemic. For the development of the questionnaire, some questions were adapted from the Hungarian Career Tracking Survey (Hungarian Graduate Career Tracking – Questionnaires, 2011) and Futuretrack survey (Elias et al., 2021). In addition to descriptive analyses, exploratory analysis is applied to understand the deeper processes.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper seeks answers to how the post-study route of international graduates who completed their studies under a scholarship programme can be described. Focusing on the graduates’ workforce entrance, the paper shows the navigation process, moreover the employability experiences and challenges of international graduates faced after their studies. Additionally, one of the main questions is what significant differences there are among international graduates according to the degree levels. The paper examines not just short-term but medium-term tendencies as well. The presentation also gives insight into what implications can be identified for policy and practice, moreover how the research results can be integrated into the implementation of a scholarship programme.
References
Cai, Y. (2013). Graduate employability: A conceptual framework for understanding employers’ perceptions. Higher Education, 65(4), 457–469.
Elias, P., Purcell, K., Atfield, G., Kispeter, E., Day, R., & Poole, S. (2021). Ten years on – The Futuretrack Graduates. 186.
Felvi.hu—Hungarian Graduate Career Tracking—Questionnaires 2011. (é. n.). Retrieved from https://www.felvi.hu/felsooktatasimuhely/archivum/research/career_tracking_researches/career_tracking2011_questionnaries
Hrubos, Ildikó (2010). A foglalkoztathatóság kérdése az Európai Felsőoktatási Térségben. Educatio. Retrieved from https://folyoiratok.oh.gov.hu/educatio/a-foglalkoztathatosag-kerdese-az-europai-felsooktatasi-tersegben
Nilsen, P. (2015). Making sense of implementation theories, models and frameworks. Implementation Science, 10(1), 53. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13012-015-0242-0
Nyüsti, S., & Veroszta, Z. (2013). Hungarian Graduate Career Tracking 2013. Retrieved from www.felvi.hu
Pham, T., & Jackson, D. (2020). Employability and determinants of employment outcomes. In Developing and Utilizing Employability Capitals. Routledge
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm23 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster

From open-ended material to Saviors – A Genealogy of Physical Environments and material in Swedish Preschools

Elsa Andersson

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Andersson, Elsa

The physical environment in Swedish Early Childhood Education (ECE) is considered a crucial factor to how children develop and learn (Westberg, 2019). Although Swedish preschool is integrated within the education system there are generally little to no distinctions made between education, care, and play. Instead, all activities are considered a part of preschool education (Sheridan and Williams, 2018). Thus, the environment and material play an important part for the governing of preschool activities.

There is a variety of research on environment and material factors in early childhood education from a wide range of research fields. For example, on how material and environments are used in preschool and how material aspects influence education (Barnett, 2015; Odegard, 2021; Åström et al, 2020; Änggård, 2011). As well as how the physical environment forms limits or possibilities for how children can become and act (Eriksson Bergström, 2013; Nordin-Hultman, 2004). In summary, previous research show that childhood materials and environments are constructed in different ways and given different meanings in relation to a variety of discourses, discourses that not only influence how early childhood spaces are designed but also how children are viewed and governed.

Inspired by Foucault’s (1977) genealogical perspective the contribution of this paper is to examine the power relations embedded in the discursive practices of creating a ‘good educational environment’ by looking at discourses on ECE environment and material in 140 texts published in a Swedish preschool teacher trade journal between 1969-2022. In Foucault's spirit, the empirical material is not limited to one type of material, but in addition to the journal Förskolan, the analysis includes policy documents from the same period. The approach is an attempt, through discourse analysis of both contemporary and historical material, to show how discursive practices shape and reshape the norms and ideals of ‘good’ learning environments. The analysis is structured around two main questions:

(1) What are the discursive practices that constructs the dominant discourse on ‘the good learning environment’?

(2) How do these discourses on good learning environment and material coincide or compete with other practices/discourses, historically or outside of ECE?

Inspired by Foucault’s genealogical perspective, this study engages with the history of the present, which means that it is a study of contemporary practices from a historical and power-analytical perspective (Axelsson and Qvarsebo, 2017; Foucault, 1977). Genealogy as a method make use of historical events to crystallize a critique of contemporary phenomena that have become naturalized and taken for granted. It is not about searching for the true origins of things. Rather, this study aims to show how discourses on environment and material are shaped and reshaped. The goal here is to show how ‘something’ – in this case, the discursive practices of environment and material in ECE – can be understood as a configuration of power and knowledge with particular orientations and consequences (Beronius, 1991; Foucault, 1977). The consequences in this case, come down to how children are perceived and how their lives are directed. The concept of power-relations (Foucault, 1982; 2017) is informative in this study to understand how the discursive practices on environment and material in preschools shape how ‘problems’ are articulated and understood given the discourse at a specific time and context. And by extension, how these discourses shape or direct children’s actions in the present or the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Rather than analyzing all possible sources regarding the societal and educational discourse on ideal environments and material for preschool children, the analytic strategy is geared towards capturing some essential patterns in the ‘talk’ about environment and material by researching both a more general debate, by reviewing an influential preschool trade journal, Förskolan [Preschool], and by including educational policies from the same period.

The journal Förskolan is a Swedish preschool teacher trade journal, founded and originally published by Svenska Fröbel förbundet [Swedish Fröbel Association], 1918. The Fröbel Association started as a pedagogical organization but later developed into being both an interest- and professional association, which in 1944 became a part of a larger union organization. Förskolan is currently published by a teacher union called Lärarförbundet [Teachers union]. Lärarförbundet describes the journals focus as being on skills development for preschool teachers. The voices represented in the journal are a wide range of professionals associated with early childhood education, such as preschool teachers, pediatricians, psychologists, researchers, architects, and others, connected to Swedish ECE institutions. The journal contains articles on, preschool’s work, news, research, debates, and interviews. As such, it represents an arena where discourses on Swedish ECE are represented from a variety of perspectives.

The selected sample period ranges from 1969-2022. 1969 was selected as start year since it coincides with the launch of Barnstugeutredningen [The nursery investigation], a nationwide government investigation on childcare that preceded the Swedish ECE expansion that started during the 1970s. The non-digitalized issues of the Journal, 1969-2001, were strategically sampled, to span over policy changes concerning preschool. The following years were sampled: 1969, 1972, 1975, 1980, 1985, 1991. All texts that concerned preschools material and environment were then digitalized via an app that transform printed text to digital text. The journal’s issues from 2002 and onwards were searched digitally. Multiple searches were made using the keywords: environment, design, material, and learning environment.

In total 140 articles were imported to NVIVO, a computer program for qualitative analysis. NVIVO was used during the first step of the analysis as the data was coded inductively. In the second part of the analysis the material was triangulated with relevant policy documents published within corresponding time periods. The policy material includes: Barnstugeutredningen [Nursery investigation] (SOU 1972:26), Pedagogiska programmet för förskolan (Educational program for preschool), (Socialstyrelsen, 1987:3). Jämställdhet i förskolan (Equality in preschool) (SOU 2006:75). The National curriculum for preschool (Skolverket, 1998;2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The dominant discourses on ‘good ‘environment and material in Swedish Early childhood education are disseminated mainly through three discursive fields: (1) quality of play, (2) gender equality and (3) sustainability. The main thread through these discourses is the dichotomization of two different types of materials defined as ‘finished’ and ‘unfinished’ material. Finished materials denotes things that are manufactured to have a function in relation to children, for example ready-made toys. What binds the unfinished materials together is that they are not produced to have a function in relation to children, for example, natural materials or ‘trash’ material. The finished material is consistently problematized. The main problem highlighted is that it is considered to limit children's creativity and freedom. Unfinished materials are on the other hand, generally understood as ‘good’ materials, connected to a series of moral values like sustainability, equality, gender-neutrality, but also to the growth of children’s creativity. Primarily on basis of being viewed as open-ended. The paper discusses the tension between the dual ideals of children as both innocent and uncorrupted and as agents and potential saviors-of-our-world.

The conclusion of the paper is that the understanding of the concept of children’s independence and freedom in preschool has shifted. Although there are kinships with how Swedish preschool design in the 1970s was focused on offering preschool children a stimulating environment that supported independence and freedom of choice (Westberg, 2021), the result of this study points out a shift in what type of freedom that is desired for children to acquire. From freedom to become a part of adult culture, to freedom from adult culture. With this conclusion I invite further questioning of the role of environment and material in relation to the power-relations in ECE, specifically regarding the tension between children’s freedom and the everyday practices of ECE.


References
Burman, Erica. 2013. Conceptual resources for questioning ‘child as educator’. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32(3), 229–243.
Duschinsky, Robbie. 2013. Childhood innocence: Essence, education, and performativity. Textual Practice, 27(5): 763–781.
Edström, Charlotta. 2014. Pedagogues’ constructions of gender equality in selected Swedish preschools: A qualitative study. Education Inquiry, 5(4), 24618.
Eriksson Bergström, Sofia. 2013.” Rum, barn och pedagoger: om möjligheter och begränsningar i förskolans fysiska miljö” [Rooms, children and educators: about opportunities and limitations in preschool’s physical environment]. PhD diss., Umeå University.
Foucault, Michel. 1977. ‘Nietzsche, Genealogy, History’. In: Language, Counter-Memory, Practice: Selected Essays and Interviews, edited by Donald F. Bouchard. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Foucault, Michel. 1982. The Subject and Power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4): 777–795.
Foucault, Michel. 1991. ‘Politics and the Study of Discourse.’ In The Foucault Effect: Studies in Governmentality, edited by Graham Burchell, Colin Gordon, and Peter Miller, 53–72. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Gleason, Mona. (2016). Avoiding the agency trap: caveats for historians of children, youth, and education. History of Education, 45(4), 446-459.
Gulløv, Eva. 2013. Creating a natural place for children: An ethnographic study of Danish kindergartens. In Children's Places cross cultural perspectives, edited by Karen Fog Olwig and Eva Gulløv, 23–38. London: Routledge.
Hultqvist, Kenneth. 1990. Förskolebarnet: En konstruktion för gemenskapen och den individuella frigörelsen: En nutidshistorisk studie om makt och kunskap i bilden av barnet i statliga utredningar om förskolan [The preschool child: A construction for community and individual emancipation: A contemporary historical study of power and knowledge in the image of the child in state inquiries about preschool]. PhD diss., Stockholm University.
Kallio, Kirsi Pauliina, and Jouni, Häkli. 2011. Are There Politics in Childhood?
Space and Polity, 15(1), 21–34.
Kjørholt, Anne Trine, and Ellen, Os. 2019. Barnehagen som materielt og kulturelt landskap. Arkitektur, innredning og leketøy [The kindergarten as a material and cultural landscape. Architecture, interior design and toys]. In Blikk for barn, edited by Leif Hernes, Torill Vist and Nina Winger, 75–103. Bergen: Fagbokforlaget.
Tallberg Broman, Ingegerd. 2009. Mamma, pappa, förskolebarn. Om förskolan som jämställdhetsprojekt [Mom, dad, preschool–child. About the preschool as an equality project]. In: Genus i förskola och skola, edited by Inga Wernersson, 61–84. Gothenburg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.
Westberg, Johannes. 2021. Designing preschools for an independent and social child: visions of preschool space in the Swedish welfare state. Early Years, 41(5), 458-475.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster

Europeanization of Education: Two Decades of Research Insights in Slovenia

Urška Štremfel

Educational Research Institute, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Štremfel, Urška

In 2004, Slovenia became a member of the European Union (EU), thereby fully entering into joint European cooperation in the field of education. This is primarily based on the open method of coordination (OMC), consisting of different policy instruments (common goals, benchmarks, indicators, peer learning, comparative reports), by which member states are supported and triggered to develop their educational system in a certain, European, way. Since 2000, this cooperation is organised within the so-called ten-year strategic frameworks of European cooperation in education and training (E&T 2010, E&T 2020, E&T 2030). At the end of the I&U 2010, the European Commission pointed out that the data on how the OMC is being implemented in member states are deficient and missing and the scientific debates (e.g. Alexiadou & Lange, 2015) exposed the need for in-depth empirical research in the field. At the end of E&T 2020, the emerging European education area is facing similar challenges - a lack of studies that would explain the ways in which member states pursue European goals in the field of education (European Commission, 2019). Although the OMC since 2000, when it was formally introduced in the educational sector with the Lisbon strategy (European Council, 2000), has lost its visibility in EU policy documents, as well as attention in scientific debates, Gornitzka (2018) explains the education sector upheld its governance arrangements. The question of its implementation in member states and the strength of Europeanizing national educational systems, therefore, remains actual, especially in times, when the European Education Area is to be established by 2025 (Council of the EU, 2021).

Objective, research question

The main aim of this paper is to explicate the Europeanization of the Slovenian educational space in the last two decades, namely, by in-depth comparative empirical insight into the implementation of the E&T 2010 and E&T 2020 strategic frameworks. The paper, therefore, addresses the research gap in the field, by providing an innovative in-depth longitudinal research framework of the OMC implementation in the last two decades in the particular member state. The research question, the paper address is: “How the OMC and its changing governance arrangements have influenced the development of Slovenian educational space in the last two decades?”

Conceptual and theoretical framework

In the paper, we study OMC in the field of education policy and its influence on member states (e.g. Slovenia) within a theoretical framework that presents the combination of theoretical postulates of the concept of a new mode of governance as the outcome-oriented governance, governance of comparisons, governance of problems and governance of knowledge (e.g. Altrichter, 2010; Grek, 2010), theory of policy learning (e.g. Radaelli, 2008) and the concept of evidence-based policy-making (e.g. Pellegrini & Vivanet, 2021). In the paper, we use a complex multilevel framework of analysis, which serves us for the explanation of conditions under which OMC triggers member states to reach EU goals and therefore initiate the convergence of the European educational space and establishment of the European Education Area by 2025. In that way we explicate a combination of ideational and organizational pressures, stimulating member states to adapt their own ideas and organizational structures in order to attain common EU goals (Bórras & Radaelli, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is qualitatively oriented. In order to address the research question we employ a methodological framework, including the following methods and techniques: a) comprehensive review of the academic literature on new modes of governance, open method of coordination, policy learning theory and evidence-based policy; b) an analysis of Slovenian educational legislation, EU official documents in the field of education policy, non-official documents, press releases, newspaper articles and speeches since 2000 onwards; c) semi-structured interviews conducted with relevant officials in the Slovenian Ministry of Education, Science and Sport (9 interviews conducted in 2012 and 7 interviews conducted in 2021), the Slovenian Permanent Representation in Brussels (1 interview conducted in 2012 and 1 interview conducted in 2021), f) mailed questionnaires that were sent to Slovenian experts in the field of education that are also active at the EU/international level (n = 22 in 2012; n = 4 in 2021), to education policy makers (n = 8 in 2012; n = 5 in 2021), and to stakeholders (headmasters) (n = 91 in 2012; n = 147 in 2021); g) the analysis of already existing statistical data. The data collected in two waves (2012, 2021) enable us to get important longitudinal insight into the Europeanization of Slovenian educational space in the last two decades and comparative insight into the implementation of the E&T 2010 and E&T 2020 in Slovenia. As the key strategy for the quality assessment of research findings, we employ triangulation, which enables not only testing the validity of research results but also gaining a better understanding of the phenomenon studied.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
An in-depth case study of the OMC’s influence on the Slovenian educational space in the first two decades of Slovenia’s formal EU membership provides so far missing empirical evidence about the OMC’s influence on the national educational space. The paper includes a critical evaluation of the OMC reception in the Slovenian educational space in the past two decades in a comparative perspective and presents the author’s views about the further development of the Slovenian educational space within the EU environment. In critically estimating how Slovenia has not selectively neither adopted nor rejected the OMC (institutional and ideational) pressures on the development of the national educational space in the last two decades, the paper presents an alternative way of understanding, how common European cooperation in the field of education has widened and deepened since 2000 onwards and how the establishment of the European Educational Area has become a reality. In the paper, OMC is therefore explicated as a meta-instrument (toolkit) consisting of technical and social devices, which in accordance with the representations and means these hold, establish a specific socio-political relationship between the EU and the member states therefore ensuring the attainment of the common EU goals in the education policy field. The paper with its innovative long-term approach presents an alternative way of researching OMC’s influence on member states and with its conclusions from one perspective explains the social reality - the establishment of the European Educational Area.
References
- Alexiadou, N., & Lange, B. (2015). Europeanizing the National Education Space? Adjusting to the Open Method of Coordination (OMC) in the UK. International Journal of Public Administration, 38(3), 157-166.

- Alexiadou, N., & Rambla, X. (2022). Education policy governance and the power of ideas in constructing the new European Education Area. European Educational Research Journal, https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221121388

- Altrichter, H. (2010). Theory and Evidence on Governance: conceptual and empirical strategies of research on governance in education. European Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147–158.

- Borrás, S. and Radaelli, C. M. (2011). The Politics of Governance Architectures: Creation, Change and Effects of the EU Lisbon Strategy. Journal of European Public Policy, 18(4), 463–484.

- Council of the European Union (2021). Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030).

- European Commission (2019). Assessment of tools and deliverables under the framework for European cooperation in education and training (ET2020). Final Report. Brussels: European Commission.

- European Council. (2000). Presidency Conclusions. Lisbon European Council. 23 and 24 March 2000.

- Pellegrini, M., & Vivanet, G. (2021). Evidence-Based Policies in Education: Initiatives and Challenges in Europe. ECNU Review of Education, 4(1), 25–45.

- Gornitzka, Å. (2018). Organising Soft Governance in Hard Times – The Unlikely Survival of the Open Method of Coordination in EU Education Policy. European Papers, 3(1), 235–255. doi: 10.15166/2499-8249/211

- Grek, S. (2010). International Organisations and the Shared Construction of Policy “Problems”: problematisation and change in education governance in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 9(3), 396–406.

- Radaelli, C. M. (2008). Europeanization, Policy Learning, and New Modes of Governance. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice, 10(3), 239-254.

- Štremfel, U. (2013). Nova oblika vladavine v Evropski uniji na področju izobraževalnih politik [New Mode of Governance in the EU in the Field of Education Policy]. Doktorska disertacija. Ljubljana: Fakulteta za družbene vede, Univerza v Ljubljani.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster

Arts Education as Portrayed in China's Top-policy: A Critical Discourse Analysis

Ruini Huang, Kris Rutten

Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Huang, Ruini

To date, the impacts of arts and culture on society - whether positive or negative - have been intensively discussed and reflected in the economic, political and educational fields (e.g. through deliberations for cultural policy on funding culture projects, political and educational agenda on promoting culture and arts education) (Belfiore, 2008; Gilmore & Abigail, 2014; Winner et al., 2013). Among these initiatives, educational ones ofttimes emphasise the positive impacts of -arts and culture on schooling, which, to some extent, reflect the impact the government hopes to have on arts education (Commission et al., 2012; Sabol, 2013). Educational policy, arguably, is one of the important initiatives to respond to governmental demands (Henry et al., 1997) for arts education. For instance, the New European Culture Agenda (2016) envision that arts education can develop critical appreciation, persevere cultural diversity, foster creativity, et cetera, which shows the EU’s eagerness to promote cohesion through the arts and cultural education.

Coincidentally, the most recent educational reform in China and the ensuing improvement in policy demonstrate the growing importance of arts education but also the expectations of the government. The policy background of this rejuvenation can be traced back to 2014, whereafter a series of arts education policies (2014,2015,2020) were issued by China’s central authority. In those policies, the arts education is assumed as an essential path to achieve the fundamental goal of China’s general education, which comprises Lide Shuren [Enhance morality, Foster talents]. In addition to the policy, the Chinese government also provide guidelines for enhancing arts educational practices in the policy documents (2020). Together the policies and interpretative documents manifest that arts education has reached an unprecedented height and ushered in great development opportunities in China (Xu, 2018). In this regard, an in-depth examination of the policy is imperative for a better understanding of the status of arts education in China and the governmental expectations represented therein.

The focus of the previous research, in China, is more on the diachronic evolution (Li, 2019; Sun & Xu, 2022), descriptive interpretation (Yan, 2015) and implementation (Zhao, 2019) of the arts education policy. Meanwhile, western scholars have reconsidered arts education in broader educational shifts (Sabol, 2013) and adopted diverse approaches (e.g. the cultural policy analysis framework (Shaw, 2018), critical policy analysis (Kos, 2017)) to question the advocacy and examine the discursive practice present in the arts education policy texts (Logsdon, 2013). However, a critical appraisal of the current policies is yet to be conducted in China.

In this paper, the overarching goal has been to understand the principles and the functions of China’s arts education constructed in the top policies and explore the governmental demands and discursive practice. The authors, therefore, applied a critical discourse-analytical reading of the three-arts education policy(2014,2015,2020).These three top policies are deemed the most authoritative policy in the current decade, providing us with the representative and widely used government discourse on arts education. Unpacking the policy discourse and the hidden cultural and power logic, we aim to make an empirical contribution to the research on arts education policy in China.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to unpack the expected functions encompassed by arts education policy in China’s educational setting, this paper presents a critical analysis of top-policy texts that contain the major advocacy of arts education in China.
Policies are not only words written in formal documents, but vivid political representations, compromises and practices. The policies are thus dynamic and interactive(Henry et al., 1997). CDA is known as a toolkit for analysing how semiotic choices are being made and how the choices are integrated with practice to achieve certain communicative aims (Machin & Mayr, 2012). It helps to reveal the underneath ideology, power, a body of knowledge in policy texts. In fact, CDA is now widely accepted in educational research, especially in educational policy analysis(Rogers et al., 2016). However, it is acknowledged that CDA is not a concrete method but a set of diverse methods aimed at merging textual and social analysis, critical social theory and linguistic analysis. It is premised upon the supposition that discourse is socially constitutive as it is socially conditioned (Blommaert & Bulcaen, 2000). ‘[CDA] studies [are concerned with] real, and often extended, instances of social interaction which take (partially) linguistic form. The critical approach is distinctive in its view of (a) the relationship between language and society, and (b) the relationship between analysis and the practices analysed’(Wodak, 1997). Thus, in this paper, this author applies CDA to analyse the top policies to find out how it creates meaning and persuades the audience to know China’s arts education advocacy in a way. (Hansen & Machin, 2018)
There are different well-formed traditions of CDA, such as sociocognitive, discourse-historical, critical metaphor, Foucauldian, ethnographic and so on(Rogers et al., 2016). While in this article, one of the typical representatives of CDA- Fairclough’s dialectical-relational method- which combined different CDA research methods to form the 'three-dimensional model' is undertaken. Firstly, Fairclough defined language as a kind of social practice which is an eternal intervention force of the order of society. It reflects reality from diverse perspectives, manipulates and influences social processes through recurring in ideology; in the social and cultural contexts, language and values, religious beliefs and power relations are mutually influential; the application of language can prompt the change of discourse and social reform (Fairclough, 2001). Based on this, the well-known three-dimensional analysis framework is framed as text, discourse practice, and social practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Drawing on the previous policy document and research, we will first sketch an outline of the evolution of arts education policy in China. In this part, the development of arts education policy is concluded as a five-stage process, which is twisted and tortuous. The background and context of the selected three policies will be highlight.
This will be followed by contextualising the socio-economic and socio-politics grounding primarily during the period when the selected policies were issued (i.e. the 2010s). As Henry et al. (1997) mentioned, consideration of economic, social, political and cultural contexts helps shape the policy and illuminate the question of ‘why’ and ‘why’ the policy is built. In considering the context of arts education policy development during the last decade, one noteworthy feature was China's socio-economic and political shifts.
Thereafter, the findings will be presented with a particular consideration for the policy discourse and the related discursive practice. 1) For the dimension of the text, a linguistic analysis would be adopted to generate the vocabulary, sentence construction, structure, and choices made by the policy. In this essay, the specific nouns, and adjectives chosen by the policy will be analysed. 2) For the dimension of discursive practice, the production, distribution and the public's and researchers’ reception of the policy text, and the context, the meant audience of the text will be analysed, and the focus will be on intertextuality those three policy texts. 3) For the dimension of social practice: the broader social context (both in and out- of China) of those policies will be examined to identify the politics, economy and ideology which is dominant in/through the text.
To close the paper, we offer reflections and discussions on theoretical and practical considerations of arts education policy.

References
Belfiore, E. (2008). The social impact of the arts : an intellectual history. Basingstoke England ; New York : Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.
Cao, Q., Chilton, P., & Tian, H. (2014). Discourse, politics and media in contemporary China. John Benjamins Publishing Company.
Education, C. s. M. o. (2014). The Opinions on Promoting the Development of Art Education in Schools (1004-3438).
Education, C. s. M. o. (2015). Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Comprehensively Strengthening and Improving Aesthetic Education in Schools.
Education, C. s. M. o. (2020). Strengthen and improve the work of school aesthetic education in the new era, build a  education system for comprehensively developing the cultivation of moral, intellectual, physical, aesthetic and labor. http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-10/16/content_5551794.htm
European, C., Directorate-General for Education, Y. S., & Culture. (2016). Cultural awareness and expression handbook : open method of coordination (OMC) working group of EU Member States’ experts on ‘cultural awareness and expression. Publications Office. https://doi.org/doi/10.2766/940338
Gilmore, & Abigail. (2014). Understanding of the value and impacts of cultural experience – a literature review. Cultural Trends, 23(4), 312-316.
Heilig, J. V., Cole, H., & Aguilar, A. (2010). From Dewey to No Child Left Behind: The Evolution and Devolution of Public Arts Education. Arts Education Policy Review, 111(4), 136-145. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2010.490776
Ho*, W. C., & Law, W. W. (2004). Values, music and education in China. Music Education Research, 6(2), 149-167. https://doi.org/10.1080/1461380042000222564
Kipnis, A. B. (2011). Governing educational desire. In Governing Educational Desire. University of Chicago Press.
Kos, R. P. (2017). Music education and the well-rounded education provision of the Every Student Succeeds Act: A critical policy analysis. Arts Education Policy Review, 119(4), 204-216. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2017.1327383
Fairclough, N. (1992) Discourse and Social Change. Polity Press, Cambridge.
Fairclough, N. (2001) Language and Power. 2nd Edition, Pearson, Essex
Mattheis, A. (2016). A mashup of policy tools and CDA as a framework for educational policy inquiry. Critical Policy Studies, 11(1), 57–78. doi:10.1080/19460171.2016.1170618
Rogers, R., Malancharuvil-Berkes, E., Mosley, M., Hui, D., & Joseph, G. O. G. (2016). Critical Discourse Analysis in Education: A Review of the Literature. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 365-416. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543075003365
Sabol, F. R. (2013). Seismic Shifts in the Education Landscape: What Do They Mean for Arts Education and Arts Education Policy? Arts Education Policy Review, 114(1), 33-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2013.744250
Shaw, R. D. (2018). Examining arts education policy development through policy frameworks. Arts Education Policy Review, 120(4), 185-197.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster

The Micropolitics of Everyday School Life: The Interplay Between Sticky and Fluid Realities

Anna Kristiina Kokko

University of Eastern Finland, Finland

Presenting Author: Kokko, Anna Kristiina

Globally, the question of how everyday school life is transformed towards more equal and democratic practices is receiving increasing attention in research, practice, and public debate. Often, such discussion aims to raise ways in which schools can facilitate such transformation from the perspective of local and situated practices (e.g., Fairchild, 2019; Leppänen, 2020). Thus, it is not surprising that the concept of micropolitics ─ the fluid, heterogeneous, and non-linear processes of everyday life ─ forms part of many of the studies concerned with these processes.

In this study, we draw on the concept of micropolitics as discussed by Felix Guattari (1984, 2009). Earlier research on Guattari’s micropolitics has built a vital understanding of how fluid (i.e., molecular) sides of everyday life can open our, perhaps sometimes restrictive, macro structures and make visible that everyday life is not that schematic. Our actions are not predetermined by some pre-existing reality, but rather, everyday life is constructed by multiple actions which make mundane life un-predictable (Deleuze & Guattari, 1987; Guattari, 2009). However, although in his writings Guattari in general emphasized the importance of everyday molecular movement (see, for example, Guattari and Rolnik, 2009), he did not consider molecular movements as inherently transgressive or liberatory actions undermining molar entities. Therefore, in this study we engage with Guattari’s (1984, 2009) writings in which he talks about two forces that produce micropolitics, the molar and the molecular. ‘Molar’ here refers to the stable sides of everyday life (i.e., structures, laws, regulations, etc.). By comparison, ‘molecular’ refers to the force that gains its movement from heterogeneous actions in everyday life. These include, for example, all aspects of school days that cannot be predicted beforehand. What we specifically aim to emphasize is that both of these sides exist at the same time, and they can only be realised in relation to each other (Guattari, 1984, 2009).

Placing special emphasis on acknowledging both of these sides as a part of the construction of everyday life, we build on theoretical perspectives that consider reality as relational and dynamic (Deleuze & Guattari, 1987; Guattari, 2009). Moreover, sensitizing ourselves to details does not offer universal facts. Instead, such a perspective helps us to focus on the wider connections between details, allowing processes hiding in mundanity to become visible (Decuypere, 2019). Thus, the purpose is to recognize issues that call for a response (Haraway, 2016). To better understand how this mundane everyday school life is constructed, we ask: How are the two forces, molar and molecular, realised in mundane school practices?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To be able to understand micropolitics in mundane school practices, we draw on ethnographic methodology (Gordon, Holland & Lahelma, 2001). The data were collected in two Finnish comprehensive schools during the school year 2018–2019. In every step of the research, special attention was paid to adhering to the ethical recommendations of the Finnish Advisory Board on Research Integrity (2012) and ethical practice. Both schools are medium-sized schools in urban areas, the one in a lower socio-economic urban area (compared to the average of the municipality), and the other in an area in which the poverty level of families with children is lower compared to the average of Finland. Although the schools are located in somewhat different areas, in both the school classrooms are inclusive and, at least to some extent, culturally and socio-economically diverse.

Various kinds of ethnographic data were produced for the purposes of this study. First, through participant observations, the researcher compiled a field diary and notes on everyday school life, staff meetings, and the principals’ daily meetings with collaborators and stakeholders, for example municipality officials; recordings or notes of some of the discussions with teachers and principals; photographs; and school and municipality policy documents. In addition, the researcher conducted tape-recorded and verbatim transcribed interviews with three principals and 31 teachers. Since the interviews were conducted in the middle of the ethnographic field work, and the first author already knew the participants, as Niemi (2015) writes, it can be assumed that the interviewer and the interviewee shared common sensibilities, making it easier to record the shared moments in everyday life.

The analysis was conducted in two main phases. First, notes and brief summaries were written up about sociomaterial entanglements in the school environments. Following this, using the methodology of thinking with theory (Jackson & Mazzei, 2012), we took a closer look at the events and asked the question: What kinds of micropolitical, that is, molar (i.e., sticky) and molecular (i.e., fluid) movements could be identified from the data? Lastly, in the third phase of the analysis, we asked: How do the molecular everyday events link to the molar elements of daily life?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Using the ethnographic data, we provide rich and meticulous descriptions that show how particular practices come into being through a two-sided micropolitical process embracing the molar and the molecular: 1) through molecular movements it is possible to open the children’s subjectification process in school spaces, and 2) despite its seemingly random movements, the molecular is never entirely free but always includes congealing molar and stable entities.

Thus, our analysis first explores the situations in which molecular movements, for example, children’s initiatives to extend the way they are seen in school spaces, become visible. These situations relate, on the one hand, to the learning practices (i.e., how the pedagogical situations allow the children to choose their working methods or where the activities take place, etc.). However, interestingly, on the other hand, the majority of these situations relate to more general molar entities, such as how the children are positioned in terms of their social background. Thus, our study reveals how everyday school life is not just about learning activities, but also extends to the wider societal issues.

Second, the interplay between molar and molecular forces assisted us to see that, although the children had multiple opportunities to extend the way their subjectivities were constructed in these settings, it should not be taken for granted that all children had these opportunities. Rather, the study shows how these molecular movements are not entirely free, but are also connected to the wider molar societal entities.

Thus, the main argument we make in this study relates to the multiple co-existing realities in school spaces. We argue that to be able to examine the construction of everyday life in school we need to engage with the interplay between the different sides of micropolitics: the molar (sticky) and the molecular (fluid).

References
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1987) A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia (trans. Massumi B). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Decuypere, M. (2019). STS in/as education: Where do we stand and what is there (still) to gain? Some outlines for a future research agenda. Discourse, 40(1), 136–145.

Fairchild, N. (2018). The micropolitics of posthuman early years leadership assemblages: Exploring more-than-human relationality. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood 20(1): 53–64.  

Finnish Advisory Board on Research Integrity (2012). Responsible conduct of research and procedures for handling allegations of misconduct in Finland.

Gordon, T., Holland, J. & Lahelma, E. (2001). Ethnographic research in educational settings. In: Atkinson P. A, Coffey, A., Delamont, S., Lofland, J. & Lofland, L. (eds) Handbook of Ethnography. London: Sage, pp.188–258.

Guattari, F. (1984). Molecular Revolution: Psychiatry and Politics (trans. R. Sheed). London: Penguin Books.  

Guattari, F. (2009). Soft Subversions: Texts and Interviews 1977–1985 (trans. C. Wiener and E. Wittman; ed. S. Lotringer). Los Angeles, CA: Semiotext(e).

Guattari, F. and Rolnik, S. (2008) Molecular Revolution in Brazil (trans. K. Clapshow & B. Holmes). Los Angeles, CA: Semiotext(e). https://monoskop.org/File:Guattari_Felix_Rolnik_Suely_Molecular_Revolution_in_Brazil_2008.pdf  

Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble – Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press.

Jackson, A.Y. & Mazzei, L.A. (2012). Thinking with theory in qualitative research: Viewing data across multiple perspectives (1st ed.) London: Routledge.

Leppänen, T. (2020). Valta ja politiikka konstrukti¬vistisessa ja uusmaterialistisessa musiikintutkimuksessa: Rodullistamisen prosesseja turvapaikanhakijoiden musiikkileikkikoulutuokioissa. Musiikki 50(1–2), 45–68.

Niemi, A.M. (2015). Erityisiä koulutuspolkuja? Tutkimus erityisopetuksen käytännöistä peruskoulun jälkeen. University of Helsinki, Faculty of Educational Sciences.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm24 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Poster

Centennial European Doctoral Disssertations in Mathematics Education. A Documentary Archology Exercise on the Origins of European University Research

Mónica Vallejo-Ruiz1, Natividad Adamuz-Povedano2, Manuel Torralbo-Rodríguez2, Antonio Fernández-Cano3

1Universidad de Murcia, Spain; 2Universidad de Córdoba, Spain; 3Universidad de Granada, Spain

Presenting Author: Adamuz-Povedano, Natividad

Scientists, in general, and researchers and university teachers, in particular, should have precise information and knowledge about the origins of their disciplinary field. This idea reminds us of Aristotle's argument that we understand a subject best when we see it grow from its origins (Metaphysics, Book I, Chapter I, p. 12). Specifically, he said: "seeking first to understand the causes of the entities that surround us .... in the search for their causes, they advanced to that one".

In the case of Mathematics Education, different authors (Kilpatrick, 1998, 2020; Artigue & Blomhøj, 2013; Fiorentini & Lorenzato, 2015) have described how, during the last two centuries, research in this field has focused on analysing what mathematics was developed in schools and how it was taught and what learning (usefulness) resulted from it. Parallel to this scientific development, Kilpatrick (1998) raised the problems inherent in this work; in particular, the constitution of a group of people who identified themselves as researchers in mathematics education and focused their efforts on defining them and instituting their own research methods. During this period, figures such as Augustin Cauchy, responsible for the reorganisation and foundation of the field of mathematical analysis at the beginning of the 19th century, Ulysse Dini, from the University of Pisa, who wrote the first modern treatise on functions of a real variable, or Emile Borel who, from his collection of works on the theory of functions, developed some twenty volumes that gave the international mathematical community access to the most recent developments in research in this field (Artigue, 2020). Belhoste (1998), for his part, states that the constitution and institutionalisation of the mathematical community in countries such as Germany, France and Italy is largely due to the development of educational institutions focused on the teaching of this discipline.

These and many other examples from the scientific literature describe in great detail the origins of the development of the scientific community of mathematics education; however, we have not found any bibliographical evidence on the origins of research in mathematics education through doctoral theses or dissertations in this scientific field.

As we know, doctoral theses have a long history from the Middle Ages to present-day universities, but the recovery of the first European theses on this field of study -their reading and analysis- is a hard and complex exercise in documentary archaeology. Institutional repositories and databases are sources in which to search for doctoral theses and master's theses; some have indexed dissertations (we speak of dissertations, as a general term, with two variants: doctoral theses and master's theses) from more than 200 years ago. Databases in this respect are: the Spanish database Catalog-CISNE, the British Library-Ethos: e-thesis, the German Deustsche Nationalbibliothek or the Belgian Dial. UCLovaine. Other European dissertation databases are more recent, dating from the mid-20th century, such as the French TEL-These en ligne or the Dutch NARCIS.

For all these reasons, the present study focuses on identifying and analysing the origins of university research in Mathematics Education. Following a documentary archaeology exercise, a total of 23 European doctoral and master's theses in the field of mathematics education, defended more than one hundred years ago (1854-1917), have been located. They are thus centuries-old dissertations and indicative of the origins of university research in this field. In this way, this work is a first step towards understanding and illuminating the field of mathematics education from its beginnings and, by extension, as a study of the history of science geographically limited to Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study of documentary sources allows the use of different approaches, depending on the objective, the questions posed or the nature of the documentary sources. In this case, we have used what is known as "documentary archaeology", i.e., the analysis of documents extracted from historical records. In the field of archaeology, such studies aim to demonstrate to archaeologists that the historical record, far from being a finite body of specialised information, is in fact a rich treasure trove of new insights into the past (Beaudry, 1988; Saldanha, 2020; City of Alexandria, 2022).
It is also a descriptive-exploratory-retrospective study that analyses a total of 23 dissertations that could be called the pioneering European university works in Mathematics Education. These works have been located in four European databases: the Spanish database Catalog-CISNE, the British Library-Ethos: e-thesis, the German Deustsche Nationalbibliothek or the Belgian Dial.UCLovaine.
Through successive advanced computer searches in the various databases indicated, the time span 1800-1922 was established. The keywords entered interchangeably were: dissertation, thesis, education, mathematics, arithmetic, geometry. However, the validation of the retrieved document as a "pioneering European thesis in mathematics education" requires a detailed, quasi-craftsmanlike tracing. Since we have only been able to operate with secondary sources (the reference of the thesis contained in a database), access to the thesis itself (primary source) has only been possible in some cases where these had been digitised. The methodological procedure followed is that proposed by documentary archaeology in the following phases:
- Selecting the site: European Education.
- Conducting research: about Centennial dissertations in mathematics education.
- Excavating the site: in European databases on theses and masters. Search sequences. High concern about the validity of primary and secondary sources.
- Cleaning and cataloguing artifacts (dissertations): cleaning of retrieved documents, cataloguing dissertations in Excel database, analyzing data and interpreting.
- Reporting the results: Treatment of the information obtained (i. e. this poster).
The following indicators have been analysed: year of defence, conceptual analysis of the title, author, language, keywords and the producing university.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The documentary archaeology work carried out has allowed us to locate and recover 23 theses that fit the aforementioned characteristics; a meagre number, almost an appendix to the dissertations in the two main disciplines: mathematics and education.
Some general conclusions can be drawn from the analysis of these works:
- The conceptual analysis of the titles of the academic works determines that, except for four doctoral theses, the focus of university studies revolves around mathematics (its origin and history) or any of its disciplines (arithmetic, geometry, probability, calculus, and measurement).
- The author's genre according to his or her own name (Vallejo, Torralbo & Fernández-Cano, 2016). All the theses analysed have been written by men, except the one defended by Eva Sachs (1917), written within the area of Philological Studies, although with a notable connotation with mathematics education.
- Eleven of the doctoral dissertations are written in German, seven in Spanish, and the rest in French and English.
- The German producing universities are the Universität Erlangen and the Universität Munich, with three and two doctoral theses, respectively, and, in the case of Spain, production is centralised only at the Universidad Central de Madrid, with seven. The Université Catholique de Louvain is also worth mentioning, with a production of two doctoral theses.
Finally, it should be noted that given the current state of European databases as highly idiosyncratic, national, and not connected, a work of integration of European databases of doctoral dissertations is proposed as an alternative to the powerful American ProQuest Dissertations attempting to conform a specific and updated database for the field of mathematics education. Other educational disciplines and specialties would be able to develop their own databases of dissertations and other end-of-studies projects.

References
ARTIGUE, M. (2020). El desarrollo de la didáctica de las matemáticas, una mirada internacional. Revista Chilena de Educación Matemática, 12(3), 83-95.
ARTIGUE, M. & BLOMHØJ, M. (2013). Conceptualizing inquiry-based education in mathematics. ZDM, 45(6), 797-810.
BEAUDRY, M. C. (1988). Introduction. In: Documentary archaeology in the New World (pp. 1-3). Cambridge University Press.
BELHOSTE, B. (1998). Pour une réévaluation du rôle de l’enseignement dans l’histoire des mathématiques [For a re-evaluation of the role of teaching in the history of mathematics]. Revue d’Histoire des Mathématiques, 4, 289-304. Retrieved from: http://www.numdam.org/article/RhM_1998__4_2_289_0.pdf
CITY OF ALEXANDRIA, VA. (2022). Archaeological process. Retrieved from: https://www.alexandriava.gov/archaeology/archaeological-process
FIORENTINI, D., & LORENZATO, S. (2015). Investigación en Educación Matemática: recorridos históricos y metodológicos [Research in Mathematics Education: historical and methodological background]. Autores Asociados, LTDA.
KILPATRICK, J. (1998). Investigación en educación matemática: su historia y algunos temas de actualidad [Research in mathematics education: its history and some current issues]. In J. Kilpatrick, P. Gómez, & L. Rico, (Eds.), Educación Matemática: Errores y dificultades de los estudiantes. Resolución de problemas. Evaluación Historia [Mathematics Education: Students' errors and difficulties. Problem solving. Evaluation History] (p. 1-18). Una Empresa Docente e Universidad de los Andes.
KILPATRICK, J. (2020). History of research in mathematics education. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (p. 349-354). Springer.
SACHS, E. (1917). Die fiinf platonischen Korper. Zur Geschichte der Mathematik und der Elementenlehre Platons und der Pythagoreer. Berlin: Weidmann.
SALDANHA, G.S. (2020). Linha Cumeada: an archeology of the epistemological statements of Bibliography in the foundation of Information Science. Encontros Bibli-Revista Eletronica de Biblioteconomia e Ciencia da Informacao, 25, (Especial), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.5007/1518-2924.2020.e73443
VALLEJO, M., TORRALBO, M. & FERNÁNDEZ-CANO, A. (2016). Gender bias in higher education: Spanish doctoral dissertations in mathematics education. Journal of Hispanic Higher Education, 15(3), 205-220. https://doi.org/10.1177/153819271559
Infographics (links to databases consulted):
https://www.dnb.de/SharedDocs/Downloads/DE/Professionell/Netzpublikationen/anleitungSucheDissertationen.html
https://ucm.on.worldcat.org/advancedsearch?queryString=tesis&databaseList=
https://www.bl.uk/ethos-and-theses
https://dial.uclouvain.be/memoire/ucl/en/search/site


24. Mathematics Education Research
Poster

How Does the Compare and Contrast Strategy of Concept-Based Learning Affect the High-Order Thinking Skills of 7th Grade Students?

Almira Kaliyeva, Ardak Khaliyeva, Alibi Skakov

Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Kaliyeva, Almira; Khaliyeva, Ardak

This research considers the use of one of the strategies of the concept-based learning, which allows students to absorb knowledge in a universal way, on the subject of mathematics when teaching secondary school students with this method and its features.

According to the traditional two-dimensional model of the curriculum, the content of knowledge is presented within certain topics that contain data. The given data usually form the student's ability to know and understand. It is observed that students in this type of model usually study factual information mostly and are not able to answer questions of the high order thinking types for analysis and evaluation (Medwell, J. & Wray, D., 2020). The acquired knowledge remains in the state of individually isolated data without logical relation between facts and conclusions. This does not contribute to the revitalization and development of deep-level mental activity of an individual.

Meanwhile, conceptual learning assumes not a simple comprehension of knowledge through teacher delivering but full immersion and skills focused curriculum (Erickson L., 2017). According to Wiggins and McTighe (1998), "A concept is a principle or conception of a broad-minded, long-term character that transcends the context of origin, time period, and material content." Based on the given definitions, the acquired knowledge should not be limited to a certain level, the knowledge should be used in a variable manner, on a wide scale.

Unlike a two-dimensional curriculum based on facts and skills, concept-based learning is based on big ideas (Murphy, 2017), not just subject content. And the ideas that arise from knowledge are wide-ranging, interconnected and interdisciplinary. For example, through concept-based learning, students can explore the big idea of ​​"change," from patterns in mathematics to civilizations in social studies to life cycles in science. They become critical thinkers, develop the ability to solve problems creatively.

According to the results of the monitoring of knowledge, conducted at the beginning of the academic year, it was found that students struggle in performing tasks that require higher order thinking skills. The rate of completion of tasks assigned to mathematical modeling, which requires analytical skills, was 47%, while the level of completion of tasks requiring data collection and processing was 68%. The results of monitoring showed that although students have a tendency to perform calculations based on theoretical knowledge but analysis, evaluation and drawing conclusions are difficult for them.

This made the relevance of this research to study and draw conclusions on how the use of comparison and contrast strategy contributes to the ability of middle school students to connect individual facts and the formation of inference skills.

In this context, teaching through concept-based approach a teacher needs effective strategies to develop thinking skills of students. One of such strategies is a compare and contrast method that is aimed at drawing conclusions on the case studies by distinguishing similar situations and contrasting phenomena between two or more concepts.

The purpose of the study is to determine the impact of the comparison and contrast strategy of teaching on the basis of concepts on the formation of high-order skills of middle school students.

We also aimed to identify the difficulties that arise when using this strategy for students of this age to further find the best solutions on them.

Research questions:

- To what extent does the compare and contrast strategy affect the development of students’ high-order thinking skills on Maths lessons?

- What are the possible difficulties students may face when learning through the strategy and method?

This research is qualitative as the main method was to study five focused groups of students of grade seven (84 students in total).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Document analysis including evaluation of students’ works and results, lesson observations, survey and interview methods were used in data collection. A comparison was made based on the results of the two sections, which are high in importance, and the changes in the students' knowledge and skills were differentiated.

Before the study, the program of the 7th grade was analyzed and micro-concepts related to the subject were determined. The main concepts that are convenient for using the strategy have been selected. Model lesson plans were developed according to the "compare and contrast" strategy of concept-based teaching. The pattern of planned lessons corresponds to the learning objectives in the curriculum. Lesson plans included questions and tasks aimed at revealing the vital importance of basic concepts such as numbers, equation, dependences and patterns, functions. The tasks aimed at the student's analysis and collection of information. In addition, instructions were attached to guide the student to independently research and plan actions to complete complex assignments accordingly. These activities were organized in the form of individual work, pair work and work in small groups.

In order to determine the effectiveness of the method being used, a questionnaire was taken from the students. The personal interview, which included structured questions, helped to find out the opinion of the students, determine the priority directions, and make plans in a new direction accordingly.

According to the results of the survey after the lessons with the compare and contrast strategy, 70% of the students indicated that it was interesting to solve the tasks given to identify patterns, establish connections, and make conclusions by experimenting. They mentioned the need of using logic in these tasks and found them interesting. However, 32% of students reported that they have difficulty understanding the terms of tasks of practical importance.

18 out of 30 students who participated in the personal interview preferred to solve problems in class using only ready-made formulas and properties, but 12 students preferred to conduct research and draw conclusions on their own. 60% of the students emphasized that they liked to create definitions for new concepts and create rules on their own by describing and observing their features. According to them, it helped to remember the necessary definitions better. Two out of 14 students who liked to solve practical problems answered that it would be practical skill in the future.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research made it possible to differentiate the effectiveness of the methods used in teaching based on the findings. To conclude, one of the most effective ways is to identify two or more related ideas and conclusions, and to give students tasks that combine these concepts or offer small research works. In this case, the educational goals of several subjects are covered by one task, and mutual communication is realized in a real way. The student uses the knowledge and data acquired to perform the task, determines and analyzes their connection, and accumulates on the basis of deceptions and reaches the level of assessment of thinking skills.  Although integrated learning, which is usually used to transform knowledge, realizes interdisciplinary communication, in many cases it can lead to the creation of artificial communication. Therefore, in addition to small research works offered in class, giving creative tasks such as experimenting and designing outside of class or as homework allows students to think freely.

Thus, based on the findings, it is clear that the implementation of the strategy alone without the stage of learning facts and theories is not possible.
Using the compare-and-contrast strategy, students conducted analysis while completing small research tasks. Pupils distinguished common properties or features of the given concepts, classified them, and determined the interconnection. Based on the results of their analysis, they made a general conclusion. In this way, it was assumed that they would learn to perceive the main concepts in mathematics as a big idea related to the world, instead of taking them at the level of the topic as usual.

References
Bolter J., Burns G., Linsky J., (2011). Higher revision workbook. Pearson Company.
Bostock L., Chandler S., Shepherd A., Smith E., (1992). Mathematics to level 10 a full GCSE Course. Stanley Thornes Ltd.
Erickson, H., Lanning, L., & French, R. (2017). Concept-Based curriculum and instruction for the thinking classroom. Corwin, https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781506355382
Medwell, J. & Wray, D. (2020). CONCEPT-BASED TEACHING AND LEARNING: A REVIEW OF THE RESEARCH LITERATURE. 486-496. 10.21125/iceri.2020.0144.
Murphy, A. (2017). A Quick Guide to Concept-Based Learning and Curriculum - Atlas. Atlas Curriculum Mapping. Retrieved January 29, 2023, from https://www.onatlas.com/blog/concept-based-learning-curriculum
Strong S., & Associates (2017). Compare and contrast. Sample lessons. Thoughtful Education Press. www. ThoughtfulEd.com.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm26 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Poster

International Study of Teacher Leadership: Culmination of Cross-Cultural Findings

Cornelius Van der Vyver1, Joan Conway2, Molly Patricia Fuller1, Clelia Pineda-Báez3

1North-West University, South Africa; 2University of Southern Queensland, Australia; 3Universidad de La Sabana, Colombia

Presenting Author: Van der Vyver, Cornelius; Conway, Joan

The term "teacher leadership" has been used frequently in educational settings in international contexts. Teacher leadership suggests a common dedication to interdisciplinary professional collaboration and to fulfilling the needs of learners. It seems however that the concept is generally more used and researched in Western and developed countries. Even though teacher leadership is seemingly well understood, as indicated in policy documents and development activities, there does not seem to be a common understanding regarding what teacher leadership is, how it is used or if it can be used to enhance teaching and learning (Webber et al., 2023). Despite extensive reviews that have indicated some of the attributes of teacher leadership (Wenner & Campbell, 2017; York-Barr & Duke, 2004), there is still no clear-cut definition of exactly what teacher leadership entail across about the diversity in different cultural contexts. The specific cultural context in a country will have an influence on the manifestation and conceptualisation of teacher leadership. In this regard Hallinger (2018, p. 11) refers to the influence of different contexts, including the “natural culture context, economic context and political context”, which goes much wider than the local context of the school.

Research done on and about teacher leadership emphasised the lack of clarity in how teacher leadership is defined. There also seems to be a lack of research on teacher leadership in non-Western and developing countries. In this regard Fierro-Evans and Fortoul-Olivier (2021) indicated an absence of discourses on teacher leadership in Latin America, including Mexico and Colombia and Grant (2019) acknowledged the scarcity of research about teacher leadership in Africa’s emerging democracies. Previous studies and literature reviews provided a strong base for the establishment of an international research project, the International Study of Teacher Leadership (ISTL). The International Study of Teacher Leadership (www.mru.ca/istl) was a response to the calls for additional cross-cultural studies of how teacher leadership is understood and manifested (Webber et al. 2023).

Researchers representing 12 universities in 12 countries with diverse cultural contexts formed a research team to do research on the conceptualisation, understanding, manifestation and enactment of teacher leadership in these diverse cultural contexts. The members of ISTL come from diverse cultural backgrounds and included representation of Western as well as non-Western countries including developed and developing countries. The purpose of the study was to contribute to the wider understanding of teacher leadership and of how professional development and university programs might contribute to teacher leadership knowledge and skill development. The study was directed by the main question: How is teacher leadership conceptualised and enacted and what are the implications for educational stakeholders?

There are four central concepts that add to a better understanding of teacher leadership, namely “formal and informal dimensions, influence of teacher leadership on school culture, teacher leadership as professional development, and teacher leadership as part of school improvement” (Webber, 2018, p. 4). Teacher leadership includes both formal and informal dimensions of the practice of this leadership theory in schools. There are numerous ways that teacher leaders influence without appointments to formal leadership roles. The right conditions need to exist within the school for teacher leadership to thrive, implicating a specific school culture. Positive school cultures in which instructional improvement is possible are environments where change can take place. It is important that teachers with leadership potential have opportunities to learn how to influence in positive and productive ways. There are a wide range of teacher leader development strategies that can help formal and informal leaders assume responsibility and accountability for student learning. Teacher leadership can and should contribute to improved teaching and learning practices and lead to sustained school improvement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The overarching research approach was a mixed method approach with a more specific convergent design (Creswell & Plano-Clarke, 2011). The design moved from an initial broad literature review through different phases. An initial literature review (Webber, 2018) captured published understandings of teacher leadership and provided the team with a framework for analysis comprised of eleven attributes and five considerations. Discussions of the literature review led the research team to formulate the purpose of the study. Members of the research team formulated the primary research question: How is teacher leadership conceptualised and enacted and what are the implications for educational stakeholders?  The design of the study was collaboratively formed by the team with a focus on the primary research question.
Firstly, an overarching phenomenographic study was done. Phenomenography focused on capturing the differences and variations in how people experience a particular phenomenon. This phase was used to explore the ways that the research team members related to the phenomenon of interest, teacher leadership. The findings were synthesized into a phenomenographic outcome space to reveal the range of qualitatively different ways that teacher leadership was experienced by participants from different geographical contexts and cultural and linguistic backgrounds. The intent of the phenomenographic component was to contribute to fuller, richer, more culturally inclusive, and more sophisticated understandings of teacher leadership (Arden & Okoko, 2021).
The next phase of the study included document analyses in each researcher’s cultural setting, with a focus on publicly available materials such as government policies, standards documents, teacher education program descriptions, and union statements. Then a range of educational stakeholders including teachers, principals and school community members participated in semi-structured interviews and completed questionnaires related to teacher leadership.
Case studies, the fourth phase of the study, were delayed due to the global pandemic that began in 2020. However, some research team members completed virtual case studies that included teaming with specific schools to interview school community members and to participate in online planning meetings that were conducted by teachers and administrators. In-person case studies resumed in the latter half of 2021.
The fifth phase of the International Study of Teacher Leadership consisted of oral histories conducted with samples of current and past classroom teachers who were selected because of the significance and magnitude of their influence in their communities. However, very few of the members of the ISTL have already completed this part of the research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The ISTL revealed the importance of teacher leadership and the influence of teacher leaders in the complex teaching and learning environments where they work. Teacher leaders share common attributes, but their leadership is enacted differently within the cultural and organizational contexts of their schools and communities. Teacher leaders across different cultures exhibit high levels of commitment and altruism, a willingness to include colleagues and parents in decision making accepting that unique approaches are required to what and how students learn. They attract the trust of colleagues and school leaders.
Teacher leaders are likely to cultivate the creative and entrepreneurial dimensions of their profession and embrace change using opportunities of collaboration with principals and colleagues. They celebrate diversity and exercise professional judgement as innovators, rather than resisters. The study revealed a strong self-awareness that facilitated meaningful reflection about their work leading to creative thinking and thoughtful problem solving. Although some teachers mentioned being the target of criticism from their peers when they were recognized as teacher leaders, the tall poppy syndrome did not feature significantly.
It was evident that continuous professional learning is part of being a teacher leader. The learning was primarily self-directed and appeared often as informal learning with peers in the context of improving teaching and learning. Teacher leaders were described as adroit at garnering mentorship from colleagues and, concurrently, serving as mentors to peers at all career stages. Most important, teacher leaders were characterised by the ability to see opportunities for professional learning and to participate in schoolwide instructional improvement. They had the ability to plan effectively their teaching and professional learning, and then to act on their plans.
The outcomes of this study culminated in several publications in academic journals, as well as a recently published Springer book (Teacher leadership in international contexts – In press).

References
Arden, C., & Okoko, J. M. (2021). Exploring cross-cultural perspectives of teacher leadership among the members of an international research team: A phenomenographic study. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 6 (1), 51-90.
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2011). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (2nd ed.). Sage Publications Ltd.
Fierro-Evans, C. & Fortoul-Ollivier, B. (2021). Reflexivity: An essential feature of teacher leadership in Mexico, Colombia and Spain. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 6(1), 164-198. DOI: 10.30828/real/2021.1.6
Grant, C. (2019). Excavating the South African teacher leadership archive: Surfacing the absences and re-imagining the future. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 47(1), 37–55. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F1741143217717274
Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652
Pineda-Báez, C. (2021). Conceptualizations of teacher-leadership in Colombia: Evidence from policies. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 6(1), 92-125. DOI: 10.30828/real/2021.1.4.

Pineda-Báez, C., Fierro-Evans, C., & Gratacós G. (2023). The role of teamwork in the development of teacher leadership: A cross-cultural analysis from Colombia, Mexico, and Spain. In Webber, C. F. (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.
Van der Vyver, C.P, Fuller, M.P., Khumalo, J.B. (2023). Teacher Leadership in South Africa: The Power of Influence in Restoring Social Justice. In Webber, C. F. (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.
Webber, C. F. (2018, May). A rationale and proposed design for researching teacher leadership. Paper presented to the International Research Conference hosted by the Faculty of Education at Guangxi Normal University in Guilin, China.
Webber, C. F. (2021). The need for cross-cultural exploration of teacher leadership. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 6(1), 17-49. doi.org/10.30828/real/2021.1.2
Webber, C. F. (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.
Webber, C.F., Conway, J.M., & Van der Vyver, C.P. (2023). International Study of Teacher Leadership: A Rationale and Theoretical Framework. In Webber, C. F. (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.
Webber, C. F., Pineda-Báez, C., Gratacós, G., & Wachira, N. (2023). The language of teacher leadership. In Webber, C. F. (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.
Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134-171. https://doi.org/10.3102%2F0034654316653478
York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74(3), 255-316.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm27 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

Developing Subject Specific Didactic Models – Tools for Teaching Practice and Didactic Comparison

Miranda Rocksén, Marlene Sjöberg, Eva Nyberg, Maria Åström

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rocksén, Miranda

International developments in didactic research provide new approaches to understand the breadth and depth of teaching as a professional activity including its scientific base (Ligozat & Almqvist, 2018). Examples are didactic models and modelling (Sjöström, 2018; Wickman et al., 2018), comparative didactics across school subjects and the idea of a general subject didactics (Vollmer, 2021). Common are the efforts these approaches show to provide synthesis of didactic research as well as to contribute to the professional language shared between teachers and researchers. These overarching efforts are shared by the project reported in this study. The study is part of a national investment on practice-based research. In this two-year collaborative project between academia, preschool and school, the focus is on the teaching of science in a school area with a high degree of multiculturalism. The purpose of the project is to, in collaboration between preschool, school and university, develop subject didactic models, useful for teaching in preschool and in biology, physics and chemistry during the early years of primary school.

The project uses activity theory (Engeström, 1987, 2005, 2011) as an overall theoretical framework. Activity theory describes relations between different actors, actions and outcomes in developmental work processes. The theory shares a socio-cultural perspective and describes human activities shaped by historical and cultural contexts in terms of activity systems. The activity system shows actions that are made possible with the help of tools, rule systems and the division of labor included. An analysis based on activity systems, oscillates between using a longer historical time perspective on an entire system, and using a shorter time perspective on targeted actions of individual actors. Outcomes from this project are three subject specific didactic models; one focusing children’s interest with natural objects, one focusing work with multimodal and semiotic spaces for developing children’s’ language competences, and one focusing the use of mind maps and concept maps in the early years of school. They are understood as embedded in a meaningful context of activity for the participants. Moreover, the ambition to unite preschool - school within the same project gives rise to resistance in all three activities - preschool - school - teacher education. The project makes visible contradictions between activities, roles and difficulties in delimiting and defining natural science content, and actions initiated in relation to this by various actors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants were a group of teachers from one preschool and the neighboring school, and a group of teacher educators and researchers. Data collection through documentation of the project group's meetings, through observations in the teaching practices, through interviews with children, pupils and student teachers. This was done using audio and video recording, photographs, and field and logbook notes of participating teachers, researchers and student teachers. During the first two years, the project group conducts three joint work meetings per semester. These meetings are documented through audio recording and are included in the study's data material. The data collection was done in relation to the problems, issues and challenges in relation to children's and pupils' knowledge, that were initiated and identified by the teachers. During the data collection themes about water, planets in space, soil and earthworms, and matter and air, were part of the teaching. The iterative work process included identifying questions, exploring these empirically, and developing theoretical models, that were triangulated in the project group, analysed and revised. Eventually this resulted in sub studies developing theoretically and empirically based subject didactic models. Subject didactic models were based in different theories, (i.e Dewey’s aesthetics, multimodal social semiotics, and socio-cultural link-making) and illustrated possible structures for how to approach the teaching and learning of the specific subject area or topic. The analytical focus here, is both on the didactic models themselves and how they contribute to childrens interest and learning, and on the project itself and how changes in practices and activities were enabled and hindered in the project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this project, didactic models are developed for the purposes of teaching and learning of science topics and areas, in pre-school and the early years of schooling. The project make available three subject didactic models which may be used as tools in teaching practice, for planning, conducting and evaluating teaching. The models are also useful in didactic comparison across subjects and enable theoretically based approaches to delimited topics. Moreover, in this project the ambition to unite preschool - school within the same project gives rise to resistance in all three activities - preschool - school - teacher education. The project makes visible contradictions between activities, roles and difficulties in delimiting and defining natural science content actions initiated in relation to this by various actors. By the tight connections between research, school- and preschool practice and teacher education, the project represents one way to strengthen the professional language and scientific base of teaching and learning practices in school and preschool, not only by the research results, but also by the approach to research collaboration. The study contributes knowledge and understanding about conditions for teaching science in multilingual preschools and to discussions about how teaching science in preschools can be strengthened and developed.
References
Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding : an activity-theoretical approach to developmental research Diss. Helsinki : Univ.].
Engeström, Y. (2005). Putting activity theory to work : contributions from developmental work research. Berlin : Lehmanns Media, LOB.de.
Engeström, Y. (2011). From design experiments to formative interventions. Theory & psychology, 21(5), 598-628.
Ligozat, F., & Almqvist, J. (2018). Conceptual frameworks in didactics–learning and teaching: Trends, evolutions and comparative challenges. In (Vol. 17, pp. 3-16): Sage Publications Sage UK: London, England.
Sjöström, J. (2018). Didaktik i integrativa lärarprofessionsämnen. Studier i læreruddannelse og-profession, 3(1), 94-119.
Vollmer, H. J. (2021). Powerful educational knowledge through subject didactics and general subject didactics. Recent developments in German-speaking countries. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(2), 229-246.
Wickman, P. O., Hamza, K., & Lundegård, I. (2018). Didaktik och didaktiska modeller för undervisning i naturvetenskapliga ämnen. Nordic Studies in Science Education, 14(3), 239-249.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

Values in Democracy Education - Integrating a Joint Study Program in Teacher Education to Foster Teacher Students’ Competencies and Beliefs

Stefanie Schnebel1, Marion Susanne Visotschnig1, Mareike Brehmer2, Nataliia Demeshkant3, Kristin Endresen-Maharaj2

1University of Education Weingarten, Germany; 2University of Agder, Norway; 3Pedagogical University of Krakow, Poland

Presenting Author: Visotschnig, Marion Susanne

International crises and developments in European societies, have brought renewed awareness, that value education for democracy in schools is crucial for democratic societies. Therefore, the curricula in several European countries strengthened topics of democracy education. Teachers’ competencies and beliefs form an important variable in the actual realisation of these objectives. Empirical studies show that future primary school teachers need a better understanding and teaching methods of democratic principles and values learning to cope with rapid social changes, the emergence of new social and individual needs, especially with regard to diversity and tensions in primary school. This is why universities of initial teacher education can offer opportunities for creating these competencies by means of active professional interchange and guided experiences of trans-national understanding (Kolb, 1984).

To address these challenges, the joint Erasmus+ project ValiDE - Values in democracy education - enhancing competencies and beliefs of teacher students through a joint study program (KA220-HED - Cooperation partnerships in higher education) was initiated in three partner universities. Partners are the University of Education Weingarten (Germany), the University of Agder (Norway) and the Pedagogical University of Krakow (Poland). The project implements a joint exchange study program within the framework of teacher training at these universities, which focuses on reflection and discussion of democratic values in a tri-national group of teacher students. The participants also collaboratively elaborate teaching scenarios on democratic values education. The project will be matter of two research questions: (1) What national curricular differences in values education can be found? (2) In what respect do the students show changes in beliefs, attitudes and competencies regarding values education in due course of the exchange program?

The core idea of ValiDE is mainly based on an international exchange to foster competencies and beliefs. Every year a fix group of teacher students from Poland, Norway and Germany stays at each of the participating universities for one week and receive input, visit schools and work on didactical tasks. The teacher students also take part in workshops of three NGOs, one in each country to deepen their experience in different perspectives of democratic values. The NGOs add special competencies in the fields of democracy education, human rights education and ethical/interreligious education. With this approach, the project ValiDE responds to needs in the areas of: (A) student teacher mobility: teacher education for democracy needs partners from outside the own cultural community. It calls for experience of language barriers and own cultural difference and for tasks to collaborate in transnational groups. (B) placing democracy learning and dealing with democratic values in the everyday classroom of diverse social reality and the need of fostering teachers’ competencies in this area.

The poster shows how the intervention and the research design are conceived and reports the pilot study’s preliminary findings about students' goals and expectations at the beginning of the exchange.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The first step was to (1) analyse the existing curricula and (2) explore the changes in beliefs, attitudes and competences that are to be expected from the course intervention. Additionally, a literature review on the empirical evidence concerning the differing values concepts in teacher students is carried out.
(1) The core curricula for primary education in Poland, Norway, and Germany (Baden-Wuerttemberg) are analysed abductively. Firstly, lexicometric and concordance analysis (Dzudzek et al., 2009) will be applied to identify the prevalent values in each of the curricula and the context they appear in.  Secondly, thematic analysis (Clarke, Braun, Terry & Hayfield, 2019) will be used to link the conceptualisations behind values in each of the curricula. The results will be interpreted in relation to the model of competences required for democratic culture and intercultural dialogue (Council of Europe, 2016).  
(2) The student exchange programme is evaluated using different approaches of data collection including a logbook with the same open questions (t1 – t4: at the beginning and after each week of the exchange) that shows teacher students’ beliefs and aims connected to democratic values and value education pre-post the study exchange program.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conceptual outcomes: We expect the project to have outcomes in several dimensions of the aims we address: We create an exchange program, comprising formal and informal learning activities, that is going to last for the future and offer the opportunity of intercultural project learning on the topic of democracy and values education year by year. The whole concept in theory and practice is going to be worked out as a ready to use handbook for other institutions of teacher education, for institutions of primary teacher further education and in the material part, integrating the student work output, even for primary school teachers themselves. This handbook is going to comprise theory, evaluated learning activities on staff level, the curriculum for the university seminar, the exchange course learning activities, learning material for the teacher students, descriptions for teachers, lessons, (practically tested) activities and material for use in primary schools and material for awareness, self-reflection and intercultural communication.
Pilot study: Preliminary findings about students' goals and expectations at the beginning of the exchange: The participating student teachers are given a logbook with similar questions at the beginning and at the end of the exchange program. They also are supposed to reflect on their specific learning experiences after each week during the program. To get to know about from which points of view the participants started into the program they were asked in open questions to mention (1) their main reasons to join the program, (2) their expectations for the three-week program, (3) their aims to learn, (4) their points to avoid. The preliminary results of n=7 logbooks to these questions are reported in the poster. The thematic text analysis (Clarke, Braun, Terry & Hayfield, 2019) is used to run a qualitative analyse of the self-reported student teachers’ views.

References
Council of Europe (2016). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture – Volume 1 Model. Council of Europe Publishing. Retrieved January 30, 2023, from https://rm.coe.int/a-model-of-the-competences-required-for-democratic-culture-and-intercu/16809940c3.
Dzudzek, I., Glasze, G., Mattissek, A. & Schirmel, H. (2009). Verfahren der lexikometrischen Analyse von Textkorpora [Methods of lexicometric analysis of text corpora]. In Glasze, G. & Mattissek, A. (Eds.) Handbuch Diskurs und Raum: Theorien und Methoden für die Humangeographie sowie die sozial- und kulturwissenschaftliche Raumforschung [Handbook discourse and space. Theories and methods for human geography as well as spatial research in the social and cultural sciences]. 2. Ed. Transcript.
Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential Learning: Experience as the Source of Learning and Development. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

Kazakhstani EFL Teachers' Second/Foreign Language Writing Apprehension and Its Effect on Their Teaching

Nurzada Yermaganbetova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Yermaganbetova, Nurzada

This study investigated second/foreign language writing anxiety among Kazakhstani EFL teachers. After implementing the new educational policy regarding trilingual education, English is taught as a foreign language and used as a medium of instruction in secondary education of Kazakhstan. As EFL teachers are non-native speakers of English, they can be prone to anxiety in language classroom, especially in the context of writing due to its productive and complex nature.

Writing anxiety refers to a person’s predisposition to avoid writing tasks. It is specific to written communication and characterized as an individual’s tendency to avoid the situations and environment that may involve writing followed by its evaluation (Daly, 1978), due to the constant feeling that they are either not ready to write or not good at writing (Jawas, 2019, p.714).

Anxiety in foreign language classroom is commonly related to second language learners. However, the global practice demonstrates that non-native language teachers are also exposed to anxiety in the EFL classroom. In other words, despite being advanced users of English, it is common for teachers to feel writing anxiety. A number of studies have examined the relationship between teachers’ writing anxiety and their teaching practices in L1 contexts (Gere, Schuessler and Abbott, 1984; Bizzaro & Toler (1986). Research shows that a teacher plays a crucial role in shaping students’ attitudes towards writing (Palmquist and Young, 1992) and anxiety confronted by teachers might adversely affect not only teaching process but learning process as well (Aydin, 2021). Teachers’ writing anxiety have debilitative impact on their teaching behaviors, including, for instance, ineffective instructional strategies and anxiety- generating responses to students’ work (Ada and Campoy, 2004). Furthermore, teachers' writing anxiety may be reflected on the way how teachers assess learners’ written work (Claypool, 1980, cited in Atay and Kurt, 2006, p.102).

Due to the dynamic nature of language, non-native English teachers remain learners of the target language. As a result, English teachers may encounter stressful working conditions caused by language-related anxiety in the classroom, which are detrimental to the overall language teaching and learning processes (Horwitz, 1996; Aydin 2016). Some teachers, however, are prone to feel uncomfortable discussing their worries about language anxiety since it may be considered to be unprofessional among their peers.

A variety of factors such as English proficiency, the lack of educational resources and teacher- student relationship contribute to teacher anxiety, which might cause negative effects on teachers’ self-confidence, classroom behavior and teaching approaches(Horwitz, 1996; Roger and Suzuki, 2014; Aydin, 2016). Horwitz (1996) claimed that non-native English teachers experience language anxiety in foreign language classroom because they still remain language learners. However, Aydın (2016) argues that language anxiety in the teaching context cannot be considered the same phenomenon as the learners’ anxiety and thus anxiety among teachers is an important variable to consider. Yet research on L2 language anxiety was mainly conducted in the learning context, but studies focusing foreign language anxiety among teachers, and moreover the ones considering foreign language writing anxiety of language teachers remain in paucity.

The purpose of the study is to investigate the experience of second language writing anxiety(SLWA) among English teachers and explore the range of factors leading to SLWA that might influence their teaching and consequently their students’ academic performance of writing skills as well.

1.5 Research questions

1. What are the possible factors causing second language writing anxiety among English teachers in the classroom?

2. What are the teachers’ beliefs about the effect of their second language writing anxiety on their teaching practice and students’ learning process?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected from EFL teachers who teach English as a foreign language at Kazakhstani Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. In this regard, they may be considered to be proficient in English.
The subjects comprised 3 male and 37 female teachers and their ages showed variation from 23 to 55, the majority of teachers are in their 30-s. The first language of the participants is Kazakh or Russian and they all had learned English as a second or foreign language.
This study was based on the design called an explanatory sequential mixed methods which involves collecting quantitative data first and followed by qualitative data collection. More specifically, the first phase concerns quantitative findings that help determine the target sample for the detailed investigation of the topic.
 A questionnaire was used to collect quantitative data for the study. EFL teachers were asked to complete a questionnaire on second language writing anxiety. The questionnaire items were devised adapted from FLTAC (Foreign Language Teaching Anxiety Scale) questionnaire devised on the basis of quantitative research instrument on examining FLTA by Kim and Kim (2004).
The questionnaire was analyzed using the descriptive statistics. It consists of 26 items that should be answered on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 'strongly agree' to 'strongly disagree'. All these items were divided into thematical categories depending on the topic of questions such as self-perceptions of L2 writing proficiency, teaching inexperience, lack of knowledge in grammar and vocabulary, fear of negative evaluation.
A semi-structured interview was used to collect qualitative data for the study. Research interviews are designed to study people's opinions, experiences, and beliefs about specific subjects (Gill et al., 2008) and are regarded as an effective tool for extracting more detailed data or gaining a thorough understanding of the subject.
Once the interview material were ready, the researcher applied the thematical approach to data analysis. Creswell (2014) highlighted the usefulness of the thematic approach in qualitative research, since it allows the researcher to explore the data thoroughly. The researcher identified the quotes in the interviews which had meaning and were related to the main research questions, then all the quotes were indicated by the codes. The codes were generated into the subthemes and as a final step into the general themes. The researcher identified three main themes themes: 1) teachers’ perceived self-efficacy as writers; 2) teachers’ perceived self-efficacy as teachers of writing; 3) psychological challenges.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
EFL teachers are prone to experience second language writing anxiety in the context of teaching and learning. The main anxiety-provoking factor is that non-native teachers’ self- efficacy in writing which negatively affects their own writing quality and teaching practice as well. Secondly, fear of evaluation, particularly by their non-native and native speaker colleagues, is another factor that causes writing anxiety.

During the interviews, all seven participants admitted they feel unconfident about their own writing skills because their writing skills are not well-developed. Teachers’ low self- efficacy in writing leads to their low self-esteem in their professional practice of teaching writing skills. It means that if the teachers are not confident about their own writing skills, they do not believe that they can develop their learners’ writing skills properly. Consequently, they become prone to anxiety in relation to their own writing skills that may result in other type of worry which can be regarded as teaching anxiety. These findings can be supported by Daisey (2009) who states that self-efficacy of teachers about their own writing abilities affects their beliefs about their ability to teach writing.

During the interview, participants shared their beliefs how their writing anxiety may impact their teaching practice and students’ learning process. Most of the participants acknowledge that their second language writing anxiety leads to teaching anxiety which may negatively impact their overall teaching practice. This means, teachers encounter anxiety not only in writing but in teaching the target skill as well. This finding can be explained by Horwitz’s (1996) claim which stated that when teachers experienced foreign language anxiety while they were learners, probably they would have foreign language teaching anxiety later. Ada and Campoy (2004) claimed that if the teachers lack writing abilities, then they are more likely to feel anxiety while teaching.

References
Ada, A.F., & Campoy, F.I. (2004). Authors in the classroom: A transformative education process. Boston, MA: Pearson Education.
Aida, Y. (1994) ‘Examination of Horwitz, Horwitz, and Cope's construct of foreign language anxiety: The case of students of Japanese’, The Modern Language Journal, 78(2), pp.155-168.
Cheng, Y. (2002) ‘Factors Associated with Foreign Language Writing Anxiety’, Foreign
Language Annals, 35(6), pp.647–656. doi:10.1111/j.1944-9720.2002.tb01903.x.
Cheng, Y.-S. . (2004) ‘A measure of second language writing anxiety: Scale development and preliminary validation’, Journal of Second Language Writing, 13(4), pp.313–335. doi:10.1016/j.jslw.2004.07.001.
Cheng, Y., Horwitz, E.K. and Schallert, D.L. (1999) ‘Language Anxiety: Differentiating Writing and Speaking Components’, Language Learning, 49(3), pp.417–446. doi:10.1111/0023-8333.00095.
Claypool, S. H. (1980). Teacher writing apprehension: Does it affect writing assignments across curriculum?
Choi, S. (2013). “Language anxiety in second language writing: is it really a stumbling block? “ Second Language Studies, 31(2), 1-42.
Creswell, J. W. (2014) Educational research: Planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Harlow, Essex: Pearson.
Creswell, J.W. and Plano Clark, V.L. (2011) Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. 2nd Edition, Sage Publications, Los Angeles.

Daly, J. A. and Shamo, W. (1978) ‘Academic Decisions as a Function of Writing Apprehension’, Research in the Teaching of English, 12(2), pp. 119–126.
Daly, J.A. and Miller, M.D. (1975) Apprehension of Writing as a Predictor of Message Intensity. The Journal of Psychology, 89 (2): 175–177. doi:10.1080/00223980.1975.9915748.
Daly, J. A., and Wilson, D. A. (1983) ‘Writing Apprehension, Self-Esteem, and Personality’, Research in the Teaching of English, 17(4), pp. 327–341.
Daud, N.S.M., Daud, N.M. and Kassim, N.L.A. (2016) ‘Second language writing anxiety: Cause or effect?’, Malaysian Journal of ELT Research, 1(1), pp. 1–19.
Daysey 2009The Writing Experiences and Beliefs of Secondary Teacher Candidates
Ellis, R. (1994). The study of second language acquisition. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Genc, E. and Yayli, D. (2019) The Second Language Writing Anxiety: The Perceived Sources and Consequences. Pamukkale University Journal of Education, 45 (45): 235–251. doi:10.9779/puje.2018.231
Gere, A. R., Schuessler, B. R., & Abbott, R. D. (1984). Measuring teachers’ attitudes toward writing instruction . In R. Beach & L. Bridwell (Eds.), New directions in composition research (pp. 348-361). New York: Guilford.
Horwitz, E.K. (1996) ‘Even Teachers Get the Blues: Recognizing and Alleviating Language Teachers’ Feelings of Foreign Language Anxiety’, Foreign Language Annals, 29(3), pp. 365– 372. doi:10.1111/j.1944-9720.1996.tb01248.x.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm29 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Poster

Positioning and Perspective Taking as Artist and Teacher: Beginning Visual Art Teachers’ Multivoiced Professional Identity Formation Self-dialogues

Maeve O'Brien Braun1, Paulien C. Meijer2, Ida Oosterheert2, Edwin van Meerkerk2

1ArtEZ University of the Arts, The Netherlands; 2Radboud University, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: O'Brien Braun, Maeve

This study examined the multiplicity of professional identity perspectives that beginning visuals arts teachers carry with them into schools in order to gain a better understanding of how interacting identity perspectives catalyse their teacher identity formation. During teacher education, visual arts teachers are routinely asked to frame their professional goals and actions using the discourses of artists and educators. This familiarity with thinking and talking about professional practice from two distinct professional identity positions makes them an interesting case for examining teacher identity as the dynamic interaction of multiple identities (Akkerman & Meijer, 2011). Framing teacher identity formation as ‘multivoiced’ moves a teacher’s focus away from monitoring accrual of predetermined cognitive and behavioural assets towards an engagement with the process of identifying themselves as being a teacher (Arvaja, 2016). Rots, Kelchtermans and Aelterman (2012) suggest that this self-identification connects a teacher’s personal interpretive framework to their professional development. Without it, a teacher may find it difficult to cope with the more person-centred facets of being a teacher such as norms, emotions and social interactions (Rots et al. 2012; p.9). However, Akkerman and Meijer (2011) pointed out the limitations of dichotomising teacher identity as ‘professional versus personal identity’, arguing instead for a dialogical approach. Dialogism places the individual and society in dynamic relationship whereby dialogue, in the self, or with others, catalyses interaction between different perspectives, or identity positions, on experienced or imagined phenomena (Gillespie & Cornish, 2010; Hermans and Gieser, 2011). Identity formation can therefore be perceived as a process of positioning different perspectives, or ‘voices’, in reaction to or anticipation of, internal and external dialogic cues (Arvaja, 2017; Aveling, Gillespie & Cornish, 2015). Disagreement and dissonance are not uncommon as some voiced perspectives dominate and others recede, but not necessarily in concordance with the context they emerge in (Gillespie & Cornish, 2010).

A focus on dialogic relationship, on being understood, resonates through visual art teachers’ descriptions of their experience of working in schools. Some visual arts teachers report a profound sense of isolation or ‘speaking a different language’ than the school community (Cohen-Evron, 2002; Adams, 2007). In contrast, they often highlight the importance of the safe atmosphere they create in class and their personal connection to their students (Määttä & Uusiautti, 2013). Arts teachers feel at ease asking students to express their inner world, including feelings, because they believe this is a key component of creative pedagogy and a condition that must be met if students are going to produce original work (Hall & Thomson, 2016). At the level of professional status, however, they often experience disappointment, or even feel guilt because they have not pursued, or managed to maintain, ‘making art’ next to their ‘job’ as a teacher (Blair & Fitch, 2015; Scheib, 2006).

In contrast to these multivoiced narratives told by art teachers, research on art teacher professional identity tends to conclude by highlighting the simple dichotomy: artist identity v teacher identity (for examples, see Thornton, 2010; Unrath et al., 2013); or propose strategies to ‘manage’ the two identities through prioritisation, separation or balancing (Hatfield, Montana & Deffenbaugh, 2006). The catalytic potential of having multiple professional identity perspectives that appear, or are framed as conflicting is rarely considered. The present research seeks to transcend the tendency in arts education research to reduce art teacher identity to a simple dichotomy while contributing to a broader understanding of professional teacher identity formation as a dynamic, multivoiced process.

The central question of this study was:

What do visual arts teachers’ self-dialogues about teaching the arts in a secondary school reveal about the dialogical character of early-career professional identity formation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The 12 beginning visual arts teachers interviewed for this study were recent graduates of 5 different Dutch visual arts teacher education bachelor degree programmes. Their ages ranged between 22 and 59. At the time of the first interview, the respondents were employed as secondary school visual arts teachers in vocational to pre-university secondary school settings. The methods employed conform to the narrative research tradition. Polkinghorne (2007), who succinctly described narrative research as ‘the study of stories’, argued that the validity of knowledge claims built around narratives rests on communal consensus involving speakers, listeners and readers. Best practice in narrative interviewing asserts that the narrative interview should be a temporal construction belonging to both interviewer and informant, and, so far as possible, be devoid of power asymmetries (Gubrium, 2012). To facilitate this, the researcher provided potential respondents with a clear framework of the aims, objectives and timeline of the research. One-to-one semi structured interviews with the 12 beginning visual arts teachers focussed on how they perceived and experienced professional identity formation as teachers and artists in the secondary school context. Each teacher was interviewed twice, at their school, with a 12-month gap between interviews. The aim of the interviews was to elicit self-dialogues about their developing professional identity as someone who teaches art in a secondary school. The interviews drew on a range of identity ‘issues’ the researcher identified in the literature and earlier research (2022 submitted), related to their past and future perspectives on professional identity, their relationships and interactions with students and colleagues at school, the role and status of the arts in schools, the production of teaching materials and the relationship between time/activities at school and outside school.
The data is being analysed in two coding cycles. In the first instance, InVivo, process and versus coding (Saldana, 2021) are used to the explore teacher actions and interactions at school that describe processes within early-career identity formation. The second cycle of coding employs pattern coding (Saldana, 2021) and ‘analysis of multivoicedness’, a method that codes specifically for 1) voices of the self (I-positions), 2) voices of others (inner and actual others), and 3) interactions between voices (Aveling, Gillespie & Cornish, 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Three patterns of multivoiced self-dialogue that align with professional identity formation concerns are emerging from the data. Firstly, the majority of respondents prioritise personal connections and creating a safe environment during teaching over curriculum and performance goals. Just the same, their descriptions describe the arts as a ‘challenging subject’ involving ‘failure’ as part of the art-making process. They do not try to shield their students from this experience. Secondly, respondents describe their relationships with colleagues at school as ‘good’ and do not report tangible tensions among school subjects. However, when probed further, several respondents reported that they have very little contact with teachers outside the arts section. Most of the respondents think other subject teachers ‘have no idea’ what happens in the arts classroom. Thirdly, the majority of respondents describe their interactions with students as rewarding and felt comfortable with their decision to work in a school. Despite this, 10 of the respondents expressed an intention to combine school teaching with other arts employment and none of the respondents thought teaching alone would sustain their interest over time. These preliminary findings suggest that the early-career professional identity formation of these visual arts teachers is not dominated by the binary view that artist identity and teacher identity are not compatible. Their self-dialogues are infused with perspectives from both professional identities that individuals position as they reflect on, and respond to, the interview questions put to them. In this way, these teachers appear to use self-dialogues to tell themselves, and others, stories that orientate them in the social settings of classroom and school as professional teachers.  
References
Adams, J. (2007). Artists becoming teachers: Expressions of identity transformation in a virtual forum. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 26(3), 264-273. doi:10.1111/j.1476-8070.2007.00537.x
Akkerman, S. F., & Meijer, P. C. (2011). A dialogical approach to conceptualizing teacher identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 308-319. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.013
Arvaja, M.. (2016). Building teacher identity through the process of positioning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 59, 392–402. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.07.024
Aveling, E.-L., Gillespie, A., & Cornish, F. (2015). A qualitative method for analysing multivoicedness. Qualitative Research, 15(6), 670–687. https://doi-org.ru.idm.oclc.org/10.1177/1468794114557991
Blair, L. & Fitch, S. (2015). Threshold concepts in art education: Negotiating the ambiguity in pre-service teacher identity formation. International Journal of Education through Art, 11(1), 91-102. https://doi.org/10.1386 /eta.11.1.91_1
Cohen-Evron, N. (2002). Why Do Good Art Teachers Find It Hard to Stay in the Public School System? Studies in Art Education, 44(1), 79-94.
Gillespie, A. & Cornish, F. (2010). Intersubjectivity: Towards a Dialogical Analysis. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 40(1), 19-46. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-5914.2009.00419.x
Gubrium, J. H., J. . (2012). Narrative practice and the transformation of interview subjectivity.  The SAGE handbook of interview research: The complexity of the craft (s. pp. 27-44). SAGE Publications, Inc.
Hall, C., & Thomson, P. (2016). Creativity in teaching: what can teachers learn from artists?. Research Papers in Education, 32:1, 106-120, doi: 10.1080/02671522.2016.1144216
Hatfield, C., Montana, V. and Deffenbaugh, C. (2006). Artist/Art Educator: Making Sense of Identity Issues. Art Education, 59(3), 42-47.
Hermans, H. J. M. & Gieser, T. (2011). Introductory chapter History, main tenets and core concepts of dialogical self theory. Handbook of Dialogical Self Theory (s. 1-22). Cambridge University Press.
Määttä, K., & Uusiautti, S. (2013). The Framework of Teacherhood in Art Education. World Journal of Education, 3(2). doi:10.5430/wje.v3n2p38
Polkinghorne, D. E. (2007). Validity Issues in Narrative Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 13(4), 471-486. https://doi.org /10.1177/1077800406297670 © 2023
Rots, I., Kelchtermans, G., & Aelterman, A. (2012). Learning (not) to become a teacher: a qualitative analysis of the job entrance issue. Teaching and teacher education, 28(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.08.008
Saldana, J. M. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (4th ed.). SAGE Publications.
Scheib, J. W. (2006). Policy Implications for Teacher Retention: Meeting the Needs of the Dual Identities of Arts Educators. Arts Education Policy Review, 107(6), 5-10. doi:10.3200/aepr.107.6.5-10
Thornton, A. (2011), Being an Artist Teacher: A Liberating Identity?. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 30: 31-36. doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-8070.2011.01684.x
Unrath, K., Anderson, M., & Franco, M. . (2013). The Becoming Art Teacher: A Reconciliation of Teacher Identity and the Dance of Teaching Art. Visual Arts Research, 39(2), 82-89. doi:10.5406/visuartsrese.39.2.008
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm30 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster

Embedding Outdoor Learning (OL) into Special School Culture - The Case Of SEND Primary Schools in East Anglia

Shingirayi Kandi

Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kandi, Shingirayi

Definitions

Outdoor Learning (OL) refers to extensive educational activities whose intent is to enhance the external environment with all its composition as an education tool (Coppola, et al., 2021). In their contribution, Sutherland and Legge (2016) state OL essentially occurs outdoors, as such, issues on environmental justice emerge with use of external environment to achieve outdoor learning.

Special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) points to a distinctive group of pupils who may possess additional learning needs directly associated to a disability or a difficulty in general such as pupils with mental ill-health, visual or hearing impairment, orthopaedically disabled, behaviour disorders, learning difficulties etcetera (Buli-Holmberg and Jeyaprathaban, 2016).

Current developments and challenges in OL and CSPMLD literature

An initial discovery indicated that few scholars have researched the advantages of OL linked to the wellbeing and development of pupils with complex, severe, profound, multiple learning disabilities (CSPMLD) in a primary school or how it is embedded within the school curricular (Guardino, 2019). This study seeks to contribute theoretical and empirical evidence to this particularly understudied field.

Recently, a high number of children are growing up detached from the outdoors than any earlier generation spending more time inside buildings (Harvey et al., 2020; Waite, 2020; National Physical Activity Plan 2018). However, Hass et al. (2021) and Michalakis et al. (2020) contradict this notion stating that connection with outdoors, as seen in the COVID-19 pandemic, can still be achieved using technologies such as augmented reality (AR). OL is still under-researched in the context of special schools in primary schools as most research is on early years or standard mainstream primary schools (Waite, 2020).

Effects of Outdoor Learning on pupils with CSPMLD

Extant literature discovered positive effects such as improved wellbeing, independence with children who participated in OL (Harvey et al., 2020; Coppola et al. (2021)). In their contribution, Guardino et al. (2019) suggests not only is OL beneficial for pupils, but teachers benefitted too. My position on this proposed study, is to investigate if similar effects exist among pupils with CSPMLD and classroom staff. I aim to explore availability of opportunities to embed OL in schools’ curriculum and the quality of outdoor spaces.

In contrast, Joy et al. (2015) argues that since pupils with CSPMLD face unique risks in OL, inappropriate risk assessments might result in OL being more harmful.

Despite existing literature evidence on OL, several scholars and policy makers are postulating that OL has been marginalised from mainstream curriculum-based school (Mann et al., 2021). This research will investigate how OL is used in selected special schools’ context.

Theoretical Framework

The theoretical framework for this study will come out of the systematic literature review process. Preliminary results highlight Activity Based Learning (ABL) grounded on experiential learning to offer pedagogical explanations for outdoor learning (Sutherland and Legge, 2016); prevalent theories such as, biophilia hypothesis, proposes that individuals possess an inborn tendency to interact with outdoors, leading to acquire cognitive and emotional satisfaction (Wilson, 1984 as quoted by Harvey et al., 2020; Becker et al., 2017).

Research objectives and draft research questions

The main question is: How do special schools embed outdoor learning for pupils with CSPMLD?

  1. The primary aim of this study is to explore how OL is being implemented in selected special schools in an East Anglia urban setting whose pupils have CSPMLD.

  1. The secondary aim will explore the experiences and whether participation in OL influences the mental wellbeing, and communication, social, and independence skills of pupils with CSPMLD

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Philosophical position
This study will undertake a qualitative approach gathering perspectives that provide empirical rigorous answers for this study’s research questions and gain a deeper contextual understanding of OL participation for staff and pupils (Blaikie, 2007; Myers, 2009). I will adopt a philosophical position of interpretivism paradigm (Collis and Hussey, 2009).

Methodical Systematic Literature Review Protocol
From the outset, I searched for precise information tightly linked to the study aims; inclusion and exclusion criteria was determined with the intention to generate results with maximum relevance and impact in understanding what we mean by embedding OL into special school culture and how it works.
1.Planning
A criterion for including articles was designed to maintain academic rigour and sound arguments (Denyer and Tranfield, 2011). Citation mining was used to locate other key literature in the field.
2.Search and Scope strategy
Investigating academic literature, such as ProQuest Education Database, ERIC (EBSCO); Policy literature such as SEND Policy, Education Policy and project outputs (grey literature) such as Nuffield, Learning for Landscapes will be explored.
3.Exclusion criteria
Based on my linguistic skills and resources, English language was adopted as a working language of the research and articles outside of this were excluded from the study.  
Empirical Research Methods to be used
I will take a case study method (Yazan, 2015), aiming for a thick description on participants’ disabilities and their interaction with OL and will include transparency about my own positionality within the description (Hengst et al. 2015). In essence, the findings of this study will not be generalisable but the aim for them is to be transferrable through the richness of the description.
Case studies will utilise two special schools for pupils with CSPMLD located within East Anglia, particularly an urban area - likely more populated and diverse. My choice of research focus has been informed by my lived experience of working with this vulnerable group as a residential support worker in a children’s care home. I plan to draw from that experience when interacting with pupils who have CSPMLD during fieldwork. The selected schools have to self-report different degrees of OL. In the special schools, I will conduct semi-structured interviews with staff, parents, carers, and observation of service users. In support, Orson et al. (2020) recommends future studies to interview pupils not as a focus group, to gain their perspective outside of their peers; and obtain perspectives from others such as teachers.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research is intended to gain an insight on what is currently happening with OL schemes developed in special schools utilising the external environment sustainably and their effect in aiding development of pupils with CSPMLD, specifically in the geographical context of East Anglia, which is underrepresented in the field. A systematic literature review of OL and SEND from different disciplines will be conducted and will be used to substantiate OL’s impact in the context of pupils with CSPMLD; establishing a new source of insightful assumptions and definitions, based on the current perspectives of the intentions and experiences of OL support schemes. The school management and organisation influence on culture within the school will be reviewed. This study is also anticipated to have policy implications in the SEND Education framework on various strategic forms of support towards pupils with CSPMLD being made available; to aid deeper understanding of embedding OL in SEND schools in the UK context.
References
Blaikie, N. (2007). Approaches to social enquiry: Advancing knowledge. Polity.
Buli-Holmberg, J., & Jeyaprathaban, S. (2016). Effective practice in inclusive and special needs education. International Journal of Special Education, 31(1), pp119-134.
Coppola, R., Tortella, P., Coco, D and Sgro, F. (2021). How can the technology be integrated in Outdoor Movement Education for children and the youth with special needs?. JOURNAL OF HUMAN SPORT & EXERCISE. 16(2), pp.651-662. [Online]. Available at: ISSN 1988-5202 [Accessed 4 October 2022].
Denyer, D., & Tranfield, D. (2011). Producing a Systematic Review. In D. Buchanan & A. Bryman (Edc.), The SAGE Handbook of Organizational Research Methods (pp. 671 – 689). London. Sage Publications Ltd.
Guardino, C., Hall, K.W., Largo-Wight E and Hubbuch, C. (2019). Teacher and student perceptions of an outdoor classroom. Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education. 22, pp.113-126. [Online]. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s42322-019-00033-7 [Accessed 4 October 2022].
Haas, B; Kreis, Y and Lavicza, Z. (2021). Integrated STEAM Approach in Outdoor Trails with Elementary School Pre-service Teachers. Educational Technology and Society. 24 (4), p. 205-219.

Harvey, D.J, Montgomery, L.N., Harvey, H., Hall, F., Gange, A.C. and Watling, D. (2020). Psychological benefits of a biodiversity-focussed outdoor learning program for primary school children. Journal of Environmental Psychology. 67, 101381.


Mann, J., Gray, T., Truong, S., Sahlberg, P., Bensten, P., Passy, R., Ho, S., Ward, K and Cowper, R. (2021). A Systematic Review Protocol to Identify the Key Benefits and Efficacy of Nature-Based Learning in Outdoor Educational Settings. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health. 18, 1199.

Michalakis, V.I., Vaitis, M. and Klonari, A. (2020). The Development of an Educational Outdoor Adventure Mobile App. Education Sciences. 10, p.382.
Myers, M.D (2009). Qualitative Research in Business and Management. London: Sage
NHS. (2022). Profound and Multiple Learning Disability (PLMD). Available: https://www.nhs.uk/conditions/learning-disabilities/. Last accessed 25th February 2022.

Pierce, S and Maher, A.J. (2019). Physical activity among children and young people with intellectual disabilities in special schools: Teacher and learning support assistant perceptions. Wiley. 48(1), pp.37- 44. [Online]. Available at: DOI: 10.1111/bld.12301 [Accessed 10 October 2022].

Sutherland, S and Legge, M. (2016). The Possibilities of “Doing” Outdoor and/or Adventure Education in Physical Education/Teacher Education. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education. 35(1), pp.299-312. [Online]. Available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2016-0161 [Accessed 10 October 2022].

Yazan, B. (2015). Three Approaches to Case Study Methods in Education: Yin, Merriam, and Stake. Teaching and Learning Article. 20 (1), p. 134-152.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm31 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster

Systematic Review of Returns on Immigrant Care Workers’ Multilingual Competence on the Labor Market

Kseniia Pershina

University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Pershina, Kseniia

The current study represents the results of the Systematic Review on returns on immigrant caregivers’ multilingual competence and aims to integrate the human capital theory perspective regarding multilingual competence in the healthcare sector. The purpose of this Systematic Review is to investigate what kind of returns: monetary (positive/ negative), and non-monetary (positive/ negative) immigrant nurses could receive on their multilingual competence. The scope of the systematic review is on the international body of research with a special emphasis on the implications for Germany as an immigration context.

Healthcare is a labor market sector with close customer contact where successful communication is essential to adequate and effective treatment. Due to steady immigration into Germany, the number of people with migration background needing healthcare is increasing (Marquardt, Delkic & Motzek, 2016). At the same time, a demographic change in the German population leads to a severe shortage of care workers, and recruiting foreign nurses is one of the strategies to deal with this problem (Merda, 2012). Concerning care workers’ on-the-job language practices, preliminary studies revealed that multilingual immigrant care workers use their heritage language in communication with immigrant patients and act as intermediaries with other medical staff, what could contribute to better treatment in everyday care (Elderkin-Thompsona, Silver & Waitzkin, 2001; Ali & Johnson, 2017).

The multilingualism of migrant care workers is mostly researched from a linguistic perspective concerning multilingual practices in everyday working life. According to these studies, multilingual care workers use their language skills intensively: in different types of care (e. g., inpatient and outpatient care, neonatal care, emergency services, elderly care); short-term in everyday care situations; on unforeseeable occasions or in acute situations (Meyer, 2010; Lundin, Hadziabdic & Hjelm, 2018; Patriksson, Nilsson, Wigert, 2022).

From research on the advantages of bilinguals in the labor market, it is known that immigrant employers can benefit from their multilingualism in the labor market, especially if there is a demand for multilingual communication (Damari et al., 2017). According to Chiswick and Miller (2007) as well as Isphording (2014), language skills of multilingual workers are considered as human capital that could provide returns on the labor market. However, it is still unclear, whether multilingual caregivers have returns from multilingual competence in the care sector. The current study addresses this research gap and investigates the multilingual competence of migrant care workers from the perspective of human capital theory (Becker, 1964).

The current study aims to present a systematic review to enable an overview of monetary and non-monetary returns to the multilingual competence of migrant care workers. The systematic review focuses on the following research questions: What are empirical findings about returns on multilingual competence of immigrant care workers? Under what conditions can migrant care workers get positive returns from their multilingualism?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic review was chosen because it enables an overview of the body of research and to analyze and compare studies from different disciplines, which is essential for the investigation of interdisciplinary topics.
The systematic review was carried out through the application of the Search, Appraisal, Synthesis, and Analysis (SALSA) framework according to Grant et al. (2009).
In the first step (Search), relevant literature was searched using the following database: ERIC, Fachportal Pädagogik, Google Scholar, and Science Direct. Keywords should contain information on both main topics: multilingualism and caregivers. The articles in English and German that were published starting from 2000 were considered. The initial database search generated 1130 articles.
In the second step (Appraisal), a further assessment of article abstracts was conducted to clarify whether the search results include the following inclusion and exclusion criteria: explicitly addressing returns of multilingual competence in care sector, focusing on the first generation of immigrant caregivers, with a year of arrival starting from 2000, written in English or German, being peer-reviewed.
In the third step (Synthesis), the whole articles were read and studies that were relevant for the answering of research questions were identified and selected. Only those studies that included information about returns on multilingual competence (e. g., not on intercultural competence) and focused on experiences of migrant caregivers (e. g., not on immigrant doctors) were selected. Thus, 16 articles were included in the final sample. These studies represent a situation with returns on multilingual competence in Germany, England, the USA, Finland, Sweden, Switzerland, and Spain.
In the last step (Analysis), selected articles were investigated using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings of the Systematic Review are that immigrant caregivers could get on their multilingual competence:
• positive monetary,
• positive and negative non-monetary returns.
The analysis also showed different returns on the majority language skills and on heritage language. Migrant care workers can receive positive monetary returns in form of employment status on their proficiency in the majority language. Thus, the migrated caregivers with advanced knowledge of the majority language have more chances of getting a job (Müller, 2016). In terms of heritage language skills, immigrant nurses receive both positive and negative non-monetary returns. On the one hand, multilingual nurses are satisfied with their role as interpreters and emphasize that this allows for better patient treatment. It leads consequently to higher job satisfaction (Patriksson, Nilsson & Wigert, 2021). On the other hand, multilingual nurses combine their professional tasks with interpreting and communication in heritage languages with patients, which results in a higher burden (Hadziabdic, Lundin & Hjelm, 2015). Furthermore, the results of the systematic review indicate a gap in monetary returns from heritage languages. This research gap could be investigated in future studies.
Since multilingualism has only been researched fragmentary in the field of care workers and there are still no established theories, the current systematic review provides an important overview of the state of research that can be used in future research.

References
Ali, P.A., Johnson, S. (2017). Speaking my patient's language: bilingual nurses’ perspective about provision of language concordant care to patients with limited English proficiency. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 73 (2), 421-432, doi: 10.1111/jan.13143.
Becker, G., S. (1964). Human Capital; a Theoretical and Empirical Analysis, with Special Reference to Education. New York: National Bureau of Economic Research.
Chiswick, B., R. (2008). The economics of language: an introduction and overview. Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), Bonn. https://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:101:1-2008070230.
Damari, R., Rivers, W., Brecht, R., Gardner, P., Pulupa, C., & Robinson, J. (2017). The Demand for Multilingual Human Capital in the U.S. Labor Market. Foreign Language Annals, 50 (1), 13–37, doi: 10.1111/flan.12241.
Elderkin-Thompson, V.; Silver, R.C.; Waitzkin, H. (2001). When nurses double as interpreters: a study of Spanish-speaking patients in a US primary care setting. Social Science & Medicine, 52(9), 1343–1358, doi: 10.1016/s0277-9536(00)00234-3.
Grant M., J., Booth A., Centre S. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91-108, doi: 10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x.
Hadziabdic E, Lundin C, Hjelm K. (2015). Boundaries and conditions of interpretation in multilingual and multicultural elderly healthcare. BMC Health Serv Res. 6 (15):458, doi: 10.1186/s12913-015-1124-5.
Isphording, I., E. (2014). Language and Labor Market Success, IZA Discussion Papers, No. 8572, Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), Bonn.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (Grundlagentexte Methoden). Weinheim: Beltz.
Lundin C, Hadziabdic E, Hjelm K. (2018). Language interpretation conditions and boundaries in multilingual and multicultural emergency healthcare. BMC Int Health Hum Rights. 18(1):23, doi: 10.1186/s12914-018-0157-3.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Weinheim: Beltz.
 Marquardt, G., Delkic, E., & Motzek, T. (2016). Wenn Migranten altwerden: Das Altenpflegesystem zwischen Versorgungslücken und Entwicklungspotenzialen. ifo Dresden berichtet, 23(1), 26–32. https://www.ifo.de/DocDL/ifodb-16-01-Marquardt-Einwandereralterung.pdf.
Merda, M., et al. (2012). Chancen zur Gewinnung von Fachkräften in der Pflegewirtschaft: Kurzfassung. Bundesministerium für Wirtschaft und Technologie (BMWi), Berlin.
Meyer, B. (2010). Nurses as interpreters. Aspects of interpreter training for bilingual medical employees. In: B. Meyer & B. Apfelbaum (eds.) Multilingualism at work. From policies to practices in public, medical, and business settings (pp. 163-184). Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Müller, A. (2016). Language proficiency and nursing registration. International Journal of Nursing Studies (54), 132–140.
Patriksson, K., Nilsson, S., & Wigert, H. (2021). Being a gift- Multilingual healthcare professionals in neonatal care. Journal of Neonatal Nursing (28), 67-71.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster

A Longitudinal Study of English-speaking Anxiety and Psychological Adjustment Among International Student Sojourners in the UK

Qian Sun

University of Durham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sun, Qian

1. Conceptual Framework

Studying abroad requires adjustment to the new environment (Brisset et al., 2010). Adjustment is a complex concept related to the dynamic process of matching between the individual and the environment (Ramsay et al., 2007). Ward and Searle (1991) proposed that cross-cultural adjustment can be divided into two domains: psychological (emotion) and sociocultural (behaviour) (Schwartz et al., 2010). Most studies have focused on sociocultural adjustment, while relatively few studies have focused on psychological adjustment. It is stressful for international students to adapt to the foreign language environment (Vande Berg et al., 2012). Students may experience foreign language anxiety(FLA) when they do not understand what is being said or are unable to easily form the desired response in the foreign language (Horwitz et al., 1986). FLA is an inevitable phenomenon in the foreign language learning process. It is thought to exist primarily in productive skills, especially in speaking.

In this study, the focus is on one country that uses the target language (English) -- the United Kingdom, this study focuses on the anxiety of speaking English as a foreign or second language. While many previous studies have studied FLA in classroom settings, this study attempts to transfer FLA research to outside-classroom settings. It has been suggested that living in an environment where the target language is also the language of everyday life and communication may influence anxiety and psychological adjustment processes.

Each of the concepts in this study will be well explained by the following theories:

  • Foreign language anxiety: The Affective Filtering Hypothesis (Krashen, 1981) suggests that heightened anxiety reduces information intake.
  • Psychological adjustment: The Stress and Coping Theory (Lazarus & Folkman, 1984) emphasizes, in part, emotional aspects and examines sojourners' well-being and satisfaction with cross-cultural experiences.
  • Personality: The Five Factor Model (Costa & McCrae, 1992) postulates personality to consist of five broad dimensions along which most people can be described: openness, conscientiousness, extraversion, agreeableness, neuroticism.

2. Objectives and Research Questions of Project

The goal is to provide new insights into psychological adjustment trajectories and English-speaking anxiety, which is a contribution to the student sojourn literature.

Main questions

  • What are the patterns and dynamics of international student sojourners' English-speaking anxiety and psychological adjustment over time as students’ progress on their pre-sessional course and their Master’s degree course?
  • How does psychological adjustment relate to English speaking anxiety, and to success on the course?
  • What are possible person and situation factors that affect students’ psychological adjustment and English-speaking anxiety?

Sub-questions

  • How do age, gender, discipline, personality, prior overseas experience, and English language proficiency relate to English speaking anxiety and psychological adjustment?
  • What are the specific situation features or characteristics that trigger English speaking anxiety and psychological adjustment difficulties among international student sojourners over the pre-sessional course?
  • What coping strategies do students have when they encounter English speaking anxiety and psychological adjustment difficulties?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A longitudinal design will be used to conduct this research. Longitudinal studies are defined as studies that emphasise change and should include at least three replicate observations (Ployhart & Vandenberg, 2010). In the project, English-speaking anxiety and psychological adjustment will be studied from both trait and state perspectives. A state is a temporary way of being while traits are more stable and enduring characteristics or patterns of behaviour. Trait questionnaires will be used to collect quantitative data four times over the duration of about 14 months, experience sampling methods will be used to collected quantitative data on a daily or weekly basis, resp., semi-structured interviews will be used to add some qualitative data. Experience sampling methods (state questionnaires) are supposed to provide more real-time data, which can give an insight into international students’ daily experiences.  

International students will be invited to participate in a longitudinal study where they will be asked to complete a set of questionnaires, which will be administered twice during the pre-sessional course and twice during the subsequent master's course to conduct this study. The experience sampling methods will be repeated twice per week over the pre-sessional course, it will be distributed 4 times per day over 10 days during their Master program. Some of participants will also be invited for a semi-structured interview that will be conducted at the end of pre-sessional course and at the end of Master program, respectively.

Participants in this study will be international students who take pre-sessional courses in different UK universities, and they will continue to pursue graduate courses after finishing their pre-sessional courses. Validated instruments will be used to assess students’ psychological adjustment (psychological well-being & life satisfaction), English-speaking anxiety, and personality. Using experience sampling methods and will allow students to report their day-to-day experiences, thoughts, feelings, and behaviours within and outside the classroom. Using semi-structured interviews provides some insights into the possible underlying causal factors and potential corresponding coping strategies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through this study, I hope to contribute to a better understanding of international students (ISs)' psychological adjustment trajectories as they study abroad, including their English-speaking anxiety outside the classroom, which is understudied. Secondly, I hope to develop a better understanding of the factors that may contribute to psychological adjustment difficulties and English-speaking anxiety, and of possible effective coping strategies international students could adopt. Besides, I hope that the results of this study will contribute to continued efforts to prepare students to benefit from their study abroad experience and contribute to ongoing efforts regarding psychological adjustment in the target language context.

The combination of these research methods is innovative in this context, which enables new insights into psychological adjustment processes and episodes of English-speaking anxiety as they unfold on a day-to-day level, week by week, during the acculturation phase of studying abroad.

References
Brisset, C., Safdar, S., Lewis, J. R., & Sabatier, C. (2010). Psychological and sociocultural adaptation of university students in France: The case of Vietnamese international students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 34(4), 413–426. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2010.02.009.

Costa, P. T., Jr., & McCrae, R. R. (1992). Revised NEO Personality Inventory (NEO-PI-R) and NEO Five-Factor Inventory (NEO-FFI) manual. Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.

Horwitz, E. K., Horwitz, M. B., & Cope, J. (1986). Foreign language classroom anxiety. The Modern Language Journal, 70(2), pp.125-132.

Krashen, D. S. (1981). Second language Acquisition and second language learning. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Lazarus, R.S., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. New York: Springer.

Ramsay, S., Jones, E. & Barker, M. (2007). Relationship between adjustment and support types: Young and mature-aged local and international first year university students. Higher Education, 54(2), 247-265. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734 -006-9001-0.

Schwartz, S. J., Unger, J. B., Zamboanga, B. L., & Szapocznik, J. (2010). Rethinking the concept of acculturation: Implications for theory and research. American Psychologist, 65(4), 237– 251.

Vande Berg, M., R. M. Paige, and K. H. Lou. 2012. “Student Learning Abroad: Paradigms and Assumptions.” In Student Learning Abroad, edited by M. Vande Berg, 3–28. Sterling, VA: Stylus.

Ward, C. and Searle, W. (1991). The impact of values discrepancies and cultural identity on psychological and sociocultural adjustment of sojourners. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15 (2), 209–225.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm32 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
32. Organizational Education
Poster

Diversity As A Strategy Of (Organizational) Learning Processes In Social Movements

Lea Alt

Hochschule für Technik und Wirtschaft Saarland, Germany

Presenting Author: Alt, Lea

Both institutionalization and deinstitutionalization processes are a reality for organizations and movements (Schröder 2015; Wolff 2020). Social movements can be read in their public transformation, in their emancipatory curiosity, as well as in their varied approaches to solutions, which oscillate constantly between these poles. According to this interpretation, social movements primarily portray public spaces as places that encourage people to join together in spite of their differences. In order to facilitate mutual listening, negotiation, critique, and agreement as well as working on shared issues and potential solutions, social movements offer venues for people from various origins, languages, and ages (Schröder 2018). From such a viewpoint, it can be assumed that diversity serves as a foundation for social movements as well as a means of creating organizational and learning processes that help challenge the status quo (Simpson & den Hond, 2022). In light of this, this research project investigates the extent to which diversity, which serves as the foundation of social movements, also influences the (organizational) learning of social movements and, in addition, the degree to which diversity is utilized by social movements as a tactic to achieve their objectives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper uses ethnographic data from 11 interviews with activists conducted at the World Social Forum 2022 in Mexico as its empirical foundation. The interviews were conducted in both English and Spanish. The World Social Forum was founded in 2001 in Porto Alegre, Brazil, by activists from the "global south." It began as a counter-meeting to the World Economic Forum, when the most influential individuals in the world (including politicians and businesspeople) congregate to discuss the future of the planet. The World Social Forum emerged as a venue that unites and networks civil society internationally in response to criticism that resulted from this. The "open space" is the World Social Forum's distinctive feature. The concept of an open area is to allow motions that symbolize various conceptions of "another world" to come together. We will outline the traits of enabling spaces in social movements and examine the function that diversity plays in these spaces along with the data. More specifically, it will be looked at to what extent diversity in open spaces helps to organizational learning processes.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We presum that the open confrontation with the occasionally sharply contrasting contents, processes, and structures of social movements is how learning processes are released. On the basis of unusual meetings and the diversity observed in open spaces, social movement activists can explore, challenge, and reinterpret their own hidden meaning structures and patterns as well as those of others. We assume that diversity in this sense is used by activists in open spaces as a strategy to initiate processes of organizational learning.
References
Lea Alt (M.A. social work) works at the University of Applied Sciences in Saarbrücken/ Germany as a research assistant in the research project "Methods of Social Transformation and Social Work" under the direction of Prof. Dr. Christian Schröder and as a practice advisor in the study program Social Work and Childhood Education.


32. Organizational Education
Poster

Enculturating a Protective Professional Community – Processes of Teacher Retention in a Swedish Hard-to-Staff School

Jeffrey Casely-Hayford1, Per Lindqvist2, Christina Björklund1, Gunnar Bergström1,3, Lydia Kwak1

1Karolinska Institute, Sweden; 2Linnaeus University; 3University of Gävle

Presenting Author: Casely-Hayford, Jeffrey

Retaining teachers is a challenge facing education systems worldwide (European Commission, 2021). The importance of teacher retention is underscored by staffing difficulties at the school-level due to teachers’ turnover rate. High levels of teacher turnover poses social, financial, and educational problems to schools (Sorensen & Ladd, 2020). Moreover, studies have shown that schools with a large proportion of students from a lower socioeconomic background are disproportionately affected by teacher turnover (Allen et al., 2017). Schools that face continuous retention difficulties are commonly referred to as “hard-to-staff schools” in the literature (Opfer, 2011), and teacher turnover at these schools is mainly driven by challenging work environments, which makes it difficult for teachers to teach and prevents effective student learning (Glazer, 2021; Simon & Johnson, 2015). Studies examining how teacher retention can be facilitated in these hard-to-staff schools have identified resilience as a key resource that can counteract the challenges that teachers in these school face (Whipp & Geronime, 2017). Although this area of the literature continues to receive attention, most of the studies are conducted in an American context. In Sweden, the focus of the current study, schools situated in socioeconomically disadvantages areas face turnover rates as high as 40% (Helmersson, 2018).Therefore, stopping the revolving door of teachers coming and going from these schools is a key part of pursuing educational equity and school effectiveness.

This study is part of a doctoral research project and aims to contribute to this research area by presenting a positive deviant case: a Swedish hard-to-staff school that has had a low teacher turnover rate over time. The term positive deviance is used to illustrate how teacher retention at this school deviates from what one would expect to see in a school of a similar profile (Mertens et al., 2016). As such, this positive deviant case can be viewed as an exception to the rule – a champion of stability – which is of great interest as it can provide insights into potential mechanisms that can facilitate teacher retention in hard-to-staff schools. We explore this positive deviant case by examining the factors contributing to teacher retention at the school. In line with research showing that teacher shortages are particularly problematic in specific subjects and for specific types of schools (Cowan et al., 2016), we add further nuance to our inquiry by focusing on “at-risk” teachers i.e., teachers certified to teach in subjects known to have high staffing difficulties in Sweden. By doing so, we aim to provide unique insights that can advance the understanding of teacher retention in hard-to-staff schools in Sweden. Additionally, exploring this positive deviant case within the highly decentralised market-based education system found in Sweden provides us with the opportunity to make a unique contribution to the teacher retention literature.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used a case study research design as it is useful for exploratory investigations (Gerring, 2004), and suitable for studying positive deviance in organizations (Mertens et al., 2016). This urban public school was fairly small (students <500). The school had a high proportion of students with an immigrant background; low proportion of students with parents possessing post-secondary schooling education; and a high proportion of students with a low grade point average.  
Data was collected using chain-referral sampling in which initial participants refer the research team to additional subjects who have experienced the phenomenon of interest (Penrod et al., 2003). Interviews were conducted using a semi-structured interview guide. Our inquiry began with the school leadership who we viewed as key informants due to their ability to provide information about the stability of the teaching staff at the school. The school leadership provided the research team with a list of the teaching staff and as the study focused on “at-risk” teachers, we used purposive sampling criteria to ensure that participant referrals aligned with the selection-criteria (Morse & Field, 1995). Participant referrals met the selection-criteria if teachers had been at the school for 5 or more years and if they were teaching in a subject with known staffing difficulties. To inform our inclusion-criteria we examined municipal and national certification data to identify subjects with documented staffing difficulties since 2015. Teachers who fit our inclusion-criteria were interviewed and the chain-referral sampling procedure was repeated after each interview. The final study sample consisted of three members of the school leadership and eight teachers certified to teach in subjects such as textiles, art, science, and home economics. Our inquiry was geared towards describing and understanding the reasons facilitating teacher retention at this particular school. Due to this, we chose to conduct our data analysis using a modified Grounded Theory technique and the constant-comparison method based on the approach advocated by Glaser et al. (1967). This enabled the exploration of the possible determinants and allowed us to make descriptive inferences of the observed positive deviance focusing on theorizing rather than generating a theory. Constant comparisons were made throughout the data analysis and was used to develop and define the core category, categories and sub-categories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The generated core category was described as the “Enculturation of a Protective Professional Community”. This core category was supported by three categories: supportive collegiality, visible collegiality, and constrained collegiality which captured social and relational processes which appeared to embed teachers in the school and subsequently facilitated their retention. The observed social and relational processes seemed to convey and consolidate the norms, practices and organizational culture that permeated this protective professional community and enhanced its protective element by providing teachers with access to the relational resilience garnered within the teacher community that enhanced their social capital. The teachers’ narratives described how belonging to this protective teacher community provided them with several beneficial affective and professional resources that helped them in their everyday teaching lives. However, the primary outcome was the facilitation of teacher retention at the school. In line with our mode of inquiry we also contrasted our results with the research literature to help us theorize about the potential mechanisms underlying the observed positive deviance. We used the Job Embeddedness Theory (Mitchell et al., 2001) and the theory of Social Capital to explain our findings. Interpreting our results from these theoretical viewpoints suggested that teacher retention at the school was facilitated by collegial embeddedness and the access to teacher social capital. Our findings align with other findings in the literature suggesting the protective properties that collegial support has for teacher retention. However, our findings go beyond these by suggesting the importance of exploring the nuances in collegial relations and their subsequent influence on teacher retention.
References
Allen, R., Burgess, S., & Mayo, J. (2017). The teacher labour market, teacher turnover and disadvantaged schools: new evidence for England. Education Economics, 26(1), 4-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/09645292.2017.1366425  

Bunar, N. (2011). Multicultural Urban Schools in Sweden and Their Communities: Social Predicaments, the Power of Stigma, and Relational Dilemmas. 46(2), 141-164. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085910377429  

Cowan, J., Goldhaber, D., Hayes, K., & Theobald, R. (2016). Missing Elements in the Discussion of Teacher Shortages. Educational Researcher, 45(8), 460-462. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16679145  

European Commission. (2021). Teachers in Europe Careers, Development and Well-being. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/teachers-europe-careers-development-and-well-being

Gerring, J. (2004). What is a Case Study and What is it Good For? American Political Science Review, 98, 341-354. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0003055404001182  

Glaser, B. G., Strauss, A. L., & Press, S. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research. Aldine Publishing Company.

Glazer, J. (2021). The well-worn path: Learning from teachers who moved from hard-to-staff to easy-to-staff schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105, 103399. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103399  

Hall, C., Lundin, M., & Sibbmark, K. (2018). Strengthening Teachers in Disadvantaged Schools: Evidence from an Intervention in Sweden's Poorest City Districts, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(2), 208-224. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788154

Helmersson, K. (2018). Särskilda insatser ska få lärare att stanna. Sveriges Radio. https://sverigesradio.se/artikel/7036910

Mertens, W., Recker, J., Kohlborn, T., & Kummer, T.-F. (2016). A Framework for the Study of Positive Deviance in Organizations. Deviant Behavior, 37(11), 1288-1307. https://doi.org/10.1080/01639625.2016.1174519  

Morse, J. M., & Field, P. A. (1995). Qualitative research methods for health professionals. (2 ed.). Sage Publications.

Opfer, D. (2011). Defining and Identifying Hard-to-Staff Schools:The Role of School Demographics and Conditions. Educational Administration Quarterly, 47(4), 582-619. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161x11400598  

Penrod, J., Preston, D. B., Cain, R. E., & Starks, M. T. (2003). A Discussion of Chain Referral As a Method of Sampling Hard-to-Reach Populations. Journal of Transcultural Nursing, 14(2), 100-107. https://doi.org/10.1177/1043659602250614  

Simon, N. S., & Johnson, S. (2015). Teacher Turnover in High-Poverty Schools: What We Know and Can Do. Teachers College Record, 117(3), 1-36. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811511700305  

Swedish National Agency for Education. (2020). Skolverkets lägesbedömning 2020. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationsserier/rapporter/2020/skolverkets-lagesbedomning-2020

Sorensen, L. C., & Ladd, H. F. (2020). The Hidden Costs of Teacher Turnover. AERA Open, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858420905812

Whipp, J. L., & Geronime, L. (2017). Experiences That Predict Early Career Teacher Commitment to and Retention in High-Poverty Urban Schools. Urban Education, 52(7), 799-828. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085915574531
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm33 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
General Poster Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Poster

Gender Grading Gap in Mathematics. A Multilevel Analysis on Primary Schools

Giovanna Zanolla1, Franck Petrucci2

1University of Applied Sciences and Arts of Southern Switzerland, Department of Education and Learning, Switzerland; 2République et Canton de Genève, Département de l'instruction publique, de la formation et de la jeunesse (DIP) Service de la recherche en éducation

Presenting Author: Zanolla, Giovanna; Petrucci, Franck

Gender educational gap is among the most debated topics in the field of educational studies. International standardized tests such as PISA and TIMSS highlight that in several countries girls outperform boys in reading whereas the latter get higher scores in mathematics (OECD, 2015). For what concerns grades, certain authors underline that in reading, mathematics and science boys who perform equally as well as girls get a lower grade and this less favourable treatment disappears when non cognitive skills are considered (Cornwell et al., 2013). Indeed, there is evidence that teachers’ grading practices do not only reflect the objective level of skills achieved by students, but also the perceived students’ effort, motivation, and even their behaviour (Bowers, 2011) and girls, which are more often reported to possess better social skills and to be more conscientious (Perander et al., 2020), self-disciplined (Duckworth and Seligman, 2006) and engaged in class activities (Van Houtte, 2020) would be rewarded with higher grades (Cornwell et al., 2013). Other authors have found no evidence of discrimination against boys (Hinerrich et al., 2010), whereas other studies have put into evidence teachers’ gender-stereotyped belief about math ability according to which boys are more logical than girls and the latter are less mathematically inclined (Tomasetto, 2019; Giberti, 2019). This belief on one side leads to girls’ underconfidence in mathematics and to their failure in achieving their full potential (Carlana, 2019), on the other side it can create a sort of positive discrimination in favours of girls as teachers would over-assess them to encourage them in a discipline in which they are considered weaker (Terrier, 2020).

This contribution is aimed at examining whether girls attending the last year of the primary school in the Swiss canton of Ticino are given a different grade in mathematics than boys with the same mathematical skills. Skills are, in this case, measured by a score obtained in a math standardized test administered to the whole population cohort (ca. 3,000 pupils) in the school year 2020/21. Grading biases can be traditionally studied by means of a systematic comparison between grades delivered by teachers and the results in standardized tests for the same year of schooling that measure students' objective skills (Hoge & Colardaci, 1989).

Ticino is a particularly interesting area to investigate as, differently from most of the cantons, which adopt a selective school system, it is characterized by a relatively comprehensive school system in which tracking is postponed to the 8th grade (and limited to two subjects, German and mathematics). Despite a later and less pronounced curricular differentiation is normally associated with a lower gender segregation in higher education (Imdorf et al., 2015) and despite the smaller educational gap compared to the other cantons, a remarkable horizontal segregation, which is clearly visible both in the upper secondary schools (in the high school and in vocational training) and in tertiary education, distinguishes Ticino (Zanolla, in press). As it is known horizontal segregation in education leads to an underrepresentation of women in the most rewarding scientific, technical, engineering, and mathematical (STEM) occupations (Herbaut & Barone, 2021). Teachers ‘assessments might have a part of responsibility as, as literature has widely shown, grades affect students’ motivation, self-concept and effort in education and influence their subsequent educational choices and outcomes (Carlana, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to understand whether being a girl influences the mathematics grade in the last year of the primary school, a multilevel model has been developed. Students' grading is likely to be affected by their personal characteristics, as gender, but also by the context in which it takes place (Leckholm, 2011). The multilevel model, developed in the early 1980s to address the fundamental issue of the interaction between individuals and their environment, includes both control variables referring to the pupils (economic, social and cultural status, age, mother tongue, behaviour grade in the school final report and the score in the above-mentioned math standardized test) and to their class (average score obtained by the class in the math standardized test, teacher’s gender and teacher’s type of contract – full or part-time; other variables such as the social composition of the class and its size and teachers’ working seniority were tested and excluded because their effect was not significant). The analysis has involved 2,238 children from 181 primary school classes (the entire cohort of children enrolled in the fifth and final year of public primary school in Ticino has been considered, except for children attending multigrade classes). Mathematics grade as well as the other variables included in the model are contained in the database of the GAGI application (Gestione Allievi Gestione Istituti - Pupil Management, Institute Management) run by the Ticino Department of Education, Culture and Sport, which contains relevant social and personal details for all primary and secondary school students in Ticino, as well as the training they take part in for each school year, the grades achieved in each subject, number of absences, end-of-year results, etc. and socio-anagraphic information concerning their teachers. The math standardized test was created on appointment of the Ticino Department of Education, Culture and Sport by a team of researchers, local experts in maths and teachers from primary and lower secondary schools, with the goal to provide political decision-makers with information for monitoring the education system and teachers, head teachers and inspectors with detailed information regarding trends in their classrooms and schools.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The multilevel analysis shows that, other things being equal, girls achieve a lower grade in mathematics than boys. However, although the effect of gender is statistically significant, it remains small (Cohen f2 < 0.02). The only variable that has a large effect (Cohen f2 ≥ 0.35) is the pupil's result in the standardized test, i.e., the greater the pupil's ability in mathematics, the higher the grade. This result illustrates the fact that the teacher's judgment of a student's academic performance, of which the grade is the expression, is, on average, strongly linked to objective academic performance even if there is a great variability from one teacher to another. The behaviour grade also has a positive impact on the mathematics grade, but once again the effect is small. The pupil's disadvantaged social background, the age, and the average academic level of the class in mathematics exert instead a small negative effect, whereas the pupil’s mother tongue, the gender of the teacher and the type of contract of the latter do not play any significant effect. This analysis constitutes the starting point of a broader study on the teachers’ concepts about grades and the criteria they use for attributing grades, which has the aim of trying to open the black box behind the evaluation outcome. This study will also constitute an opportunity to investigate the gender stereotypes of primary and lower secondary school teachers in the Canton of Ticino.
References
Bowers, A. J. (2011). What's in a Grade? The Multidimensional Nature of What Teacher-assigned Grades Assess in High School. Educational Research and Evaluation, 17(3), 141-159.
Cornwell, C., Mustard, D. B., & Van Parys, J. (2013). Noncognitive Skills and the Gender Disparities in Test Scores and Teacher Assessments. Journal of Human resources, 48(1), 236-264.
Carlana, M. (2019). Implicit Stereotypes: Evidence from Teachers’ Gender Bias. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 134(3), 1163-1224.
Duckworth, A. L. & Seligman, M. E. (2006). Self-discipline Gives Girls the Edge: Gender in Self-discipline, Grades, and Achievement Test Scores. Journal of educational psychology, 98(1), 198.
Giberti, C. (2019). Differenze di Genere in Matematica: dagli Studi Internazionali alla Situazione Italiana. Didattica della matematica, (5), 44-69.
Herbaut, E., & Barone, C. (2021). Explaining Gender Segregation in Higher Education: Longitudinal Evidence on the French Case. British Journal of sociology of Education, 42(2), 260-286.
Hinnerich, B. T., E. Höglin, and M. Johannesson (2011). Are Boys Discriminated in Swedish High Schools? Economics of Education Review, 30 (4): 682–690.
Hoge, R. D., & Coladarci, T. (1989). Teacher-Based Judgments of Academic Achievement: A Review of Literature. Review of Educational Research, 59(3), 297–313.
Imdorf, C., Hegna, K., Eberhard, V., & Doray, P. (2015): Educational Systems and Gender Segregation in Education – A Three-Country Comparison of Germany, Norway & Canada. In C. Imdorf, K. Hegna, & L. Reisel (Eds.), Gender Segregation in Vocational Education (Vol. 32, pp. 83-122). Bingley: Emerald Insight.
Lekholm, A. K. (2011). Effects of School Characteristics on Grades in Compulsory School. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 55(6), 587-608.
OECD (2015). The ABC of Gender Equality in Education: Aptitude, Behaviour, Confidence. Paris: OECD Publishing.
Perander, K., Londen, M., & Holm, G. (2020). Anxious Girls and Laid-back Boys: Teachers’ and Study Counsellors’ Gendered Perceptions of Students. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(2), 185-199.
Terrier, C. (2020). Boys Lag behind: How teachers’ Gender Biases Affect Student Achievement. Economics of Education Review, 77, 101981.
Tomasetto, C. (2019). Gender Stereotypes, Anxiety, and Math Outcomes in Adults and Children. In Mammarella, I. C., & Caviola, S. and Dowker, A. (Eds.). Mathematics Anxiety: What Is Known, and What is Still Missing. Routledge.
Van Houtte, M. (2020). Understanding the Gender Gap in School (Dis) engagement from Three Gender Dimensions: the Individual, the Interactional and the Institutional. Educational Studies, 1-19.
Zanolla, G. (in press). Equità. In Castelli, L. & Plata, A. (Eds.) Scuola a Tutto Campo. Indicatori del Sistema Educativo Ticinese. SUPSI-DFA, Locarno.


33. Gender and Education
Poster

Intersectionality between Gender and Migration Background in Predicting Mathematical Abilities

Tobias Bauer, Roman Zviagintsev, Nele Kampa

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Bauer, Tobias

Mathematical abilities are indispensable for science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM). However, there are challenges for the develop and assurance of high ability levels. Due to demographic reasons, we see a growing emergence of heterogeneous students (UNHCR, 2019). To this end, studies still show differences due to gender (Cascella, 2020a), socioeconomic status (SES; Bodovski et al., 2020) and to migration background (Cascella, 2020a) in mathematics achievement. These differences lead to inequality of educational opportunities and outcomes which predicts continuing inequality of social opportunities. Therefore, it is still important for the education policy to examine these factors (Boudon, 1974).

To disentangle interdependencies between different factors contributing to inequality, we applied an intersectional approach as proposed in Cascella (2020a) to address heterogeneity of students and social inequalities in education. Effects of intersectionality of different social identities becomes important in educational research and helps to understand these counteracting variables. The model of intersectionality describes multiple characteristics of a person which function in isolation. While Crenshaw (1989) introduced intersectionality as grounded in Black feminist and critical race theories, Harris and Patton (2019) describe it as a traveling theory in different academic disciplines.

Regarding differences with respect to the heterogeneity of students, there is still an ongoing discussion about the gender gap across different countries. Some studies show higher scores for male than for female students in mathematics and the opposite pattern in language proficiency assessments (Matteucci & Mignani, 2021). Other studies show that even though the gender gap still persists, equality increases. In some countries we even find no or a reversed gap (Meinck & Brese, 2019). Generally, we observe an underrepresentation of women working in STEM fields (Steot & Geary, 2018).

Differences in mathematics achievement are also connected to migration background and are mostly explained by language proficiency (Prediger et al., 2018). Research in English speaking countries shows an effect of reading proficiency on mathematics and science performance (Noble et al., 2014). We offer an intersectional approach to investigate challenges regarding mathematics achievement as described in the following studies:

(a) Female Black and Latina schoolchildren show lower attainment values in mathematical motivational beliefs as compared to their male peers (Hsieh, 2021).

(b) “Girls’ disadvantage in mathematics increases, thus suggesting that such a disadvantage is mediated by girls’ reading skills, higher than boys’ reading skills” (Cascella, 2020a, p. 137).

(c) Regarding mathematical achievement, boys benefit more from high SES than girls (Cascella, 2020b).

In our research we focus on data from Austria, a country which experiences an emergence of heterogeneity in schools. In Austria, mathematical achievement is based on an ability model which shows some similarities to other European countries (KMK, 2003) and which consists of four mathematical action-related abilities [MARA] (representing & modelling, calculating & operating, interpretation, reasoning & justification), which vary in terms of complexity (BIFIE, 2013).

Based on the Austrian ability model and research about the relationship between reading skills and mathematics (Cascella, 2020a; Prediger et al., 2018) we assume a difference between more language-complex (interpretation, reasoning & justification) and less language-complex abilities (representing & modelling, calculating & operating). Therefore, we use an intersectional approach framework with a focus on mathematical achievement in our population-based study. We investigate how gender, migration background and SES affect MARA as well as the differences in interaction effects of gender, migration background and SES on MARA with respect to the level of language complexity of the MARA?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use data from a population-based study conducted in Austrian schools by the Federal Institute for Quality Assurance [Institut des Bundes für Qualitätssicherung im österreichischen Schulwesen]. The data were collected as part of the educational standardized assessment in mathematics for eighth-graders (on average, 13-14 years old) in 2017. The assessment involved 72 704 students from 3 998 classes in 1 386 lower secondary schools. There are two different secondary school types: general secondary school (Allgemeine Pflichtschule [APS], 47 672 students) and academic secondary school (Allgemeinbildende höhere Schule [AHS], 25 032 students). Students attending AHS will be enrolled until twelfth grade and afterwards may enrol at university. Students attending the APS will be enrolled until eighth grade and then students change school for the compulsory ninth grade.

Additionally, the students filled out questionnaires and provided information on their gender, family migration background, first language, and socioeconomic background. Performance data were based on the four MARA (representing & modelling, calculating & operating, interpretation, reasoning & justification). We will use the plausible values for these MARA. In order to explore intersectionality, we will investigate interaction effects between gender and migration, gender and SES as well as migration and SES on the four MARA.

Because of the nested structure (individual, class, school) we plan to run a multilevel regression model for each of the four MARA and for the overall performance in mathematics. To answer our research questions, we:

(a) First, we observe for each model how gender, migration background and SES affect MARA and overall performance.
(b) Second, we compare the four models with the different MARA as a dependent variable to each other in order to detect differences in interaction effects of gender, migration background and SES across MARA.
(c) Third, we investigate specific interactions with gender differences applying multigroup analyses for boys and girls for each MARA.

Our analyses will show any differences between the less language-complex and the more language-complex abilities of MARA in terms of their relation to student background. We are also going to look for differences in model fit separately for boys and girls. Through our analyses, we will reveal whether boys and girls of differing SES and migration background have a higher/lower likelihood of getting into a high achieving group. We will perform all analyses in MPlus 8.8.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In order to answer our research questions, we are expected the following results based on previous findings.

(a) The gender difference in mathematical performance could either still show a gender gap or support the hypothesis that the equality is increasing (Meinck & Brese, 2019). We assume that migration background and low SES will have a negative effect on MARA and overall performance.
(b) The difference between girls with and without migration background will be higher in the more language-complex MARA than in the less language-complex.
(c) The difference between boys with and without migration background will be higher in the less language-complex MARA than in the more language-complex.

The expectation of the outcomes in (b) and (c) are based on the findings of Cascella (2020a) and Hsieh et al. (2021) in a way that migration background mediates the relationship between gender and mathematical performance.

Nowadays it is of educational significance that we know more about the influence of intersectionality regarding characteristics of students’ background which do not only function in isolation. Our research could bring some insides about required action in policy and practice to ensure equal opportunities (OECD, 2018). One of the practical implications of our study would be to raise awareness among educational researchers and teachers about heterogeneity and intersectional effects on students’ achievement. For example, a possible approach could be the concept of differentiated instruction to support the students’ diverse learning needs. Homogenous and heterogeneous grouping of students in one classroom with the same learning goals could be an economically favorable possibility in terms of teachers’ resource (Smale-Jacobse et al., 2019).

References
Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in western society. Wiley.

Bodovski, K., Munoz, I. G., Byun, S., & Chykina, V. (2020). Do education system characteristics moderate the socioeconomic, gender and immigrant gaps in math and science achievement? International Journal of Sociology of Education, 9(2), 122-154. https://doi.org/10.17583/rise.2020.4807

Bundesinstitut für Bildungsforschung, Innovation & Entwicklung des österreichischen Schulwesens [BIFIE]. (2013). Bildungsstandards für Mathematik 8. Schulstufe. https://www.iqs.gv.at/_Resources/Persistent/5ede9449cc32b3f3fec1e6d164a752469205784d/bist_m_sek1_kompetenzbereiche_m8_2013-03-28.pdf

Cascella, C. (2020a). Exploring the complex relationship between students' reading skills and their performance in mathematics: A population-based study. Educational Research and Evaluation, 26(3-4), 126–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2021.1924790

Cascella, C. (2020b). Intersectional effects of socioeconomic status, phase and gender on mathematics achievement. Educational Studies, 46(4), 476–496. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2019.1614432

Crenshaw, K. W. (1989). Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: A black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1989, 139–168.

Harris J. C., & Patton, L. D. (2019). Un/Doing intersectionality through higher education research. The Journal of Higher Education, 90(3), 347–372. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221546.2018.1536936

Hsieh T., Simpkins, S. D., & Eccles, J. S. (2021). Gender by racial/ethnic intersectionality in the patterns of adolescents’ math motivation and their math achievement and engagement. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 66, 101974. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2021.101974

KMK (2004). Bildungsstandards im Fach Mathematik für den Mittleren Schulabschluss. Wolters Kluwer.

Matteucci M., & Mignani, S. (2021). Investigating gender differences in mathematics by performance levels in the Italian school system. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70, 101022. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101022

Meinck, S., & Brese, F. (2019). Trends in gender gaps: using 20 years of evidence from TIMSS. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 7(1), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-019-0076-3

Noble T., Rosebery, A., Suarez, C., Warren, B., & O'Connor, M. C. (2014). Science assessments and english language learners: Validity evidence based on response processes. Applied Measurement in Education, 27(4), 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957347.2014.944309

Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030 (E2030 Position Paper). Paris, France: OECD Publishing.

Prediger, Wilhelm, N., Büchter, A., Gürsoy, E., & Benholz, C. (2018). Language proficiency and mathematics achievement. Journal für Mathematik-Didaktik, 39(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13138-018-0126-3

Smale-Jacobse A. E., Meijer, A., Helms-Lorenz, M., & Maulana, R. (2019). Differentiated instruction in secondary education: A systematic review of research evidence. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 2366. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02366

Stoet, G., & Geary, D. C. (2018). The gender-equality paradox in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics education. Psychological Science, 29(4), 581–593. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797617741719

UNHCR. (2019). Global Trends: Forced Displacement in 2018. Geneva: UNHCR.


33. Gender and Education
Poster

Is Love the Developmental Ceiling for Girls? A Narrative Inquiry on Chinese Adolescent Romantic Experience

Ruini Huang1, Yongjiu Kang2

1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Bejng Normal Univesity, China

Presenting Author: Huang, Ruini

Hall described adolescence as a "genetic period of storm and stress" (Hall 1972). Submersed in this storm and stress, adolescents gradually open their view to the world and go on a search for a more intimate experience of their peers in their community. That is to say, romantic involvement (RI) typically starts and increases in adolescence (Furman 1999). Simone de Beauvoir regards the young woman's process through adolescence as centred on "awaiting Man". (Simone 1956). In fact, Adolescent Romantic Love has been a popular theme in literature and is an integral part of our daily life.

In China, however, Adolescent Romantic Love is a sensitive issue and is commonly forbidden in most schools. Few adults take this issue into discussion with their up growing children. Even so, boys and girls inevitably have yet frequent encounters with Adolescent Romantic Love. Without formal emotional education and the guidance from teachers or parents, some severe problems arise for Chinese young adolescents when pursuing intimate relationships, such as being trapped into in depression emotions. The challenge facing women is extra daunting. For once adolescents' romantic relationship has been discovered, girls are usually perceived as the ones most deserving blame (most at fault). In previous studies, little attention has been paid to the experience of love by female adolescents, which has caught my attention. The first questions that come to mind are about the real romantic experience of girls in adolescence, and what it means for female adolescents’ personal growth?
This study attempts to inquire into their individual experiences and explore the possible relationships between adolescent romantic love and their personal growth in China’s context. Following are the sub-questions: 1) What is the female experience in adolescence? 2) What is the interactive situational mechanisms of adolescent love and how adolescent girls act when they are involved in romantic love? 3) What impact does adolescent romantic
love have on female adolescents’ expressions, social interaction, and academic growth?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research requires a narrative methodology. Semi-structured qualitative interviews with 12 female university students as the primary research participants were conducted with three male students as reference participants. Students were invited to retrace their adolescent experience. All participants would sign informed consent after being told the research purpose and research details. All participants can withdraw from the research at any time. Then the researcher will delete the related information of these participants from the research.

In this research,  the orientation of the type of narrative is to people's own stories of their experiences and their retrospective meaning-making, which sometimes even focuses on the way those stories represent culture, politics, and norms. In this case, all participants are adult women and men, and the narrative is retrospective reflections on their romantic experiences when they were adolescents. The stories, then, reflect that meaning-making over the years, not "in the moment" experiences.

Qualitative methods were adopted to analyze the data. The analytical process followed a grounded way and focused on the following:
 1) Women's adolescent experience, which includes body image, academic life, emotional world, etc. In this part, the life story of each participant is presented.
 2) The interactive situational mechanism of adolescent romantic love. According to the stories, an interpretation and conclusion were made to outline the process of how adolescent romantic love happens.
3) The character of adolescent love and female choices and actions.
4) The impact of adolescent love on female personal growth.

In this research,  the orientation of the type of narrative is to people's own stories of their experiences and their retrospective meaning-making, which sometimes even focuses on the way those stories represent culture, politics, and norms. In this case, all participants are adult women and men, and the narrative is retrospective reflections on their romantic experiences when they were adolescents. The stories, then, reflect that meaning-making over the years, not "in the moment" experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Theme 1: In physical development, girls leave behind childhood and grow into maturity, as well as acquire sexual awareness. Adolescent girls' exploration of sex is internal, which is happened to find their own body feeling. Whilst the boy's sexual impulse has a kind of outward conquest, it contains a kind of aggression.
Theme 2: Girls' recognition of love is based on imagination and relationship building. The public space and everyday life of the school provide a matrix for adolescent love. Waiting, Ambiguity, and Uncertainty are essential characteristics of germination and further development of love.
Theme 3: Adolescent love is often disparaged, and one commonly fails to recognise it as an archetype of the individual's establishment of identity and exploration of intimacy. Dividing the girls' love-involvement in this research constituted two basic types of adolescent love: in and -out of the peer group.
Theme 4: There are two passive aspects girls come to encounter: 1)the boy's attempt to interrupt the girl, trying to entangle the girl in a romantic relationship. Meanwhile, the involvement of sexual behaviour brings risks to girls. 2) The school and parents' longing to provide refuge to girls and the corollary moral requirements of "being a girl" cast a shadow on the growth of Females.
Adolescent love, as an intimate emotion leading to the individual world, is a kind of shy or active, full-hearted, or uncontrollable sprout for women, and it is a tendency of impulse and emotion. For some girls, adolescent love is a growth ritual which has changed their lives and their perception of themselves. Its charm lies in the unknown, in the establishment of relationships, and in providing a way to explore oneself while being a way to bridge one's shortcomings. It may empower female growth. However, the existing educational scene still excludes intimacy.

References
English reference:
[1] Camille Paglia. Sexual Personae— Art and Decadence from Nefertiti to Emily Dickinson[M]. Vintage Books.1997:521
[2] Worell, Judith. Encyclopedia of Women and Gender: Sex Similarities and Differences and the Impact of Society on Gender[M]. San Diego, CA: Academic, 2001. Print􀋖55
[3] Williams, Thomas Rhys. “ADOLESCENCE: An Anthropological Inquiry (Book).” Journal of Comparative Family Studies[J], vol. 24, no. 2, Summer 1993, pp. 258–259
[4] Shelly L. Gable and Harry T. Reis. “Intimacy and the Self: An Iterative Model of the Self and Close Relationships,” in Patricia Noller and Judith A. Feeney. Eds. Close Relationships: Functions, Forms, and Processes [M]New York: Psychology Press. 2006:211-225.
[5] Aron and E. N. Aron. 1986. Love and the Expansion of Self: Understanding Attraction and Satisfaction[M]. New York: Hemisphere.
[6] Giordano,P.C. W.D.Manning 􀋂 M.A. Longmore. Adolescent Romantic Relationships: An Emerging Portrait of Their Nature and Developmental Significance. In A.C􀋊 Crouter􀋂A.Booth ( eds. ) , romance and Sex in Emerging Adulthood: Risks and Opportunities[M]􀋊Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum,2006
[7] Williams, L. R., & Hickle, K. E. I know what love means: Qualitative descriptions from Mexican American and white adolescents[J]. Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment, 2010.20(5), 581-600.
[8] Bouchey, H. A., & Furman, W. Dating and romantic experiences in adolescence. In G. R. Adams & M. Berzonsky (Eds.). The Blackwell handbook of adolescence. 2003(pp. 313-329). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
[9] Sippola, L. K., Buchanan, C. M., & Kehoe, S.. Correlates of false self in adolescent romantic relationships[J]. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 2007.36(4), 515-521.
[10] Feiring, C.. Other-sex friendship networks and the development of romantic relationships in adolescence. [J]Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 1999.28, 495- 512.
[11] Halpren, C. T., . Biological influences on adolescent romantic relationships and sexual behavior. In P. Florsheim (Ed.)[M], Adolescent romantic relations and sexual behavior: Theory, research, and practical implications[M].2003 (pp. 57-84). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
[12] O’Sullivan, L. F.. The social and relationship contexts and cognitions associated with romantic and sexual experiences of early-adolescent girls[J]. Sexuality Research and Social Policy,2005. (3), 13-2
[13] Jovchelovitch, Sandra. Narrative, Memory and Social Representations: A Conversation Between History and Social Psychology[J]. Integrative Psychological and Behavioral Science 2012.46(4): 440-456
[14] Clandinin, D. J. and Connelly, F. Michael Narrative Inquiry Experience and Story, in Qualitative Research[M], San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers 2003:20


33. Gender and Education
Poster

The Why, How and when of LGBT+ Education in Primary Schools in England.

Emma Whewell, Helen Tiplady, Hannah Shrive

University of Northampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Whewell, Emma; Tiplady, Helen

This study aims to contribute to the field of primary education and inclusive practices by discussing when and how lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender plus (LGBT+) education is being taught and what primary school teachers need to feel confident in teaching LGBT+ content.

Despite changes in the English National Curriculum, the LGBT+ community and associated laws in the UK, it is still not compulsory for LGBT+ content to be taught in English primary schools. This can cause conflict for school leaders and teachers in deciding how and when to teach LGBT+ education and an inconsistent approach regarding LGBT+ content and teaching (DfE, 2019a, p.15; Glazzard and Stones, 2020, p.2). This discordance raises issues regarding what should and should not be taught in primary schools, from the perspectives of both teachers and parents; the matter of an LGBT+ inclusive curriculum is becoming a controversial topic.

This poster will explore the year group in which teachers feel LGBT+ education should first be taught, the areas that impact teachers’ confidence, and the most effective strategies that can be used to deliver content. This study employed an online survey of primary school teachers in England and semi structured interviews to evaluate the overarching question of why, how, and when LGBT+ content could be taught in primary schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used an online questionnaire given to all participants via opportunity sampling, in this case – 58 primary school teachers from a range of schools across England and years Reception through to Year 6. Due to the nature of the research, participants were asked to disclose their gender identities and sexualities so that it could be identified whether this influenced their responses. From this, it was identified that twenty-six percent of participants identified as a sexuality that was not heterosexual, and two percent of participants did not identify as the gender they were assigned with at birth. To also allow for more interpretivist responses, one-to-one semi structured interviews were used (n=3). These participants were of a range of ages, worked in different year groups and all identified differently by gender and sexuality. Interviews were transcribed and a process of inductive coding was used, which involved categorising the data into different themes or labels so that patterns can be identified, examined and discussed (Cohen et al., 2018, p.645). The same approach was used to code the qualitative data from the open questionnaire questions (Figure 1). Ethical guidance from BERA (2018) was used and ethical approval given by the University of Northampton and considered aspects such as consent, withdrawal, confidentiality and the safe storage of data (Cohen et al., 2018, p.111). As well as these key ethical considerations, several other ethical aspects were important due to the nature of the topic, such as the sensitivity of the topic, limiting bias alongside actions to be taken in the case of ethical dilemmas.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study intended to explore why, how, and when to deliver LGBT+ education in English primary schools but the is much to contribute to wider LGBT+ education and awareness more widely. Most teachers feel LGBT+ content should be taught at some point within primary education, and most of these feel that it should begin being taught from Reception or Year 1 as this cultivates an environment of respect and acceptance. When considering strategies to deliver LGBT+ content, this study identified that teachers’ feel PSHE lessons or circle time are the most effective strategies to deliver LGBT+ content, however teachers would appreciate a specific scheme of work to support them in delivering this. Furthermore, participants expressed that use of literature and integration of LGBT+ content across the curriculum are also effective strategies as this normalises LGBT+ topics. Half of participants felt confident in teaching LGBT+ content, however, many teachers still felt they need to grow in confidence; the lack of training and resources and a fear of parental opposition being the key factors that concern them (DePalma, 2018, p.9; Barnes and Carlile, 2018, p.33). There is a need for resources to be developed to allow teachers and trainee teachers to build their confidence in teaching age-appropriate activities. Initial teacher training can begin this process by considering the broadness of opportunity to be inclusive and looking for opportunities to build LGBT+ content into their curriculums. Training providers should work closely with school-based mentors to allow trainee teachers the opportunity to experience how content is taught and the culture of the school can be representative of a range of communities.
References
Barnes, E. and Carlile, A. (2018) How to transform your school into an LGBT+ friendly place: A practical guide for nursery, primary and secondary teachers. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

British Educational Research Association (2018) Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research. London: BERA.

Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2018) Research Methods in Education. 8th ed. Oxon: Routledge.

DePalma, R. (2018) Gay penguins, sissy ducklings... and beyond? Exploring gender and sexuality diversity through children’s literature. In: Blackburn, M., Clark, C. and

Department for Education (2019a) Relationships Education, Relationships and Sex Education (RSE) and Health Education [online]. London: Department for Education. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/908013/Relationships_Education__Relationships_and_Sex_Education__RSE__and_Health_Education.pdf [Accessed 20th September 2020]

Department for Education (2019b) Relationships education, relationships and sex education (RSE) and health education: FAQs. gov.uk [online]. Available from: https://www.gov.uk/government/news/relationships-education-relationships-and-sex-education-rse-and-health-education-faqs   [Accessed 20th September 2021]

Glazzard, J. and Stones, S. (2020) Relationships Education for Primary Schools (2020): A Practical Toolkit for Teachers. St Albans: Critical Publishing.
 
Date: Thursday, 24/Aug/2023
12:00pm - 1:30pm90 SES 10.5: EERA Associatons Meet & Greets
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
 
90. Additional events
Meetings/ Events

EERA Associatons Meet & Greets - The Ukrainian Educational Research Association

Oksana Zabolotna

Pavlo Tychyna Uman State Pedagogical Uni, Ukraine

The Ukrainian Educational Research Association (UERA), established in 2015, stands as a non-governmental organisation with approximately 500 members. Through annual conferences and dynamic online discussions, UERA serves as a vibrant hub for scholarly exchange. Committed to advancing knowledge, UERA provides financial support to both individual and group research projects. In 2023, ten impactful projects have been supported by the European Educational Research Association.

UERA's influence extends through its transformative seasonal schools that unite members from diverse regions, fostering interdisciplinary collaboration and idea sharing. In challenging times marked by the full-scale war, UERA serves as a source of firsthand information and offers guidance to members facing vulnerabilities.

 
Date: Friday, 25/Aug/2023
12:00pm - 1:30pm90 SES 15.5: EERA Associatons Meet & Greets
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
 
90. Additional events
Meetings/ Events

EERA Associatons Meet & Greets - Cyprus Pedagogical Association (CPA)

Helen Phtiaka

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

.



90. Additional events
Meetings/ Events

EERA Associatons Meet & Greets - The Educational Studies Association of Ireland (ESAI)

Céline Healy

Maynooth University, Ireland

The Educational Studies Association of Ireland (ESAI) is a voluntary, non-political body, dedicated to the advancement of educational research in Ireland. This link will bring you to the ESAI website: http://esai.ie/about-esai/

A primary aim of the ESAI is to ensure, as far as possible, that educational discourse in Ireland remains grounded in perspectives which are adequately acquainted with the evidence from the various disciplines of educational research and that educational policy-making at all levels remains similarly informed by arguments which are educationally sound.

Its various events provide a public forum where research findings are presented, educational ideas are voiced, and a richer understanding of educational practice is promoted. Irish Educational Studies (IES) is the official journal of the Educational Studies Association of Ireland. It is listed in the Thompson Reuters Social Science Citation Index (SSCI)™, and its international profile continues to grow with a current Impact Factor of 1.7. This link will bring you to the IES website page: http://esai.ie/journal/

The ESAI Annual Conference 2024 will be held in Maynooth University on April 4th to 6th, inclusive. The call for papers will open on September 8th 2023 until October 31st. See here for an overview of our last annual conference: http://esai.ie/esai-annual-conference-2023-a-review/

The ESAI supports a network of Special Interest Groups which are listed on this link: http://esai.ie/sigs/ It has a dedicated Early Career Researcher (ECR) strand at its annual conference and an annual award for the best ECR paper.

  • The ESAI is affiliated with the European Educational Research Association and has close links with SERA, NERA, BERA and AERA.
  • Membership of the ESAI is open to all those with a research interest in education.
  • The ESAI is a CLG, Company Limited by Guarantee

Wednesday 23 August, 12:00 - 13:30

 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany